Chevrolet 2010 Impala Service manual

GM Fleet and Commercial Specialty Vehicles • 100 Renaissance Center, 20th Floor • Detroit, MI 48265-1000
2011 CHEVROLET MUNICIPAL VEHICLES TECHNICAL MANUAL
For Information 1-800-FLEET-OP (353-3867)
www.gmfleet.com
2011
CHEVROLET MUNICIPAL VEHICLES
TECHNICAL MANUAL
REVISED 1/24/10
About This Publication
•C
are must be taken during customer installation of equipment and wiring to
ensure that all holes drilled in the body are corrosion protected, properly sealed
and that vehicle wiring harnesses, piping or other components have not been
displaced or damaged. Aftermarket equipment installers must be mindful of
applicable Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. This information can be
obtained directly from the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration.
•T
hese vehicles are equipped with an air bag system. The air bag system in your
police vehicle includes side curtain air bags. Customer installed equipment
such as security barriers behind the front seats should not be mounted so that
the barrier ends are within the side air bag deployment zones. The sensors and
other components for the air bag system must not be relocated to accommodate
the installation of customer furnished equipment; please refer to the service
manual for sensor and other component locations. For information concerning
instrument panel top pad mounted equipment and air bag system deployment
zones, see the air bag information section in this catalog.
•T
his catalog is not updated during the model year and should not be used for
ordering purposes. It is intended as a source of basic information. All
illustrations and specifications in this literature are based on the latest product
information available at the time of publication. General Motors reserves the
right to make changes at any time without notice. For further details, consult
your local dealer.
•A
note about vehicle alterations by independent suppliers: This catalog shows
pictures of vehicles that have been altered or upfitted with equipment or
components supplied to Chevrolet or its dealers by independent suppliers.
Chevrolet is not responsible for the safety or quality of design features,
materials or workmanship of any alterations by a supplier.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
INDEX
Law Enforcement Product Council
District Sales Managers And Fleet Service Managers
Caprice Police Patrol Car (Option 9c1)
Caprice Detective Car (Option 9c3)
Impala Police Patrol Car (Option 9c1)
Impala Undercover Car (Option 9c3)
Tahoe Police Patrol Suv (Option Ppv)
Tahoe Special Service Suv (Option 5w4)
TahoE Hybrid Municipal Suv (Option 1hy)
Express Transport Van (Option 1ls And 2ls)
Suburban Commercial Fleet Suv (Option 1fl)
Silverado 2500hd Crew Cab 4wd Work Truck (1wt)
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
Law Enforcement
Product Council
Mission Statement
To pledge an integrated partnership between General Motors and Law Enforcement.
Together, we will identify, evaluate and promote enhancements to products and
relationships that address the vehicle requirements of the Law Enforcement Community.
Law Enforcement Product Council | 5
Terry Scissons
Royal Canadian Mounted Police
terry.scissons@rcmp-grc.gc.ca
613-993-3219
Oliver Harris
Tulsa Police Department
oharris@ci.tulsa.ok.us
918-669-6020
Keith Wilson
Michigan State Police
WilsonKeith@michigan.gov
517-322-1789
John Dillon
Federal Bureau of Investigation
john.dillon@ic.fbi.gov
202-324-4925
Jerry Newbury
Texas Department of Public Safety
jerry.newbury@txdps.state.tx.us
512-424-2043
Gregory Dimesa
New York City Police Department
gregory.dimesa@nypd.org
718-476-7537
Ed Sanow
Law and Order Magazine
esanow@hendonpub.com
800-843-9764 Ext. 28
Lloyd Dow
York Regional Police
176@yrp.ca
905-830-0303 Ext. 7380
Max Thomson
L.A. County Sheriffs Department
msthomson@lasd.org
323-881-3985
Scott Lindsay
Peel Regional Police
scott.lindsay@peelpolice.on.ca
905-453-3311 Ext. 4220
Tammee Turcott
Phoenix Police
tammee.turcott@phoenix.gov
602-261-8393
Kyle Shelton
Colorado State Patrol
kyle.shelton@cdps.state.co.us
303-273-1660
LEPC members are available to all of law enforcement for questions, comments, or ideas you wish to convey to General Motors.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
Regional Government
Sales Representatives
Sales and Service
8|
District Sales Managers
Commercial and Government
WESTERN Region
North CENTRAL Region
Paul Ryan
PHONE: 925-324-1602
Sue Smithson
PHONE: 303-549-0460
Patrick Dempsey
PHONE: 813-431-5939
Dan Wong
PHONE: 214-316-9530
Rich H. Patterson
PHONE: 602-228-1286
Rich Gunther
PHONE: 414-559-3016
Robert L. Shanklin
PHONE: 503-758-7089
Jack Smith
PHONE: 602-228-2653
Michael Boldt
PHONE: 630-531-7373
paul.ryan@gm.com
AREA: Northern CA
dan.wong@gm.com
AREA: Southern CA, HI
robert.shanklin@gm.com
AREA: OR, WA, AK
susan.smithson@gm.com
AREA: CO, NM, WY
patrick.e.dempsey@gm.com
AREA: MN, ND, SD
rich.h.patterson@gm.com
AREA: AZ
richard.gunther@gm.com
AREA: WI, IA
freddy.smith@gm.com
AREA: UT, NV, ID, MT
michael.r.boldt@gm.com
AREA: IL
Larry Speicher
PHONE: 630-222-5464
South Central Region
Stephen Padilla
PHONE: 210-563-1229
stephen.x.padilla@gm.com
AREA: South Texas
Dave Koziol
PHONE: 901-482-1165
Rick Maybury
PHONE: 817-909-6457
rick.maybury@gm.com
AREA: West Texas,OK
Mike Wilson
PHONE: 330-704-8904
Ron Mealman
PHONE: 913-961-7050
david.m.koziol@gm.com
AREA: Memphis, AR, LA, MS
ronald.j.mealman@gm.com
AREA: MO, KS, NE
Vivian Mullins
PHONE: 313-570-1931
Bill Hajduk
SALES SUPPORT MANAGER
POLICE/MUNICIPAL VEHICLES
PHONE: 214-616-8166
vivian.mullins@gm.com
AREA: East Texas
larry.d.speicher@gm.com
AREA: MI, IN
mike.1.wilson@gm.com
AREA: OH
NorthEAst Region
Andrew Hager
PHONE: 248-514-0318
andrew.j.hager@gm.com
AREA: MD, Metro DC, VA
bill.hajduk@gm.com
Area: AR, KS, LA, MO, MS, NE, OK, TX
Linda MCCLURE
PHONE: 203-240-5641
SouthEAST Region
Dar Alford
PHONE: 513-262-6301
darwin.d.alford@gm.com
AREA: TN, KY, WV
James Mellon
PHONE: 407-375-4801
james.mellon@gm.com
AREA: FL, PR
Billy Regar
SALES SUPPORT MANAGER
POLICE/MUNICIPAL VEHICLES
PHONE: 386-295-5637
linda.mcclure@gm.com
AREA: CT, NY
Ted Pfister
PHONE: 407-319-4621
Sharon Bradley
PHONE: 412-558-1969
ted.pfister@gm.com
AREA: GA, AL
sharon.k.bradley@gm.com
AREA: PA, NJ, DE
Kevin Frasz
PHONE: 704-651-9390
Brad Rose
PHONE: 508-269-6152
kevin.1.frasz@gm.com
AREA: NC, SC
brad.rose@gm.com
AREA: MA, NH, ME, RI, VT
Canada
Will Bachewich
PHONE: 905-644-1051
will.bachewich@gm.com
AREA: Canada
billy.regarsr@gm.com
AREA: FL
For Additional Assistance
Phone: 1-800-FLEET-OP (353-3867)
www.gmfleet.com
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
Fleet Service Managers | 9
eastERN Region
Jay Lewis
PHONE: 516-458-7994
Mark Monismith
PHONE: 248-672-9179
Dana Brodbeck
PHONE: 239-272-5752
Lee Kirby
PHONE: 215-284-3310
mark.l.monismith@gm.com
Area: North GA, AL, TN, KY, WV
jay.lewis@gm.com
Area: ME, NH, VT, MA, RI, CT, E. NY
lee.kirby@gm.com
Area: MD, DE, PA, NJ, W. NY
dana.d.brodbeck@gm.com
Area: FL, SC, S. GA, SC, NC, VA
North Central Region
Rich Moore
PHONE: 630-531-1663
rich.moore@gm.com
Area: N. IL, WI, MN, IA, ND, SD
Mike Batchik
PHONE: 313-570-0329
mike.batchik@gm.com
Area: MI, OH, IN, S. IL, MO
WESTERN Region
Jerry Bartz
PHONE: 228-365-6810
Mike HURRELL
PHONE: 214-604-9247
Scott Bruske
PHONE: 602-885-2229
MARK Romans
PHONE: 916-517-2418
michael.hurrell@gm.com
Area: NM, TX , OK
gerald.i.bartz@gm.com
Area: E. TX, AR, MS, LA
scott.bruske@gm.com
Area: AK, AZ, South CA, CO, NM, NV, WY
mark.romans@gm.com
Area: North CA, UT, WA, OR, ID, MT, HI
For Additional Assistance
Phone: 1-800-FLEET-OP (353-3867)
www.gmfleet.com
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
CAPRICE Police Package
Vehicle
PPVName
– 9C1 | 1
Concept model shown. Production model may vary. Shown with equipment from an independent supplier and is not covered by
the GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty. GM is not responsible for the safety or quality of independent supplier alterations.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
2|
CAPRICE Police Package PPV – 9C1
This vehicle has been designed for police work up to and including high speed emergency vehicle operations.
GM restricts the sale of police vehicles and they are not to be sold to retail customers.
MODEL AVAILABILITY
1EW19 - 9C1 Rear-wheel drive
STANDARD EQUIPMENT SUMMARY
Warranty 3 years / 36,000 mile bumper-to-bumper limited warranty (whichever comes first, see dealer for details)
5 years / 100,000 mile powertrain limited warranty (whichever comes first, see dealer for details)
INTERIOR FEATURES
Air conditioningDual-zone electronic climate control with pollen air filtration
Bottle holder
Bottle holder in the front doors
Cruise control
Electronic with set and resume speed
Dome Lamps
Front and rear dome lamps (excludes map lamps)
Floor coveringCarpeted (front and rear carpeted floor mats are available; see option b34. Option 6a3 heavy-duty vinyl floor covering available,
requires AEH vinyl rear seat; see page 9)
Glass
Tinted windshield and Solar-Ray glass, driver and front passenger door
GlOVE BOX LAMP
Standard
Mirror, rearview
Inside rearview includes compass
Radioam/fm stereo, seek-scan, single CD supports MP3/WMA, auto-tune with two tweeters, two front door speakers and two
rear door speakers
Restraint system
Safety belts with dual stage driver and passenger frontal air bags1, passenger sensing system and frontal air bag1 on/off indicator;
head curtain air bags1 for driver and front passenger and front seat back mounted thorax air bags1 (combined front and rear head
curtain air bags1 are available; see option ayo on page 9)
Note: Safety belt extenders are available in 9 inch (part number 89027366) and 15 inch (part number 89027367)
through your dealer at no charge
Seat, frontCloth bucket seats with heavy-duty foam, sculptured for gun belts, high-wear fabric bolsters and seat back security panel;
8-way power driver with reclining seat back and lumbar control with quick adjust manual fore and aft movement. Passenger power
4-way adjuster, manual fore and aft movement with manual recline and lumbar optional 8-way passenger power seat available
(see option a6f on page 9)
Seat, rear
Cloth bench (vinyl rear seat available; see option AEH on page 9, requires 6a3 heavy-duty vinyl floor covering)
Shift LeverFloor mounted without console with shift lever offset and shortened shift lever handle (see page 12 for picture) 10 inches of
open floor space between front seats for after market supplied equipment consoles
Smoker's package
Not available
Speedometer/cluster160 mph certified analog, 1 mph increments, 1 mph redundant digital speed display with trip odometer, warning lamps and
Multifunction Display with Engine Oil Life Monitor
Stealth modeSee exterior lamps control on page 12 for operation and description
Steering wheel Tilt and telescoping with audio controls
Theft deterrent
Vehicle theft pass-key® iii+
Trap Speed Feature
Traps (stores) certified vehicle speed in digital speedometer via steering wheel controls when following another vehicle
Visor
Driver and passenger with covered mirrors, not illuminated
Warning lights Brake, safety belt, air bag, anti-lock brake and check engine, StabiliTrak, high beam, cruise control
Warning TONES
Key-in-ignition, driver door open and safety belt reminder chime
Window OPERATION Power front and rear, automatic down front only with rear window lockout (controls located on front door panels)
Auxiliary power, front
Auxiliary power, trunk
Ground stud
Power outlets Wiring Provisions for:
EXTerior Lamps Flashing
Radio Mute
electrical features
1 10-amp ignition and main power supply wiring harness under lower right side of instrument panel. One 50-amp battery power circuit
and two 30-amp relay controlled circuits are in a five foot coil provided for customer connection. Included in the harness are signal
circuits for ignition power (Hot in START/RUN and ACCESSORY/RUN), vehicle radio mute, vehicle speed signal and park-enable
120-amp auxiliary power available in trunk
Auxiliary, located in trunk
One located on instrument panel
Forward lamp in-line connector for Exterior Lamp Flashing System (see option 6j7 on page 9)
A circuit is provided to mute the vehicle radio when a customer ground is applied (see Caprice wiring diagram section for details)
1. H
ead curtain side air bags are designed to help reduce the risk of head and neck injuries to front and rear seat occupants on the near side of certain side-impact collisions.
Always use safety belts and the correct child restraints for your child’s age and size, even in vehicles equipped with air bags. Children are safer when properly secured in a rear
seat. See your vehicle Owner’s Manual and child safety seat instructions for more information.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
CAPRICE Police Package PPV – 9C1 | 3
EXTERIOR FEATURES
Antenna
Radio, roof mounted (center of roof near rear window)
Defogger
Electric, rear window
Door locksPower door locks (automatic door locking and unlocking feature is disabled, customer can reprogram to enable feature; to enable feature
see owner's manual for programmable instructions). Keylock cylinder not available on passenger front door; child safety locks in rear door
Headlamps
Halogen, automatic lamp control with daytime running lamps. (For daytime running lamps delete see option VVS on page 9)
Keyless entry Includes two integrated keys and FOBs; the keyless entry system used on the Police Caprice includes a stealth mode feature. When
the “unlock” or “lock” button is depressed, no exterior lamps or audible sounds are activated; however, the interior standard
equipment dome lamp will illuminate at night unless option 7y6, inoperative dome and courtesy lamps, is ordered (for additional
transmitters option amf must also be ordered)
Keys2 keys with integrated remote keyless entry, side milled, two-sided, random code for ignition, driver door and trunk; options
6E3 or 6E4 available for single key locking of entire fleet.
License plate frontMounting hardware included
Mirrors, outside rearview Black, electric left hand and right hand remote with manual folding (heated available; see option dr9 on page 9)
Onstar
Not available
Paint Base coat/clear coat
Trunk Lamp Standard
Trunk release Electric, ignition controlled switch, located on instrument panel, with keylock cylinder on trunk lid
Under hood lamp
Not available
Windshield wipers
Intermittent, 2-speed with variable dwell and vehicle speed dependant
Alternator
Axle
Battery
CHASSIS FEATURES
1 70-amp, with idle boost (transmission in park or neutral) controlled by battery energy level sensing
2.92 axle ratio with limited slip
700 cca with battery rundown protection located in trunk (optional auxiliary 600 cca, 70-amp hour rating battery for accessory
equipment is available; see option K4S on page 9)
Body
Body frame integral (unibody)
BrakesPower 4-wheel anti-lock heavy-duty disc brakes with police calibration
CoolingElectric cooling fans; coolant hoses are EPDM (ethylene-propylene-diene monomer); coolant is DEX-COOL good for 5 years/150,000
miles (maintenance needs vary with different uses and driving conditions, see the owner's manual for more information), protects
from -34° F to +265° F and against rust and corrosion
Chassis lubricationLubed-for-life chassis
Engine
6.0L v8 with FlexFuel2 (gas or E85 ethanol) Active Fuel ManagementTM; includes wide open throttle air conditioning cut off (when
overhead lamps, spotlamps, radio antennas, sirens, and other emergency equipment are installed, overall performance may be reduced)
Engine cradle
Steel
Exhaust system
Stainless steel, dual
Fuel tank capacity
19 gallons (71.6 Liters), approximate
Oil coolers
Engine, transmission and power steering
Radio suppression
Extended life - iridium tip spark plugs and wires that are designed to reduce radio frequency noise levels which may affect
communications equipment including operating frequencies in the 38-MHz to 58-MHz range. The Caprice
is designed with unibody construction, and multiple grounding points are provided for the vehicle electrical system.
No additional ground straps are added for the Police Package
StabiliTrak
Stability enhancement system includes police performance mode activated by switch
Starter interrupt
Prevents starter from engaging while the engine is running
Steering
Power, rack and pinion
Suspension4-wheel independent with coil springs, front and rear stabilizer bars. Patrol vehicle specific shock, spring and stabilizer bar tuning
Tires p235/50r18 blackwall with compact spare (full-size spare is available; see option qq5 on page 9)
Tire pressure monitor check tire pressure will show on driver message center (excludes spare tire)
Traction control Deactivated when police performance mode is engaged
Transmission6-speed automatic, electronically-controlled transmission provides protection against over-revving the engine in low gear; if a
driver manually selects low gear and fails to manually upshift to high gear, the powertrain control module automatically protects
the drivetrain. Includes sport shift mode where maximum engine power and transmission responsiveness is required. When in
sport shift mode, the transmission will delay upshifts and allow earlier downshifts
Wheels
18" x 8" heavy-duty steel
Wheel center cap
Bolt-on pressed/forged aluminium
2. E85 is 85% ethanol and 15% gasoline. To see if there is an E85 station near you, go to www.gmaltfuel.com/e85-station-locator.
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
4|
CAPRICE POLICE PACKAGE – 9C1
POWERTRAIN
ENGINE
TRANSMISSION
OPTIONTYPE
DISPLACEMENT
LITERS/CU. IN.
CODE
EMISSIONS -
FUELOPTIONTYPEOPTION
SYSTEM
CODE
MXO/MYC
E85 FlexFuel2 or gasoline
Active Fuel ManagementTM
L77
V8
6.0/364
AXLE
RATIO
CODE
6L80 6-speed
auto. with OD
GW8
G80
2.92
Limited slip
MUST BE SPECIFIED
FE9
F ederal emissions. Use for ordering vehicles that will be registered in all states except California, Connecticut, Maine, Maryland,
Massachusetts, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont and Washington State
YF5
California emissions. Use for ordering vehicles that will be registered in California.
NE1CT/ME/MD/MA/NJ/NM/NY/OR/PA/RI/VT/WA emissions. Use for ordering vehicles that will be registered in Connecticut, Maine,
Maryland, Massachusetts, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont or Washington State
NB8
Required when option code FE9 “Federal emissions” is ordered for delivery to a dealer located in California, Connecticut,
Massachusetts, Maryland, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island and Washington State for a
purchaser who will be registering the vehicle outside California, Connecticut, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, New Jersey, New
Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont and Washington State.
NC7
Required when option code YF5 “CALIFORNIA EMISSIONS” or option code NE1 "CT/ME/MD/MA/NJ/NM/NY/OR/PA/RI/VT/WA
EMISSIONS" is ordered for delivery to a dealer located in any state except California, Connecticut, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts,
New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont and Washington for a purchaser who will be
registering the vehicle in one of these states or sold as permitted below under “EPA Policy on the Sale of California Emission Vehicles”
NB9
Required when option code YF5 is ordered for delivery to a dealer located in Connecticut, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, New
Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont and Washington. Required when option code NE1 is
ordered for delivery to a dealer located in California.
TIRES -
SPEED RATED
MANUFACTURER
QUANTITY
SIZE
SPEED RATING
TYPE
Goodyear
4
P235/50R18
W
All season
Note: • Compact spare is standard (full-size spare is available see option QQ5 on page 9)
• Due to specific requirements for performance, durability and safety, gm recommends only the original equipment tire for replacement
SEATS AND INTERIOR TRIM
STANDARD
OPTIONAL
SEAT OPTIONS
ONYX
AAW
4BB
AEH
4BB
Front: Cloth buckets
Rear: Cloth bench
Front: Cloth buckets
Rear: Vinyl bench (includes 6a3 heavy-duty vinyl floor covering)
AVAILABLE EXTERIOR COLORS
GII
GHY
GIG
GIE
GST
GAN
GGG
Heron White
Red Hot
Karma Metallic
Phantom Black
Metallic
Mirage Gold
Metallic
Silver Ice
Metallic
Alto Grey
Metallic
Actual colors may vary
2. E85 is 85% ethanol and 15% gasoline. To see if there is an E85 station near you, go to www.gmaltfuel.com/e85-station-locator
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
Vehicle Name
CAPRICE Detective POLICE PACKAGE
– 9C3 | 5
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
6|
CAPRICE Detective POLICE PACKAGE – 9C3
This vehicle has been designed for police work up to and including high speed emergency vehicle operations.
GM restricts the sale of police vehicles and they are not to be sold to retail customers.
MODEL AVAILABILITY
1EW19 - 9C3 Rear-wheel drive
STANDARD EQUIPMENT SUMMARY
Warranty 3 years / 36,000 mile bumper-to-bumper limited warranty (whichever comes first, see dealer for details)
5 years / 100,000 mile powertrain limited warranty (whichever comes first, see dealer for details)
INTERIOR FEATURES
Air conditioningDual-zone electronic climate control with pollen air filtration
Console
Center floor with center shifter and armrest (see page 12 for picture)
Cruise control
Electronic with set and resume speed
Cup holder
Cup holder in console and bottle holder in the front doors
Dome Lamps
Front and rear dome lamps (excludes map lamps)
Floor coveringCarpeted (front and rear carpeted floor mats are available see option B34 on page 9)
Glass
Tinted windshield and Solar-Ray glass, driver and front passenger doors only
GlOVE BOX LAMP
Standard
Mirror, rearview
Inside rearview includes compass
Radioam/fm stereo, seek-scan, single CD supports MP3/WMA, auto-tune with two tweeters, two front door speakers and two rear
door speakers
Restraint system
Safety belts with dual stage driver and passenger frontal air bags1, passenger sensing system and frontal air bag1 on/off indicator;
head curtain air bags1 for driver and front passenger and front seat back mounted thorax air bags1 (combined front and rear head
curtain air bag1s are available; see option ayo on page 9)
Note: Safety belt extenders are available in 9 inch (part number 89027366) and 15 inch (part number 89027367)
through your dealer at no charge
Seat, frontCloth bucket seats with heavy-duty foam, sculptured for gun belts, high-wear fabric bolsters and seat back security panel;
8-way power driver with reclining seat back and lumbar control with quick adjust manual fore and aft movement. Passenger power
4-way adjuster, manual fore and aft movement with manual recline and lumbar optional 8-way passenger power seat available
(see option a6f on page 9)
Seat, rear
Cloth bench (vinyl rear seat not available)
Smoker's package
Not available
Speedometer/cluster160 mph certified analog, 1 mph increments, 1 mph redundant digital speed display with trip odometer,
warning lamps and multifunction display with engine oil life monitor
Steering wheel Tilt and telescoping with audio controls
Stealth modeSee exterior lamps control on page 12 for operation and description
Theft deterrent
Vehicle theft pass-key® iii+
Trap Speed Feature
Traps (stores) certified vehicle speed in digital speedometer via steering wheel controls when following another vehicle
Visor
Driver and passenger with covered mirrors
Warning lights Brake, safety belt, air bag, anti-lock brake and check engine, StabiliTrak, high beam, cruise control
Warning TOnes
Key-in-ignition, driver door open and safety belt reminder chime
Window OPERATION Power front and rear, automatic down front only with rear window lockout (switches located on floor console)
electrical features
Auxiliary power, front
Auxiliary power, trunk
Ground stud
Power outlets Wiring Provisions for:
EXTerior Lamps Flashing
Radio Mute
1 10-amp ignition and main power supply wiring harness under lower right side of instrument panel. One 50-amp battery power circuit
and two 30-amp relay controlled circuits are in a five foot coil provided for customer connection. Included in the harness are signal
circuits for ignition power (Hot in START/RUN and ACCESSORY/RUN), vehicle radio mute, vehicle speed signal and a park-enable
120-amp auxiliary power available in trunk
Auxiliary, located in trunk
Two auxiliary power outlets for additional plug-in equipment located on center console
Forward lamp in-line connector for Exterior Lamp Flashing System (see option 6j7 on page 9)
A circuit is provided to mute the vehicle radio when a customer ground is applied (see Caprice wiring diagram section for details)
1. Head curtain side air bags are designed to help reduce the risk of head and neck injuries to front and rear seat occupants on the near side of certain side-impact collisions.
Always use safety belts and the correct child restraints for your child’s age and size, even in vehicles equipped with air bags. Children are safer when properly secured in a rear
seat. See your vehicle Owner’s Manual and child safety seat instructions for more information.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
Caprice Detective POlice Package – 9C3 | 7
EXTERIOR FEATURES
Antenna
Radio, roof mounted (center of roof near rear window)
Defogger
Electric, rear window
Door locksPower door locks (automatic door locking and unlocking feature is disabled, customer can reprogram to enable feature; to enable feature
see owner's manual for programmable instructions). Keylock cylinder not available on passenger front door; child safety locks in rear door
Headlamps
Halogen, automatic lamp control with daytime running lamps. (For daytime running lamps delete see option VVS on page 9)
Keyless entry Includes two integrated keys and FOBs; the keyless entry system used on the Police Caprice includes a stealth mode feature. When
the “unlock” or “lock” button is depressed, no exterior lamps or audible sounds are activated; however, the interior standard
equipment dome lamp will illuminate at night unless option 7y6, inoperative dome and courtesy lamps, is ordered (for additional
transmitters option amf must also be ordered)
Keys2 keys with integrated remote keyless entry, side milled, two-sided, random code for ignition, driver door and trunk; options
6E3 or 6E4 available for single key locking of entire fleet
License plate frontMounting hardware included
Mirrors, outside rearview Black, electric left hand and right hand remote with manual folding (heated available; see option dr9 on page 9)
Onstar
Not available
Paint Base coat/clear coat
Trunk Lamp Standard
Trunk release Electric, ignition controlled switch, located on instrument panel, with keylock cylinder on trunk lid
Under hood lamp
Not available
Windshield wipers
Intermittent, 2-speed with variable dwell and vehicle speed dependant
Alternator
Axle
Battery
CHASSIS FEATURES
1 70-amp, with idle boost (transmission in park or neutral) controlled by battery energy level sensing
2.92 axle ratio with limited slip
700 cca with battery rundown protection located in trunk (optional auxiliary 600 cca battery, 70-amp hour rating for accessory
equipment is available; see option K4S on page 9)
Body
Body frame integral (unibody)
BrakesPower 4-wheel anti-lock heavy-duty disc brakes with police calibration
CoolingElectric cooling fans; coolant hoses are EPDM (ethylene-propylene-diene monomer); coolant is DEX-COOL good for 5 years/150,000
miles (maintenance needs vary with different uses and driving conditions, see the owner's manual for more information), protects
from -34° F to +265° F and against rust and corrosion
Chassis lubricationLubed-for-life chassis
Engine
6.0L v8 with FlexFuel2 (gas or E85 ethanol) Active Fuel ManagementTM; includes wide open throttle air conditioning cut off (when
overhead lamps, spotlamps, radio antennas, sirens, and other emergency equipment are installed, overall performance may be reduced)
Engine cradle
Steel
Exhaust system
Stainless steel, dual
Fuel tank capacity
19 gallons (71.6 Liters), approximate
Oil coolers
Engine, transmission and power steering
Radio suppression
Extended life - iridium tip spark plugs and wires that are designed to reduce radio frequency noise levels which may affect
communications equipment including operating frequencies in the 38-MHz to 58-MHz range. The Caprice
is designed with unibody construction, and multiple grounding points are provided for the vehicle electrical system.
No additional ground straps are added for the Police Package
StabiliTrak
Stability enhancement system includes police performance mode activated by switch
Starter interrupt
Prevents starter from engaging while the engine is running
Steering
Power, rack and pinion
Suspension4-wheel independent with coil springs, front and rear stabilizer bars. Patrol vehicle specific shock, spring and stabilizer bar tuning
Tires p235/50r18 blackwall with compact spare (full-size spare is available; see option qq5 on page 9)
Tire pressure monitor check tire pressure will show on driver message center (excludes spare tire)
Traction control Deactivated when police performance mode is engaged
Transmission6-speed automatic, electronically-controlled transmission provides protection against over-revving the engine in low gear; if a
driver manually selects low gear and fails to manually upshift to high gear, the powertrain control module automatically protects
the drivetrain. Includes sport shift mode where maximum engine power and transmission responsiveness is required. When in
sport shift mode, the transmission will delay upshifts and allow earlier downshifts
Wheels
18" x 8" heavy-duty steel
Wheel cover
Full wheel covers
2. E85 is 85% ethanol and 15% gasoline. To see if there is an E85 station near you, go to www.gmaltfuel.com/e85-station-locator.
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
8|
CAPRICE Detective POLICE PACKAGE – 9C3
POWERTRAIN
ENGINE
TRANSMISSION
OPTIONTYPE
DISPLACEMENT
LITERS/CU. IN.
CODE
EMISSIONS -
FUELOPTIONTYPEOPTION
SYSTEM
CODE
MXO/MYC
E85 FlexFuel2 or gasoline
Active Fuel ManagementTM
L77
V8
6.0/364
AXLE
RATIO
CODE
6L80 6-speed
auto. with OD
GW8
G80
2.92
Limited slip
MUST BE SPECIFIED
FE9
F ederal emissions. Use for ordering vehicles that will be registered in all states except California, Connecticut, Maine, Maryland,
Massachusetts, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont and Washington State
YF5
California emissions. Use for ordering vehicles that will be registered in California.
NE1CT/ME/MD/MA/NJ/NM/NY/OR/PA/RI/VT/WA emissions. Use for ordering vehicles that will be registered in Connecticut, Maine,
Maryland, Massachusetts, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont or Washington State
NB8
Required when option code FE9 “Federal emissions” is ordered for delivery to a dealer located in California, Connecticut,
Massachusetts, Maryland, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island and Washington State for a
purchaser who will be registering the vehicle outside California, Connecticut, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, New Jersey, New
Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont and Washington State.
NC7
Required when option code YF5 “CALIFORNIA EMISSIONS” or option code NE1 "CT/ME/MD/MA/NJ/NM/NY/OR/PA/RI/VT/WA
EMISSIONS" is ordered for delivery to a dealer located in any state except California, Connecticut, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts,
New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont and Washington for a purchaser who will be
registering the vehicle in one of these states or sold as permitted below under “EPA Policy on the Sale of California Emission Vehicles”
NB9
Required when option code YF5 is ordered for delivery to a dealer located in Connecticut, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, New
Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont and Washington. Required when option code NE1 is
ordered for delivery to a dealer located in California.
TIRES -
SPEED RATED
MANUFACTURER
QUANTITY
SIZE
SPEED RATING
TYPE
Goodyear
4
P235/50R18
W
All season
Note: • Compact spare is standard (full-size spare is available see option qq5 on page 9)
• Due to specific requirements for performance, durability and safety, gm recommends only the original equipment tire for replacement
SEATS AND INTERIOR TRIM
STANDARD Front: Cloth buckets
Rear: Cloth bench
SEAT OPTIONS
ONYX
AAW
4BB
AVAILABLE EXTERIOR COLORS
GII
GHY
GIG
GIE
GST
GAN
GGG
Heron White
Red Hot
Karma Metallic
Phantom Black
Metallic
Mirage Glow
Metallic
Silver Ice
Metallic
Alto Gray
Metallic
Actual colors may vary
2. E85 is 85% ethanol and 15% gasoline. To see if there is an E85 station near you, go to www.gmaltfuel.com/e85-station-locator.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
CAPRICE POLICE PACKAGE 9C1 and 9C3 – Options | 9
Ay0
air bag1, head curtain roof rail mounted - Combined front and rear passenger
K4SBattery, Auxiliary - Optional 600 cca, 70-amp hour battery to power customer installed equipment. The auxiliary battery is connected to the charging
system through an isolation relay to prevent emergency equipment electrical loads from depleting the vehicle primary battery if the engine is not running and
the ignition is OFF. Located in trunk
VVS
delete daytime running lamps and automatic headlamps
6j7
flasher system, headlamp AND tail lamp - drl compatible, headlamp flasher module with wiring provisions to the front compartment for ON-OFF
control and optional separate flashing of front and rear lamps
6A3FLOOR Covering - Heavy-duty vinyl replaces production carpeting, (carpeted mats not available); included with AEH vinyl rear seat (not available on 9c3)
6b7
hole in roof - On center line (not available with 6j5 hole) with sealing harness grommet in roof hole
6j5
hole in roof - On passenger side (not available with 6b7 hole) with sealing harness grommet in roof hole
Amf
keys - 6 keys, unless key common 6e3 or 6e4 is ordered, with integrated remote keyless entry; includes remote vehicle start if option BTV is ordered.
Transmitters are not programmed. Each transmitter including the two standard with the vehicle, must be programmed together by the customer or by a
dealer at customer expense. Transmitter programming is not a warranty item. See you owner's manual for additional programming information
note: Common frequency keyless entry for fleet keyed vehicles not available; each fleet keyed vehicle will have a different keyless entry frequency (key cutting and
remote programming available through dealer purchase with Kerr Industries)
6e3
keys common - Complete vehicle fleet, provides a single key with a specific code that is common to the door locks and ignition for all the vehicles
in the vehicle fleet; key code is an alternate to seo 6e4 key common, complete vehicle fleet; not compatible with Impalas and Tahoes police vehicles
6e4
keys common - Complete vehicle fleet, provides a single key with a specific code that is common to the door locks and ignition of all the vehicles
in the vehicle fleet; key code is an alternate to seo 6e3 key common, complete vehicle fleet; not compatible with Impalas and Tahoes police vehicles
6c7
lamp - Front auxiliary dome, separately switched
7y6lamp - Inoperative dome and courtesy lamps (dome and courtesy lamp will not operate when doors are opened. Dome lamp is controlled only by the
instrument light dimmer switches on the instrument panel)
T53
lamps - Altern­­­­­ate flashing red and blue trunk lid warning LED lamps (ON/OFF switch on trunk lid available through dealer direct purchase with Kerr Industries)
B42
mat - Trunk, custom, fitted, heavy-duty vinyl molded edge to keep spills contained, removable for easy cleaning
B34
mats - Carpeted front and rear (not available with 6a3 heavy-duty vinyl floor covering)
Dr9
mirrors - Heated outside rearview, power, manual folding, Black
6N6 rear door locks And handles inoperative - Rear door locks are inoperable at rear door, operates only from driver's position, rear doors can be opened
only from outside
6N5 rear window switches - Rear windows only operate from driver’s position
BTVRemote Vehicle Start - During remote start operation, parking lamps will remain illuminated; includes vehicle content theft; unauthorized entry sounds
horn and lamps flash
A6Fseat - Front passenger power 8-way vertical and recline, manual fore and aft with bar includes power lumbar, recommended for agencies that operate with
two officers
AEH
seat - Rear vinyl, includes 6a3 heavy-duty vinyl floor covering (not available on 9c3)
SGT
Speed limiter - Limits top speed to 130 mph
7x6
spotlamp - Left hand, separately fused, six inch black housing with halogen lamp
7x8
spotlamp provision - Left hand bracket with pillar hole sealed
Qq5
tire, SPARE - Full-size (includes TPM sensor not programed)
Wx7
wiring - For customer connection to front door speakers
6j3
wiring - For grille lamps and siren speaker
6j4
wiring - For horn/siren circuit, in-line connection for customer furnished switch
Note: • Turn-Key Packages available only through your Chevrolet dealer
• Direct purchase equipment is available through dealer direct order and purchase from Kerr Industries 905-725-6561
• Warranty claims for direct purchase equipment must be directed through Kerr Industries
1. H
ead curtain side air bags are designed to help reduce the risk of head and neck injuries to front and rear seat occupants on the near side of certain side-impact collisions.
Always use safety belts and the correct child restraints for your child’s age and size, even in vehicles equipped with air bags. Children are safer when properly secured in a rear
seat. See your vehicle Owner’s Manual and child safety seat instructions for more information.
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
10 |
CAPRICE POLICE PACKAGE SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL
ENGINE
Model
1EW19
Drive
Rear-wheel
EXTERIOR (in./mm)
Wheelbase
118.5/3009.0
Overall length
204.2/5186.1
Overall width
(excluding mirrors)
Overall height
74.75/1898.7
58.66/1489.95
Front track width
62.83/1596.0
Rear track width
63.23/1606.0
Turning diameter curb to curb (ft./m)
38.04/11.7
Ground clearance (engine cradle)
5.6/142.2
FRONT COMPARTMENT (in./mm)
Type V8
Displacement: liters/cu. in.
6.0/364
Horsepower/rpm
355@5300
Torque lb.-ft./rpm
384@4400
Induction system
sfi
Compression ratio
10.4:1
Exhaust
Dual
Minimum recommended fuel octane
87
Fuel tank capacity, approximate (gallons/liters)
19/71.6
Cooling capacity (quarts/liters)
11.6/11
Oil with filter (quarts/liters)
8.0/7.6
TRANSMISSION
Head room
38.73/983.68
Automatic, electronically-controlled with overdrive
6-speed
Shoulder room
59.11/1501.3
Fluid pan removal & filter replace (quarts/liters)
6.7/6.3
Hip room
56.65/1438.92
Leg room (maximum)
42.19/1071.6
AXLE
37.56/954.91
BRAKES
REAR COMPARTMENT (in./mm)
Head room Ratio
(with limited slip)
2.92
Shoulder room
58.94/1497.11
4-wheel disc with ABS
Hip room
57.95/1472.05
Front - swept area (sq. in./sq. cm)
310.6/788.9
43.21/1097.5
Rear - swept area (sq. in./sq. cm)
211.4/537.0
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT CAPACITY (cu.ft./liters)
Total front and rear swept area (sq. in./sq. cm)
522.04/3368
Luggage capacity3 (includes full-size spare tire and auxiliary battery) Front rotor diameter (in./mm)
13.58/345
Rear rotor diameter (in./mm)
12.76/324
Leg room (minimum)
17.4/492.71
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT VOLUME INDEX (cu.ft./liters)
EPA passenger compartment volume index3
FUEL ECONOMY RATINGS
112/3171.5
CITY/HIGHWAY/COMBINED
6.0L engine4
15/24/18
ALTERNATOR
Type
9G135
Amps
170
CAPRICE POLICE ALTERNATOR OUTPUT
Normal
550
Disc/Disc
Front rotor thickness (in./mm)
1.18/30
Rear rotor thickness (in./mm)
.87/22
TIRES
Type
SBR all season W-speed rated
Size
P235/50R18
WHEELS
Type
Steel
Size
18'' X 8''
CHASSIS
Frame
1
Unibody
Engine cradle
2
Suspension
3
Steel
4-wheel independent with coil springs, front and rear stabilizer bars
Patrol vehicle specific shock, spring and stabilizer bar tuning
Steering type
Variable ratio, rack-and-pinion
Steering ratio (non-variable)
17.5:1 on center/12.7:1 at full lock
BATTERY
STANDARD
Type
500
1000
1500
14.0V / 77° F (25° C)
13.25V / 221° F (105° C), Idle 121-amps @1100 RPM (Idle boost)
13.0V / 257° F (125° C)
2000
Idle Boost 1 = 650 RPM
Idle Boost 2 = 700 RPM
Idle Boost 3 = 1100 RPM
3. Cargo and load capacity limited by weight and distribution.
4. EPA-estimated MPG.
5. G
ross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). When properly equipped, includes vehicle,
passengers, cargo and equipment.
6. M
aximum payload capacity includes weight of driver, passengers, optional equipment
and cargo.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
OPTIONAL AUXILIARY
Maintenance free
Maintenance free
Bci group size LN4
LN3
Volts
12
12
Amp hour rating
80
70
Cold cranking amps @ 0°F (-18°C)
700
600
140 mins 120 mins
Reserve capacity @ 80°F (27°C)
VEHICLE WEIGHT (Lbs./kg.) GVWR5
5339/2422
Base curb (vehicle without original manufactures optional equipment)
4259/1932
Payload6 (with bucket seats) 926/420
Note: See your vehicle tire and loading information label for specific weight values. See your
owner's manual supplement for proper cargo loading distribution
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
CAPRICE 9c1 and 9c3 special featureS - Standard | 11
United States Certified Speedometer/cluster (Canadian Similar)
4
3
2
5
6
OFF
rpm
1
0
H
7
x1000
8
60 70
50
40
30
20
10
0
80 90
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
2
F
C
E
1– 4
Driver Information Message Center
ELECTRICAL FUNCTION CUSTOMIZATION FEATURE
Auto Door Locking
No automatic door locking
Automatic
lock all doors when vehicle speed is above
8 mph (13 kph)
Automatic lock all doors when the shifter is moved out
Out of Park
of park.
Disabled*
At vehicle speed
Auto Door Unlocking
Disabled*
No automatic door unlocking
Front Doors at Key Out Automatic unlock when key is removed from the
ignition switch
All doors at Key Out
Automatic unlock when key is removed from the
ignition switch
Front Doors in Park
Automatic unlock when the shifter is moved into park
All doors in Park
Automatic unlock when the shifter is moved into park
Approach Lamps
Disabled*
No approach lamps
EnabledTurn on approach lamps with remote unlock
EXIT Lamps Timer
Disabled*
No exit lamps after key off
30 secondsTurn on exit lamps for 30 seconds after key off
60 seconds
Turn on exit lamps for 60 seconds after key off
90 seconds
Turn on exit lamps for 90 seconds after key off
180 secondsTurn on exit lamps for 180 seconds after key off
Two-stage unlocking
DisabledSingle-stage unlocking of all door locks
Enabled*
Two-stage unlocking of front then rear door locks
Visual Feedback on Remote Lock/Unlock
Disabled*
Enabled
N o turn indicator lamps flash on remote lock and
unlock
Flash turn indicator lamps on remote lock and unlock
Audible Feedback Remote Lock
Steering wheel control for
customization
(No menu option – Feature is permanently disabled)
Disabled*No horn chirp on lock
Menu Enter
Remote Start
(if option BTV is ordered)
Disabled
Remote Start will not function
Enabled*Remote Start available via remote key FOB
* Indicates the factory default setting
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
SRCE
Electrical Features may be changed from the factory default settings by using the TRIP button to
scroll to the Customization Menu displayed in driver information center and pressing the ENTER
button. Scroll through the Customization Menu by rotating the ENTER button up or down. Press
ENTER to select a feature to be changed. See your owner's manual for additional directions for
customizing your Caprice Police Package electrical functions listed in the chart above.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
12 |
CAPRICE 9c1 and 9c3 special equipment - Standard
9C1 police Package PPV –
Shift Lever
WIRING PROVISIONS FOR 12-VOLT
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
StabiliTrak
Sport Mode
The offset shift lever is located on the floor adjacent to the driver. 10 in
open space between seats for aftermarket supplied equipment.
The system can be placed into sport mode by pressing the Sport Mode
button. The message SPORT MODE will appear momentarily in the DIC to
indicate the sport mode has been selected. A small fixed message will
appear on the bottom of the DIC display with the text SPORT MODE and
will remain while the sport mode is engaged. This mode allows
maximum engine power and transmission responsiveness while
providing "over-rev" protection.
Pushing StabiliTrak button turns off traction control and puts StabiliTrak in
Performance Mode. Allows more aggressive driving before StabiliTrak
will engage.
Police relay outputs and control circuit connections are located in the right front foot
well in a 5-foot (1.5 m) coil. Battery power is supplied through two Pre-fuse
Assembly fusible links. If the optional auxiliary battery (K4S) is not present, power to
the Pre-fuse Assembly is supplied by the Primary battery. Three circuit breakers and
two control relays are located in the right rear compartment relay center. The relay
center is connected via the body harness to the front compartment customer
connections. A 50-amp circuit breaker feeds power directly from the 100-amp fusible
link via a 10-gauge (5.0mm2) wire. Two 30 amp circuit breakers supply power from
fusible links through the contacts of the control relays to 12-gauge (3.0 mm2) wires.
Each relay is operated by control leads in the 5-foot coil in the front compartment. An
8-gauge ground lead is also provided in the coil. A total of 1320-watts of 12-volt
power is available in the front compartment. 1440-watts of 12-volt power is a
available at the rear compartment junction block.
EXTERIOR LAMPS CONTROL
R
N
D
P
–
+
9C3 Detective police Package –
Shift Lever
The shift lever is located on the center console between the front seats.
Sport Shift Mode
Move the shift lever over from D (Drive) to the right quadrant. The SPORT
SHIFT message in the DIC displays. If the shift lever is not moved forward or
rearward, the vehicle remains in sport mode.
To return to normal shift mode, slide the shift lever over from the right
quadrant to the left into D (Drive), A NORMAL SHIFT message will be
displayed in the DIC. Normal shift mode is recommended for normal or
freeway driving, as it provides optimum fuel economy.
VVS – Delete Daytime Running Lamps and Automatic Headlamps. This
option disables the Daytime Running Lamps and Automatic Headlamps
control feature. Exterior lamps are manually controlled only. Option VVS is
not available in Canada. The headlamp control on the driver’s side of the
instrument panel operates the headlamps.
If your Caprice does not have option VVS, Daytime Running Lamps and
Automatic Headlamps Delete, the Daytime Running Lamps and Automatic
Headlamps can be turned off for one ignition cycle by rotating the control
knob momentarily counter-clockwise. Rotating the headlamp switch again
will turn the daytime running lamps or automatic headlamps back on.
In Canada, the Daytime Running Lamps and Automatic Headlamps can be
turned off if the transmission is in Park. See also Caprice owner’s manual.
Keylock Cylinder - Trunk Lid
If your vehicle is equipped with Remote Start, a Content Theft Deterrent System is
included; an audible alarm will occur when the ignition key is used to open the trunk
instead of the Remote Keyless Entry (key fob).
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
CAPRICE 9c1 and 9c3 special equipment - Standard | 13
TRANSMISSION OIL COOLER
Rear AUXILIARY POWER
and ground stud
Ignition Power
(white connector)
Rear compartment
power studs
Transmission
Oil Cooler
The auxiliary air-to-oil cooler is mounted in front of the condenser/coolant radiator
assembly and is connected in series with a cooler in the coolant radiator bottom tank.
Pre-fuse
assembly
8 mm
ground stud
Circuit breakers
and relays for
front compartment
auxiliary power
ENGINE OIL COOLER
Engine Oil
Cooler
Engine Coolant
Lines
The oil-to-coolant engine oil cooler system is mounted on the left side of the lower
engine block forward of the oil filter. Engine oil flows thought the stacked plate cooler
from the engine oil sump and returns. Coolant flows from through the cooler from
the engine block and returns to the radiator throught a connection to the radiator
inlet hose.
POWER STEERING OIL COOLER
The power steering oil cooler passes through the lower air conditioning condenser.
Power steering oil flows from the steering gear into the lower left of the condenser
and cooled oil returns to the steering gear from the lower right end.
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
An auxiliary power junction block is located at the right side of the rear compartment.
The junction block is at the rear of the auxiliary battery tray and contains a split buss
with two terminals for customer connection to 12-volt battery power.
The split bus is connected to the primary battery located at the left side of the rear
compartment. When the optional auxiliary battery (RPO K4S) is present, the split bus
is connected to the auxiliary battery through an isolation relay.
Two 60-amp fusible links connect the bus to the battery. Maximum combined
capacity of the two circuits is 1320-watts.
An 8 mm ground stud for customer connection is located at the inboard front corner
of the right side battery tray.
A Pink/Blue ignition controlled power circuit, HOT in RUN/START, terminates
in a white connector located above the auxiliary battery power junction
block. This same circuit is also located in the front passenger foot well
upfitter harness (see p.23). A 10 Amp fuse (F38) protects both circuits and
is located in the engine compartment fuse center. The total power
available for the combined front and rear circuits is 60 watts.
TIRE PRESSURE MONITOR SYSTEM
Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitor (TPM) System which warns
of low tire pressure. Your Caprice Police Package may be equipped with a full-size
spare tire (see page 9) The full-size spare tire has a sensor but the vehicle is not
programmed to read the spare tire pressure. When the full-size spare tire from
your vehicle or spare tire from another Police Package is placed in use as a road
wheel, the system will not read the presence of the new TPM sensor and must be
calibrated. Refer to your owner’s manual for additional information on the Tire
Pressure Monitor and Sensor Programming. The space saver spare tire does not
have a tire pressure monitor.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
14 |
CAPRICE 9c1 and 9c3 special equipment - Optional
WX7 Wiring - Front Speakers
Approximately 60 inches (1.5 m) of auxiliary speaker wire is run from the doormounted speakers and coiled under the center of the instrument panel for customer
connection to front speakers. Front Speakers are not connected to vehicle radio.
6J4 Wiring - Horn/Siren Circuit
Two 16-gauge wires are connected to an in-line connector in the horn circuit of the
instrument panel harness under the instrument panel. The end of this harness
extension is terminated with an in-line connector in a 60-inch (1.5 m) coil under
the instrument panel. Connection to customer switching permits operation of the
horn or siren with the horn button.
6J3 Wiring - Grille Lamps, Speaker
The SEO 6J3 wiring provision has a 60-inch (1.5 m) harness coiled underneath the
instrument panel on the passenger side. The wiring circuits are routed from under
the instrument panel to a 2-foot (610 mm) coil secured in the area behind the
grille, to the left of the hood latch assembly.
6C7 Lamp - Auxiliary Dome
Auxiliary dome lamp is located to the rear of the vehicle dome lamp. The auxiliary
lamp is wired independently from the standard dome lamp.
6A3 Covering - Floor
B42 Mat - Trunk
Black heavy-duty front and rear. Replaces production carpeting.
Custom fitted, heavy-duty vinyl molded edge to keep spills contained, removable
for easy cleaning
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
CAPRICE 9c1 and 9c3 special equipment - Optional | 15
QQ5 FULL SIZE SPARE
Full-size spare tire is mounted under the load floor. The full-size spare tire includes
a Tire Pressure Monitor (TPM) sensor which must be programmed to the TPM
System after the spare tire is installed.
7Y6 Lamp - Inoperative Dome
Dome and courtesy lamps will not operate when doors are opened. Front
and rear dome lamps are controlled only by the switch at the front dome
lamp console.
6J7 EXTERIOR LAmp EMERGENCY
FLASHING SYSTEM, HEADLAmpS,
TAIL LAmpS AND Backup LIGHTS
HEADLAmpS
This option provides a flashing module, headlamp alternate high beam flashing, rear
alternate flashing of the stop and backup lamps and a control wire for connection a
customer furnished ON/OFF switch. A second control wire permits optional separate
control of headlamp flashing and rear lamps flashing via customer switching.
The headlamp flashing module is located at the right side of the underhood electrical
center. The headlamp flashing module is activated by application of 12-volts to a dark
green/red wire coiled in the right front footwell. When activated, the left and right
high beams and the high beam instrument cluster telltale will flash alternately at 2.4
flashes per second.
During daylight conditions, the Daytime Running Lights (DRL) are automatically
deactivated whenever the headlamp flasher module is activated; during nighttime
conditions, the low beams are automatically on while the high beams flash (unless
option VVS is present). Activating the high beam switch will override the flashing
mode and the high beams will operate continuously.
A 15-amp fuse (F16) protects the front flasher circuit and is located in the engine
wiring harness junction block at the right side of the engine compartment.
TAIL LAmps and backup lamps
When the headlamp flashing module is activated the body control module will cause
the left and right stop lamps to flash alternately with the backup lamps at a rate of
2.4 flashes per second. The center high-mounted stoplamp does NOT flash and
operates only with application of the service brakes. During nighttime conditions, the
tail lamps are automatically ON (unless option VVS is present).
Activation of the headlamp and rear lamp flashing can be separated. Call Kerr
Industries at 905-725-6561 for instructions.
T53 LAmps - Trunk Lid Warning
Two 4-inch, single faced, red and blue LED lamps are mounted to the deck lid inner
panel. Lamps are activated by the deck lid ajar mechanical switch when deck lid is
opened. Lamps are wired to flash alternately through a flasher located at the upper
right hand corner of the trunk opening. An optional switch is available from Kerr
Industries and is located at the right side of the deck lid to permit the flashing red/
blue lamps to be turned off.
Wiring is protected by fuse F8 in the rear fuse block located on top of the
standard battery in the trunk.
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
16 |
CAPRICE 9c1 and 9c3 special equipment - OptionaL
6N5 SWITCHES - REar Window
Inoperative
Rear door window switches are inoperable. Rear door power regulators are
operable only from driver position switches.
K4S – Auxiliary Battery
Rear doors can only be opened from the outside.
AMF - PACKAGE OF 6
KEY/TRANSMITTERS
With
Remote
start
Ignition Power
(white connector)
Auxiliary
Battery
6N6 - Rear Door locks
and handles Inoperative
Without
Remote
start
Rear compartment
power studs
New Key LEARN Procedure
1. Cut the new key blank to match the vehicle key (master key)
2. Using the master key, turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF
3. Turn OFF the ignition and remove the key
4. Within 10 seconds of turning OFF the ignition, insert the key to be learned and
turn ON the ignition. The vehicle has now learned the new key.
8 mm
ground stud
Pre-fuse
assembly
Isolation
relay
Option K4S, Auxiliary Battery, consists of a 600 cca battery mounted at the right
side of the rear compartment and is connected to the electrical system via a
Pre-fuse Assembly. Also included is an isolation relay which is activated whenever
the ignition is ON. The isolation relay is intended to isolate the auxiliary battery
and connected load from the primary battery to avoid unintended rundown of the
primary battery. Whenever the ignition is ON and the engine is running, the
primary battery and auxiliary batteries are being charged, as determined by the
charging system controls.
Remote Transmitter learn Procedure
1. Ignition must be ON and trasnimission in PARK (P)
2.Press the TRIP button until the customization trip page is reached.
3. Press the ENTER button on the enter the customization menu.
4. Scroll down to the 'Remote Key' menu item and press ENTER
5. Scroll down to the 'Program' menu item and press ENTER
6.Press and hold the LOCK and UNLOCK button on the first transmitter at the
same time for approximately 15 seconds. 2 beeps will sound indicating the
transmitter is matched.
7. Repeat set 6 for the additional transmitters.
8. To exit the programming mode, key the ignition to OFF.
A Pink/Blue ignition controlled power circuit, HOT in RUN/START, terminates
in a white connector located above the auxiliary battery power junction
block. This same circuit is also located in the front passenger foot well
upfitter harness (see p.23). A 10 Amp fuse (F38) protects both circuits and
is located in the engine compartment fuse center. The total power
available for the combined front and rear circuits is 60 watts.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
AIR BAGS FAQ | 17
Can specialty vehicle equipment (e.g. radar devices, video
cameras, computers, meters, radio trees, shotguns, etc.) still be
mounted in cars with passenger side air bags?
Yes, but care must be taken to mount the equipment outside of the deployment zone.
Air bags inflate with great force and will interact with any object in the deployment
zone. Therefore, to reduce the risk of injury to vehicle occupants, GM recommends
that the air deployment zone be kept free of any equipment. If a piece of equipment
were to become dislodged it could strike an occupant in the vehicle and result in
injury. The likelihood of an object becoming dislodged is influenced by many factors,
including the proximity of the object to the inflatable restraint, the size and shape of
the object, and the means by which the object is secured to the vehicle. In addition to
these factors, the trajectory and velocity of a dislodged object can be influenced by
the type and severity of vehicle crash.
Objects that are in the deployment zone, but do not become dislodged by an inflating
air bag can still affect the performance of the air bag. For example, such objects could
tear the fabric or affect the shape of the air bag, thus reducing the ability of the bag
to provide restraint.
Is it possible to shield equipment that is installed in the passenger
side frontal air bag deployment zone in a manner that will allow
full and safe air bag deployment?
Due to the complexity of influencing variables, GM is unable to evaluate the potential
for shielding expected equipment configurations in all accident scenarios in order
to assure that the air bag performance would be unaffected. While shielding may
protect certain equipment from being damaged or dislodged, it may also negatively
affect the inflation characteristics of the air bag. The air bag’s shape, inflation angle,
fold pattern, and inflation rate and pressure are developed to maximize the
protection capability of the inflatable restraint system. Therefore, GM cannot
recommend the placement of any equipment in the deployment zone, even if it is
shielded to protect it from damage.
Front air bag systems and instrument panel mounted equipment.
Passenger air bags in GM vehicles deploy in different ways depending upon the type
of vehicle and the particular instrument panel design.
In some vehicles, the passenger air bag deploys through a discrete door located on
the top surface of the instrument panel (top-mount air bag systems). In other
vehicles, such as the Chevrolet Tahoe, the passenger air bag deploys through a
discrete door mounted on the vertical rearward surface of the instrument panel,
above the glove box door (mid-mount air bag system). With these types of topmount and mid-mount passenger air bag systems, the top pad of the instrument
panel remains in place during deployment.
Some GM passenger air bag systems, like the system in the Chevrolet Impala, deploy
from beneath the instrument panel top pad. These are considered 3/4-mount air bag
systems with a “deployable top pad.” The entire instrument panel top pad is the
“deployment door” from under which the inflating air bag emerges. When an air bag
deployment is commanded, the forces from the inflating passenger air bag push up
on the instrument panel top pad, releasing special fasteners across the rearward edge
of the top pad. This allows the top pad to rotate upward so that the passenger air bag
may emerge. The top pad rotates upward to open widest at the right hand side, and
is usually forced upward into contact with the windshield on the right hand side of
the vehicle during a deployment.
Instrument panel top mounted special equipment, such as a radar antenna and
control unit or video camera must be positioned to the left of the vehicle center line.
This equipment must be mounted as low as possible and securely fastened to the top
pad to avoid being dislodged in the event of a crash and possible air bag deployment.
In the process of securely fastening special equipment to the top, DO NOT fasten
down the top pad itself to any other vehicle component such as the cluster trim plate.
As described above, the top pad rotates upward during a deployment. In order to
enable the proper deployment of the passenger air bag, specialty equipment
installation MUST NOT PREVENT the top pad from rotating upward during
deployment. Location and attachment of special equipment should minimize added
resistance or interference to upward rotation of the top pad during deployment.
Optional side air bags for crashes to the vehicle sides.
The air bag system in your police vehicle may include optional side air bags for front
and rear occupants. Most front-to-rear side air bags are designed to deploy
downward from the interior roof sides to the bottom of the door windows.
Can Specialty Vehicle Security Barriers be mounted within the side
air bag deployment zones?
No. The side air bags inflate extremely fast because of the nature of side crashes to
the vehicle. Mounting a security barrier behind the front seats with the ends placed
within the side air bag deployment zones will result in unintended interaction
between the barrier and the inflating side air bags. To reduce the risk of injury to the
vehicle occupants, GM recommends that the side air bag zones be kept free of any
customer installed equipment.
Customer furnished equipment installed to the vehicle roof.
Your police vehicle is designed with an interior roof cover system which includes
internal components for the interior lamps and wiring. The roof system may also
include optional side air bag components. Inflation devices may be mounted on the
vehicle roof side behind the rear doors as well as air bag tethers retained to the
windshield pillars. Care must be taken to avoid damage to these components
or interference with their operation when installing roof mounted equipment such
as emergency lamps and communication antennas.
Recommended GM service procedures must be followed to remove
and re-install the instrument panel top pad to ensure that the top
pad will release properly in the event of a passenger air bag
deployment.
On the right half of the top pad closest to the passenger air bag module,
GM recommends that no equipment be mounted. When mounting equipment on the
driver side of the top pad, GM recommends that the total mass of the top pad
mounted special equipment not exceed 8 pounds (3.6 kilograms), since the top pad
tends to rotate about the left end.
Fasteners used to secure special equipment to the instrument panel top pad, the
windshield glass, or to the windshield upper frame (header), should be selected to
ensure that these devices will remain attached during a vehicle crash and possible
air bag deployment.
ead curtain side air bags are designed to help reduce the risk of head and neck injuries to front and rear seat occupants on the near side of certain side-impact collisions. Always
H
use safety belts and the correct child restraints for your child’s age and size, even in vehicles equipped with air bags. Children are safer when properly secured in a rear seat. See
your vehicle Owner’s Manual and child safety seat instructions for more information.
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
18 |
AIR BAGS FAQ
Can the installation of push bumpers on the front end of the
vehicle affect the deployment of the air bag?
General Motors is not aware of adverse effects during crash events from the many
push bumpers that have been installed on GM police vehicles. Because there are
many styles of push bumpers available with varying crash characteristics, installation
of push bumpers may or may not affect deployment timing of the air bags. Push
bumpers should be mounted to avoid modifying the vehicle structure and interfering
with the front air bag sensors mounted on the upper radiator support cross member.
Two front impact sensors are installed in General Motors vehicles. Do not relocate or
disconnect the front sensors. The location and orientation of the front sensors are
critical for correct operation of the air bag system. Avoid mounting components on or
near the sensors. Push bumper styles with vertical pushing members that are in foreaft alignment with the front air bag sensors are not recommended.
How long will the air bag remain inflated?
It takes approximately 1/20th of a second to fully inflate the frontal air bags. This is
faster than the blink of an eye. The air bags begin to deflate immediately, helping to
stop the occupants more gradually.
Can the air bag system be re-used?
No. The air bags are designed to inflate only once. After inflation some new parts
will be required. These will include the air bag module and possibly other parts. (A
competent service technician with access to the vehicle’s service manual and the
required tools should replace the required components after a deployment crash.)
I’ve heard that the dusts that are released into the passenger
compartment from the air bag are harmful. Is this true?
For most people, the only effect the dusts will produce is some irritation of the throat
and eyes, and that is only if the occupant remains in the vehicle for many minutes
after the air bag deployment with no ventilation and windows closed. However, some
people with asthma may develop an asthmatic attack from inhaling the dusts. If this
happens, they should first treat themselves the same way their doctor has advised
them to treat any other asthma attack, and then immediately seek medical
treatment.
Seat mounted side impact air bags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe side
crashes. The side impact air bags will inflate if the crash severity is above the
designed "threshold level." The threshold level can vary with specific vehicles design.
The side impact air bags are not designed to inflate on frontal or near-frontal impacts
or rear impacts, because inflation would not help the occupant.
Roof rail mounted head-curtain airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe
side crashes. In addition, certain vehicles have head-curtain air bags which are also
designed to inflate in situations where an impending rollover condition is identified
by the vehicle’s rollover sensing system and/or frontal or near-frontal impacts if the
crash severity is above the designed “threshold level”.
Safety belt pretensioners at the driver and front passenger seat positions are
designed to deploy in frontal, near-frontal, side, and rear crashes that exceed the
“threshold level” of crash severity to help reduce slack in the safety belt. Safety belt
pretensioners will also deploy in impending rollover situations.
I’ve heard that a deployed air bag produces what appears to be
smoke. Is the air bag hot?
After the bag has deployed in a crash, the air bag itself will not be hot to touch. Some
components within the air bag module will be hot for a short time. A small amount
of smoke coming from a deployed air bag module is normal and should not be cause
for concern.
Also, when the nitrogen gas is vented out of the air bag, small particles from inside
the bag are also vented into passenger compartment. These airborne particles look
like smoke and some particles are deposited as residue on and around the air bag.
If my vehicle has air bags, why should I have to wear my safety
belt?
Air bags are in many vehicles today and will be in most of them in the future. But
they are supplemental systems only; so they work with safety belts - not instead of
them. Every air bag system ever offered for sale has required the use of safety belts.
Even if you’re in a vehicle that has air bags, ­you still have to buckle up to get the most
protection. That’s true not only in frontal collisions but especially in side and other
collisions.
When should an air bag inflate?
The driver’s and right-front passenger’s frontal air bags are designed to inflate in
moderate to severe frontal or near-frontal crashes. But they are designed to inflate
only if the impact speed is above the system’s designed "threshold level."
In addition, if your vehicle has "dual stage" frontal air bags, these air bags tailor the
amount of restraint according to crash severity. For moderate frontal impacts, the air
bags inflate at a level less than full deployment. For more severe frontal impacts,
"dual stage" frontal air bags deploy at full levels.
If the front of your vehicle goes straight into a wall that doesn’t move or deform, the
threshold level of the reduced deployment is about 12 to 16 mph (19 to 15 km/h),
and the threshold level for a full deployment is about 18 to 24 mph (29 to 28.5
km/h). The threshold level can vary, however, with specific vehicle design, so that it
can be somewhat above or below this range.
If your vehicle strikes something that will move or deform such as a parked car, the
threshold level will be higher. The driver’s and right-front passenger’s frontal air bags
are not designed to inflate in rollover, side impacts, or rear impacts, because inflation
would not help the occupant.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
CAPRICE POLICE PACKAGE AIR BAGS | 19
Note: All dimensions are approximate and subject to change.
A
H
ARMREST
B
C
D
600 mm
(23.6 in.)
ARMREST
E
F
200 mm
(7.9 in.)
G
Standard Head Curtain and front Seat-Mounted Side IMpact Air bag1 Deployment Zones
Passenger Side Shown, Driver Side Similar
A. Head curtain air bag zone – front seats ONLY
B. Top of door handles
C. Fore-most end of seat-mounted thorax air bag zone
D. Top of front door armrest
E. Front seat thorax air bag zone
F. Back edge of body center pillar trim at bottom of rear door window
G. Rear-most end of front head curtain zone
H. Zone extends into sail panel area
A
G
ARMREST
B
C
D
600 mm
(23.6 in.)
ARMREST
E
F
OPtional (RPO AYO) Head Curtain and front Seat-Mounted Side IMpact Air bag1 Deployment Zones
Passenger Side Shown, Driver Side Similar
A. Head Curtain air bag zone – front and rear seats
B. Top of door handles
C. Fore-most end of seat-mounted thorax air bag zone
D. Top of front door armrest
E. Front seat thorax air bag zone
F. Back edge of body center pillar trim at bottom of rear door window
G. Zone extends into sail panel area
1. Head curtain side air bags are designed to help reduce the risk of head and neck injuries to front and rear seat occupants on the near side of certain side-impact collisions.
Always use safety belts and the correct child restraints for your child’s age and size, even in vehicles equipped with air bags. Children are safer when properly secured in a rear
seat. See your vehicle Owner’s Manual and child safety seat instructions for more information.
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
20 |
CAPRICE POLICE PACKAGE AIR BAGS
Note: All dimensions are approximate and subject to change.
D
127 mm
(5 in.)
C
A
B
127 mm
(5 in.)
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
200 mm
(7.8 in.)
200 mm
(7.8 in.)
Head Curtain and front Seat-Mounted Side IMpact Air bag1 Deployment Zones
View from Rear seat, Right side is mirror of left side
A. Vehicle center-line
B. Headrest
C. Center-line of occupant
D. Edge of headliner
E. Door inner trim panel
F. Center body pillar trim
C
N
A
B
G. Head curtain air bag zone
H. Bottom of door windows
I. Front door handle
J. Front seat back thorax air bag zone
K. Seat back
O
M
D
L
E
K
F
130 mm
(5.1 in.)
130 mm
(5.1 in.)
680 mm
(25.7 in.)
625 mm
(24.6 in.)
G
H
470 mm
(185 in.)
420 mm
(16.5 in.)
150 mm
(5.9 in.)
J
I
Instrument panel and approximate deployment area of the driver and front passenger air bags1
View from top
A. Vehicle center-line
B. Driver center-line
C. Front of instrument panel at the windshield base
D. Driver door trim
E. Driver knee air bag (model year 2012)
F. Instrument cluster
G. Rear-most instrument panel
H. Steering wheel
I. Driver air bag
J. Front passenger air bag
K. Glove box
L. Front passenger knee air bag (model year 2012)
M. Front passenger door trim
N. Front passenger center-line
O. Radio stack
1. H
ead curtain side air bags are designed to help reduce the risk of head and neck injuries to front and rear seat occupants on the near side of certain side-impact collisions.
Always use safety belts and the correct child restraints for your child’s age and size, even in vehicles equipped with air bags. Children are safer when properly secured in a rear
seat. See your vehicle Owner’s Manual and child safety seat instructions for more information.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
CAPRICE POLICE PACKAGE AIR BAGS | 21
Note: All dimensions are approximate and subject to change.
Side view of Driver steering wheel air bag1
deployment zone – Center-line of driver
A
880 mm
(26.7 in.)
View from Right Side
B
C
A. Rear most instrument panel
B. Top of windshield
C. Driver air bag zone
D. Driver air bag
E. Driver seat
F. Driver knee air bag (model year 2012)
G. Instrument cluster
G
D
F
130 mm
(5.1 in.)
E
130 mm
(5.1 in.)
A
880 mm
(26.7 in.)
Side view of Front seat passenger air bag1
deployment zone – Center-line of passenger
View from Right Side
B
C
G
D
A. Rear-most instrument panel
B. Top of windshield
C. Front passenger air bag zone
D. Front passenger air bag
E. Front passenger seat
F. Front passenger knee air bag (model year 2012)
G. Glove box door
F
130 mm
(5.1 in.)
E
130 mm
(5.1 in.)
1. Head curtain side air bags are designed to help reduce the risk of head and neck injuries to front and rear seat occupants on the near side of certain side-impact collisions.
Always use safety belts and the correct child restraints for your child’s age and size, even in vehicles equipped with air bags. Children are safer when properly secured in a rear
seat. See your vehicle Owner’s Manual and child safety seat instructions for more information.
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
22 |
Wiring Diagram – CAPRICE 9C1 and 9C3
Wiring provisions for 12-volt battery power supply
Optional Auxiliary
Battery RPO K4S
(includes Isolation Relay)
J2-1
BATTERY
-Auxiliary
POS
J1
J2
BATPOS
G1
CONNECTOR
-Aux Fusebox 1
NEG
J1-1
2250.
BARE
16.0
FUSELINK
140A
Ground-Aux Battery
G410
CUSTOMER CONNECTION
GROUND STUD LOCATED
AT AUXILLARY BATTERY TRAY
FUSELINK
100A
J1-A
TO PRIMARY BATTERY
PREFUSE CONNECTOR J2-A
or
AUXILIARY BATTERY
ISOLATION RELAY
WITH RPO K4S
FUSELINK
60A
FUSELINK
50A
J3-1
J3-2
502.
902.
FUSELINK
60A
J4-2
J4-1
RD
5.0
RD
8.0
J2-A
NOTE: FUSES IN AUXILIARY FUSEBOX 1
ARE NOT SERVICEABLE INDIVIDUALLY
S502
502.
502.
1002
702
J1-A
J2-A
RD
8.0
RD
8.0
RD
8.0
RD
8.0
B
30A
REAR COMPARTMENT AUXILIARY
POWER STUDS AT RH SIDE
FOR CUSTOMER CONNECTION
B
B
Maxi Breaker - 30A
(Police 1)
12088553
30A
Maxi Breaker - 30A
(Police 2)
12088553
J1
CONNECTOR
-AUX FUSEBOX 2
A
3040.
RD/WH
3.0
3140.
RD/WH
3.0
ELECTRICAL CENTER
-POLICE RELAYS
88
Maxi Breaker - 50A
(Police 3)
15319848
J1
A
C3
50A
J1
A
C7
30
86
87
85
88
30
86
87
85
J1
C1
1850.
BK
0.5
C5
1850.
BK
0.5
SA1850
B1
B3
B5
B7
6839.
L-GN
3.0
6842.
L-BU
0.85
6840.
D-GN
3.0
6843.
D-BU
0.85
3740.
RD/WH
5.0
1
1
3
3
2
2
4
4
1
1
J446A
P446A
J446A
P446A
J446A
P446A
J446A
P446A
J446B
P446B
1850.
1850.
BK
1.25
BK
1.25
B
B
P446C
J446C
AUXILARY BATTERY
ISOLATION RELAY
6839.
L-GN
3.0
6842.
L-BU
0.85
6840.
D-GN
3.0
6 43.
D-BU
0.85
740.
RD/WH
5.0
1
1
3
3
2
2
4
4
1
1
J273A
P273A
J273A
P273A
J273A
P273A
J273A
P273A
J273B
P273B
1850
Ground Dist
G405
6839.
L-GN
3.0
6842.
L-BU
0.85
6840.
D-GN
3.0
6843.
D-BU
0.85
3740.
RD/WH
5.0
1
3
2
4
1
P278
Police relay outputs and control circuit connections are located in right front footwell in a
5-foot (1.5 m) coil. Battery power is supplied through two fusible links, one 100-amp
and one 60-amp, to three circuit breakers and two control relays located in the relay
center. A 50-amp circuit breaker feeds power directly from the fusible links through a
10-gauge (5.0 mm2) wire. Two 30-amp circuit breakers supply power from the
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
P278
P278
P278
P280
fusible links through the contacts of the control relays to 12-gauge (3.0 mm2) wires.
Each relay is operated by an 18-gauge (0.8 mm2), light or dark blue control lead
included in the 5-foot (1.5 m) coil under the instrument panel. An 8-gauge (8.0 mm2)
ground lead is also provided in the 5-foot (1.5 m) coil. The total current available
through the 12-volt power supply is 110-amps (1320-watts).
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
Wiring Diagram – CAPRICE 9C1 and 9C3 | 23
Controlled power and signal
circuits with 12-volt power supply
MODULE
Radio
MODULE
Electonic
Brake Control
MODULE
UNDERHOOD
Body Control
BEC
Wiring Provisions for headlamp
and rear lamps flashing system
LH IP FUSE
CENTER
F38
MODULE 12 VOLT
ON CONNECTION
F16
SEPARATION OF FRONT
AND REAR FLASHING
TO UNDERHOOD BATTERY
ELECRICAL CENTER
F23
F16
BCM
F19
15
P277
16
P277
6841.
D-BU/YE
0.5
9
9
J230
P230
700 .
WH
0.3
9
P277
Radio
Mute
input
2
2
J230
P230
3
3
J230
P230
4
4
J230
P230
OG
0.5
5810 .
YE/BK
0.5
1339 .
PK/BL
0.5
2
3
5
818 .
P277
Vehicle
Speed
Output
P277
HOT
OUT OF
PARK
P278
HOT
START
& RUN
10
10
6820.
16 P230
D-GN/RD
0.5
16 J230
6841.
D-BU/YE
0.5
6841. IP
15 P230
D-BU/YE
0.5
15 J230
J230
P230
443.
BN
0.5
6
2940.
RD/WH
0.75
P278
HOT
ACCY
& RUN
250
BK
0.75
G
G
J106A
P106A
P277 LOCATED IN RIGHT FRONT FOOT WELL
Ignition controlled power and signal circuits are also included in the 5-foot (1.5 m)
coiled harness.
• A brown, 20-gauge (0.5 mm2) 10-amp fused circuit, hot in ACCESSORY/RUN;
fuse F16 is in the end of the instrument panel.
• A pink/blue, 20-gauge (0.5 mm2) 10-amp fused circuit, hot in START/RUN.
Fuse is in the engine compartment fuse block. This circuit is also located at
the RH side of the trunk in a white connector above the rear auxiliary
power junction block (See p. 13). Total power available for the
combined front and rear circuits is 60 watts.
• A yellow/black, 20-gauge (0.5mm2) park signal from the Body Control Module
(BCM). This circuit provides switched power (12-volts) when the transmission
is not in PARK (P) and the engine is running. The electrical load attached to the
park circuit must not exceed 0.5-amps (one relay coil).
• An orange, 20-gauge (0.5 mm2) vehicle speed signal (4,000 pulses/mile) from
the ABS module. Connect only high impedance load.
• A white, 22-gauge (0.3 mm2) radio mute circuit. Mutes radio when grounded.
6841.
6820. IP
D-GN/RD
D-BU/YE
0.5
0.5
3 J104B
3 P104B
G J106A
G P106A A J106A
311.
L-GN/BK
0.5
711.
D-GN/WH
0.5
A P106A
Gnd Dist
G104
6820.
6841.
D-GN/RD
D-BU/YE
0.5
0.5
A
P181 B
B
P181 C
J181
P181 D
D
P181 E
J181
P181
F
P181
P181 INLINE CONNECTOR
FOR HEADLAMP FLASHER
MODULE AT TOP RIGHTHAND
RADIATOR SUPPORT
711.
D-GN/WH
0.5
LF High Beam
311.
L-GN/BK
0.5
RF High Beam
An in-line connector in the forward lamp harness permits installation of a
compatible flasher module for the exterior lamps Emergency Flashing
System. The in-line flasher module connector is located at the RH end of the
upper radiator support and includes two wiring circuits to the front
compartment foot well. A dark green with red stripe wire is intended for
customer connection to switched 12-volt power to activate the flasher
module. A second dark blue with yellow stripe wire permits optional
separate control of the headlamp flashing and rear lamps flashing. Separate
control of the rear lamps flashing requires opening the dark blue-red control
circuit at the in-line module connector and application of switched vehicle
ground to the control wire in the forward compartment.
Note: Wiring diagrams for these options are shown in the Police Package owner’s manual
supplement (shipped in glove box).
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
24 |
Wiring Diagram – CAPRICE 9C1 and 9C3
WIRING PROVISION FOR HORN/SIREN
CIRCUIT - OPTION 6J4
WIRING PROVISIONS FOR GRILLE LAMPS
AND SIREN/SPEAKER - OPTION 6J3
Underhood BEC
29
COILED UNDER INSTRUMENT PANEL
Siren
P132
28.
BN/BK
0.30
RPO 6J4 Provides an
inline loop at P/J 274
for customer connection
14
17
17
P104A
J104A
A
A
J274
P274
13
P277
11
P277
12
6836.
L-GN
1.25
14
14
13
13
P230
J230
11
11
P230
J230
12
12
P230
J230
2
2
P201
J201
23
23
P201
J201
24
24
P201
J201
14
14
J206
P206
37
37
J206
P206
38
38
J206
P206
28.
BN/BK
0.30
1
1
P230
J230
P201
J201
6838.
P277
6837.
L-BU
1.25
28.
BN/BK
0.30
MODULE
Body Control
P277
Grille Lamps
6835.
GY
1.25
TN
1.25
J1-J
BK/WH
CONNECTOR
-Clock Spring
8
8
29.
BK/WH
0.30
J206
P206
6837.
L-BU
1.25
6836.
L-GN
1.25
A
B
P107
6835.
6838.
GY
1.25
P107
C
TN
1.25
P107
D
P107
Steering Wheel
Blunt cut wires coiled at upper radiator support
Two 20-gauge (0.5 mm2) wires are connected to an in-line connector in the horn
circuit of the instrument panel harness under the instrument panel. The end of this
harness extension is terminated with an in-line connector in a 60-inch coil under
the instrument panel. Connection to customer switching permits operation of the
horn or siren with the horn button.
The SEO 6J3 wiring provision has a 5-foot (1.5 m) harness coiled underneath the
instrument panel on the passenger side. The wiring circuits are routed from under
the instrument panel to a 1-foot (30 cm) coil secured in the area behind the grille.
There are four 16-gauge (1.0 mm2) wires for connecting to the grille lights (GY, TN)
and siren speaker (LT BU, LT GN)
WINDSHIELD PILLAR-MOUNTED SPOTLAMP - OPTION 7X6
F19
Minifuse 15A
INSTRUMENT PANEL
FUSE CENTER
F20
Minifuse 15A
LAMP
-Spotlamp LH
4140
0.85
OG
4240
0.85
OG
J212A
P212A
5
J244
P244
5
H7635
OG
4140
0.85
A PWR
OG
4240
0.85
A
CASE
GND
RH Pillar
7x6 Spotlamp left hand, pillar-mounted unity, 6-inch with replaceable h3 halogen bulb; independently fused
Note: Wiring diagrams for these options are shown in the Police Package owner’s manual
supplement (shipped in glove box).
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
Wiring Diagram – CAPRICE 9C1 and 9C3 | 25
WIRING PROVISION FOR FRONT SPEAKERS - OPTION WX7
Radio
Radio
LF_RAD_RTN
LF_RAD_OUT
Radio
RF_RAD_RTN
Twist
Radio
Radio
LR_RAD_RTN
LR_RAD_OUT
Twist
118.
GY
0.5
200.
L-GN
0.5
A
P267
B
P267
C
A
J267
B
J267
C
P267
Twist
117.
D-GN
0.5
To Left Front Speaker
Radio
RR_RAD_OUT
Twist
115.
L-BU
0.5
199.
BN
0.5
46.
D-BU
0.5
D
P267
E
P267
F
P267
G
P267
H
P267
D
J267
E
J267
F
J267
G
J267
H
J267
Twist
201.
BN
0.5
Radio
RR_RAD_RTN
Twist
116.
YE/RD
0.5
117.
D-GN
0.5
201.
BN
0.5
118.
GY
0.5
Radio
RF_RAD_OUT
200.
L-GN
0.5
To Right Front Speaker
Twist
116.
YE/RD
0.5
Twist
115.
L-BU
0.5
199.
BN
0.5
To Left Rear Speaker
WX7 IN-LINE HARNESS
ADDED HERE TO SEND
LEFT FRONT AND RIGHT
FRONT RADIO OUTPUTS
TO LEFT REAR AND
RIGHT REAR SPEAKERS
BLUNT CUT CIRCUITS
FROM FRONT SPEAKERS
ARE COILED IN RIGHT
FRONT FOOT WELL
46.
D-BU
0.5
To Right Rear Speaker
Approximately 60 inches of auxiliary speaker wire is run from the door-mounted speakers and coiled under the center of the instrument panel for customer connection to front
speakers. Front speakers are not connected to vehicle radio. A vehicle radio mute circuit permits muting audio when police radio transmits.
WIRING PROVISION - 25mm Access hole - RH Dash Panel
Front of Dash
A
A
B
C
RH Front Body
Hinge Pillar
Cabin air filter
below RH end of
Cowl grille (raised)
A) Blanking grommet through front of dash below the oval wire grommet
B) Bulkhead in filter chamber
C) Possible upfit harness routing
C
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
26 |
Anti-lock braking system
GM offers Anti-Lock Brake Systems as standard or optional
on all North American passenger vehicles and light truck
lines. The computerized Anti-Lock Braking System (ABS) is
designed to keep the vehicle’s wheels rotating as the brakes are
applied to assist the driver in achieving a controlled stop.
Sensors monitor how fast the wheels rotate and feed the data
continuously to the ABS computer. The vehicle’s brakes slow
each wheel as the brake pedal is applied. However, when
ABS is activated due to road conditions, the system repeatedly
releases and applies pressure to the brakes. The wheels
can keep rolling, thus retaining steering ability and enhanced
stability while providing a higher braking force on most
surfaces than a locked wheel provides.
How exactly does ABS work?
In cars without ABS, hitting the brakes can cause the wheels to lock, leaving you unable
to steer the vehicle until you decrease the pressure so the wheels can roll again. With
an ABS, as you apply the brakes, the ABS computer monitors the wheel speed sensor
information. If the computer senses that a wheel is approaching lock up, it sends a
signal to the hydraulic modulator to reduce, then to reapply, brake pressure several
times a second for as long as you maintain firm pressure on the brake pedal. The
process is much like the threshold braking technique used with conventional brakes.
However, ABS does it much faster and more accurately than any driver can, leaving you
free to focus on steering away from obstacles.
Does ABS reduce stopping distances?
Should I drive an ABS equipped vehicle differently than
I would drive a vehicle with conventional brakes?
Most of the time, under normal driving circumstances, there is no difference,
and you should always drive with the same caution and care. It is important to realize
that ABS only makes a difference when it is activated—when you have
to brake hard—and that would only be when the computer senses that a wheel is
approaching lock up. When ABS activates keep steady pressure on the brake pedal and
then let the ABS work for you. Don’t pump the brakes or try to ­find the threshold.
Simply hold the brake pedal down and steer if necessary to avoid an obstacle.
Is ABS always active?
ABS is always available, but not always activated. ABS is activated only when the brake
pedal is applied and the computer detects an impending wheel lock condition.
Can older cars be retrofitted with ABS?
No! The brake system is one of the most important features on any passenger vehicle.
Several products, which tap into the master cylinder and/or brake system performance,
are being sold in the aftermarket. Some of these products imply performance similar to
new vehicle anti-lock brake systems.
However, contrary to their claims, add-on systems, which deplete fluid from the master
cylinder on brake apply may actually increase a vehicle’s stopping distance. This may
cause the vehicle to fail to comply with Federal brake standards.
Does ABS always activate at the same speed?
No, the system operates when the computer detects wheel lockup, at any speed above
8 mph.
Yes, in braking situations where the wheels on a non-ABS equipped vehicle
would lock up, ABS will generally provide shorter controlled stopping distance. The
amount of improvement in stopping distance depends on many factors, including the
road surface, severity of braking, initial vehicle speed, etc. On some surfaces, such as
gravel roads, braking distances can be longer, but you will still have the control benefits
of ABS. The important capability of ABS is control. ABS provides improved vehicle
steerability and stability when braking.
Will ABS wear out a vehicle’s brakes sooner?
What can affect the ABS advantage?
Do Federal Safety Standards mandate ABS?
It is important that you follow the maintenance schedule recommended in the owner’s
manual of the vehicle, tires should be at their proper inflation level, the brake pads
should be checked regularly, etc. While driving, you should sit comfortably, so that your
hips are back in the seat and your knees are bent, even while braking. Your foot should
be positioned so that your heel is on the floor and your toes are secure on the lower half
of the pedal. And, though ABS may reduce stopping distance, remember: The faster you
go, the longer it takes you to stop. Keeping a safe distance between you and the
vehicle in front of you is always necessary, even with ABS.
A properly maintained brake system will be unaffected by ABS operation under typical
driving conditions.
Are there different types of ABS?
Yes, there are rear wheel anti-lock systems (RWAL) used on some trucks and four-wheel
ABS available on cars and trucks.
No. Federal standards establish minimum braking performance requirements that all
vehicles must meet, but do not specify how they should be met. It should be noted that
even a vehicle with failed ABS meets the Federal safety standard for stopping distances.
Will a tire size change affect ABS?
Use of tires other than original equipment may affect ABS performance. Owners should
consult and follow the recommendations contained in the vehicle owner’s manual
regarding replacement tire size. Note: ABS will work with original equipment spare tire or tire
What happens if ABS becomes inactive?
chains. However, performance is reduced.
The ABS electronic control unit has on-board diagnostic capability. If a fault is detected,
the vehicle will revert to the base brake system, and the ABS telltale on the dash will be
illuminated. Should this happen, the vehicle should be taken to a dealership for repair
as soon as possible.
Do insurance companies give a discount for ABS?
How do I use ABS?
Depress and hold the pedal. DO NOT PUMP THE BRAKES (that prevents the system from
working). Just hold the brake pedal down and let the ABS work for you. You may feel
the brake pedal vibrate, or you may notice some noise, but this is normal as the system
works for you.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
Yes, many insurance companies give discounts that range from 5% to 10%. In the
states of New York and Florida all insurance companies are required to give an ABS
discount of 5% on certain coverages such as bodily injury, property damage, collision,
and personal injury protection. In other states the discount varies from insurance
company to insurance company. When buying auto insurance, always ask your
insurance agent if his/her company gives a discount for vehicles equipped with antilock brakes.
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/5/2011
Anti-lock braking system | 27
IMPORTANT
DRIVING
SAFETY TIPS
A. A lways maintain a safe
following distance. ABS does not
allow you to stop on a dime. (Generally a
2-second following distance is considered
safe in ideal conditions.) Watch the vehicle
in front of you pass a fixed marker (such as a
sign). Count seconds—one-thousand-one,
one-thousand-two-until your front bumper
reaches the marker. If you do not count out
two seconds, then you are too close to the
vehicle in front of you. Also, if the roads are
wet or icy, or visibility is poor, you should
increase your following distance.
B. A lways drive carefully—
especially on slippery surfaces. ABS cannot
create friction between the tires and the road
surface, it can only give the driver the
maximum advantage of the existing
adhesion. If the vehicle is traveling on a
surface with no adhesion, the best ABS in the
world cannot provide a shorter stopping
distance or good steering.
C. It is a good idea to practice an
ABS activated stop and get the feel
of the brake pedal. However, please make
sure it’s at a safe time with no obstacles in
your path. And you only really need to try
it once or twice to know what happens.
Stability enhancement systems (StabiliTrak)
S tability enhancement system (StabiliTrak) assists the driver with
directional control of the vehicle in difficult driving conditions. Each time
the vehicle is started, the StabiliTrak system is fully ON. StabliliTrak can
be controlled by a StabiliTrak button on the instrument panel. The
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
condition of the system is displayed by an instrument panel StabiliTrak
indicator light and Driver Information Center (DIC) messages. See your
owner's manual for additional information about the operation of
StabiliTrak.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
Date:
April 1, 2010
To:
Whom it may concern
Subject:
2011 Model Year Caprice
The following is true of the certified speedometer calibration specifications, at ambient
temperature of -10 to 120 degrees F. Inaccuracies due to vehicle speed sensing are
included.
Actual Vehicle Speed
0 to 120 MPH
Indicated Speed
+/- 2 MPH
Note:
The speedometer calibration is specific for a 6.0L engine, automatic transmission with a
2.92 axle and P235/50R18 tires.
Regards,
Brian Tolan
Performance Engineer – Police Vehicles
General Motors Corporations
Milford Proving Grounds
3300 General Motors Rd
Building 104 (MC 483-344-275)
Milford, Michigan 48380-3726
Phone 248-830-87602
Email: brian.r.tolan@gm.com
NoteS | 29
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
Impala Police Package – 9c1 | 1
Updates for 2011
New Features
• (C67) Single-zone manual air conditioning
Changes
• (6J3) Grille lamps and siren speaker wiring harness is redesigned
without the alternating flasher to be used with LED-type lamps
Deletions
• (C68) Dual-zone manual air conditioning
• (61U) Aqua Blue Metallic
Shown with Aftermarket Equipment.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
2|
Impala Police Package – 9C1
This vehicle has been designed for police work up to and including high speed emergency vehicle operations.
GM restricts the sale of police vehicles and they are not to be sold to retail customers.
Some standard equipment may be replaced by special equipment when the Police Package 9C1 is ordered
MODEL AVAILABILITY
1ws19 Front-wheel drive
Warranty 3 years / 36,000 mile bumper-to-bumper (whichever comes first, see dealer for details)
5 years / 100,000 mile limited powertrain (whichever comes first, see dealer for details)
STANDARD EQUIPMENT SUMMARY
INTERIOR FEATURES
AIR CONDITIONING
Single-zone manual, with air filtration and environmentally friendly refrigerant r134a
Cruise Control
Electronic with set and resume speed
Cup Holder
Cup holder with storage tray between seats
DOME Lamps
Auxiliary, interior, sustained illumination
Floor Covering
Carpeting front and rear (carpeted mats are available; see option b34 on page 9)
GLASS
Tinted windshield, backlight and side glass
MIRRORS, VISOR
Visor, left hand and right hand with covered vanity mirrors
MIRROR, REARVIEW
Inside rearview is manual day night with driver and passenger map lamps
RADIOElectronically tuned am/fm stereo with cd player, seek-scan, digital clock, auto-tone control, theftlock with integrated rear window
antenna (radio delete is not available)
RESTRAINT SYSTEM
Safety belts with dual stage driver and passenger frontal air bags1 with passenger sensing system and frontal air bag1 on/off
indicator; dual head curtain air bags1 for front and rear outboard occupants and front seat back mounted thorax air bags1
SEAT, FRONTHigh density foam cloth bucket seats with seat back security panel, 6-way power driver and passenger
seat adjusters (see page 4) and manual reclining seat backs. Driver seat has manual lumbar control. Front seat frames are
strengthened from side impact resistance (see page 18)
SEAT, REAR
Vinyl bench with high density foam (see page 4)
SMOKER'S PACKAGE
Not available
SPEEDOMETER/Cluster140 mph certified analog speedometer, 5 mph increments with digital trip odometer and warning lamps. Driver Information
Center; includes 1 mph redundant digital speed display (see message center listing on page 17)
STEALTH MODE
See exterior lamps control on page 21 for operation description
STEERING WHEEL Tilt-wheel with column mounted gear shift lever
Theft Deterrent
Vehicle theft PASS-Key® III+, content theft deterrent is disabled (to enable content theft deterrent option ua6 must be ordered)
Trunk mat
Heavy-duty (see page 18)
TRUNK RELEASE Electric (not ignition controlled), button located on instrument panel, left of steering column; manual inside trunk safety release
(ignition control release is available; see option a98 on page 9)
WARNING LIGHTS Brake, safety belt, air bag1, anti-lock brake and check engine (see page 17 for additional information)
Warning Tones
Key-in-ignition, driver door open, driver and passenger safety belt not buckled, headlamps on
WINDOW OPERATION Power with driver express down, rear window lockout switch
Auxiliary Power, Front
Electrical Features
1 00-amp ignition and main power supply wiring under lower right side of instrument panel (see wiring provisions for 12-volt
battery power supply on page 19 and 27)
Auxiliary Power, Trunk
100-amp auxiliary power outlet in trunk (see page 29)
Ground Stud
Auxiliary, located in trunk (see page 29)
POWER OUTLETS 2 auxiliary power outlets for additional plug-in equipment located on lower center of instrument panel
Wiring Diagrams See pages 27 through 33 for description; also see Impala Police Package owner’s manual supplement (located in glove box folder
with standard owner’s manual)
Wiring Provision,
EXTerior Lamps Flashing
Forward lamp harness in-line connector for Exterior Lamp Flashing System (see option 6j7 on page 9)
1. H
ead curtain side air bags are designed to help reduce the risk of head and neck injuries to front and rear seat occupants on the near side of certain side-impact collisions.
Always use safety belts and the correct child restraints for your child’s age and size, even in vehicles equipped with air bags. Children are safer when properly secured in a rear
seat. See your vehicle Owner’s Manual and child safety seat instructions for more information.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
Impala Police Package – 9c1 | 3
EXTERIOR FEATURES
Body PanelsTwo-sided galvanized steel for all exterior body panels (except roof where not needed)
DEFOGGER
Electric, rear window
DOOR LOCKSPower non-programmable (automatic door locking and unlocking feature is disabled), child safety locks in rear doors, driver door
lock cylinder; trunk keylock cylinder (see page 9); lock cylinders no longer available on passenger front door
HeadlampsDual halogen composite, includes flash-to-pass feature and automatic lamps control with daytime running lamps (to delete
automatic control, see option 9G8 on page 18 and exterior lamps control on page 21)
Keyless Entry
Includes two transmitters with non-functional panic button; the keyless entry system used on the police Impala includes a stealth
mode feature. When the “unlock” or “lock” button is depressed, no exterior lamps or audible sounds are activated; however, the
interior OEM dome lamp will illuminate unless option 7y6 lamps, inoperative dome and courtesy lamps is ordered; during remote
start feature, running lamps will remain illuminated (additional transmitters are available; see option AMF on page 9)
KeysTwo-sided, random code, for ignition, driver door and trunk only; single key locking system to operate entire fleet is available
(fleet coded single key is available; see 6e2 and 6e8 option on page 9)
License PlateMounting hardware located in glove box; front bracket standard in states requiring front license plates; others must order option vk3
MIRRORS, Rearview
Body color, electric Left hand and right hand remote (heated mirrors are available; see option DK2 on page 9)
OnStar
Not available with Police Package
PAINT Base coat/clear coat
TRUNK LAMP Standard
UNDER HOOD LAMP Not available
WINDSHIELD WIPERS
Intermittent, anti-lift with washer
CHASSIS FEATURES
Alternator
150-amp with idle boost (transmission in park or neutral) controlled by battery energy level sensing
Battery 720 cca with battery rundown protection; automatically shuts off courtesy lamps (reading/map lamps, trunk and glove box lamps)
to protect the battery; lamps are automatically turned off after 20 minutes if they are left on and the ignition is in the “off” position
(does not protect customer installed equipment)
BODY
Heavy-duty reinforced body components
BRAKES4-wheel anti-lock disc brakes with police calibration and heavy-duty front brake pads
COOLINGHeavy-duty (high capacity) with 225-watt fans and extended life coolant; coolant hoses are EPDM (ethylene-propylene-diene
monomer) rubber; silicone hoses are not required (coolant is DEX-COOL good for 5 years/150.000 miles, protects from -34° F to
+265° F and against rust and corrosion)
Chassis LubricationLubed-for-life chassis
ENGINE
3900 series SFI V6 with FlexFuel2 (gas or E85 ethanol); includes wide open throttle air conditioning cut off (when overhead lamps,
spotlamps, radio antennas, sirens, and other emergency equipment are installed, overall performance may be somewhat lower)
EXHAUST SYSTEM
Stainless steel, single with dual outlets
FUEL TANK capacity
17 gallon (64 liters)
Oil Coolers
Engine, transmission and power steering oil cooler: external air-to-oil, fin-type (see page 18)
Radio Suppression
Extended life - iridium tip spark plugs and wires that are designed to reduce radio frequency noise levels which may affect
communications equipment including operating frequencies in the 38-MHz to 58-MHz range. The Impala is designed with unibody
construction, and multiple grounding points are provided for the vehicle electrical system. No additional ground straps are added
for the Police Package
Starter Interrupt
Prevents starter from engaging while the engine is running
STEERING
Power, rack and pinion
Struts, Front
Heavy-duty
SUSPENSION4-wheel independent, firm ride and handling with increased ride height springs, heavy-duty front and rear stabilizer bars
TIRES P225/60R16 SBR blackwall, “V” rated with compact spare (full-size spare is available; see option n81 on page 9)
TIRE PRESSURE MONITOR Check Tire Pressure will show on driver message center (see page 17 for description)
TRANSMISSIONHeavy-duty 4T65E 4-speed automatic, electronically-controlled transmission provides protection against over-revving the engine in
low gear and a mechanical low gear blockout is not required; if a driver manually selects low gear and fails to manually upshift to
high gear, the powertrain control module automatically protects the drivetrain (traction control is not available on Police Package)­­­
WHEELS
16" x 6.5" heavy-duty steel
WHEEL Center Cap
Chrome bolt-on metal
2. E85 is 85% ethanol and 15% gasoline. To see if there is an E85 station near you, go to www.gmaltfuel.com/e85-station-locator.
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
4|
Impala Police Package – 9C1
POWERTRAIN
ENGINE
OPTIONTYPE
TRANSMISSION
DISPLACEMENT
CODE
LITERS/CU. IN.
LGD
V6
3.9/238
EMISSIONS -
AXLE
FUELOPTIONTYPEOPTION
RATIO
SYSTEM
CODE
CODE
4T65E
FlexFuel2
(gas or E85
MXO/M15
4-speed
FR9
ethanol)
auto. with OD
3.29
MUST BE SPECIFIED
FE9
F ederal emissions. Use for ordering vehicles that will be registered in all states except California, Connecticut, Maine, Maryland,
Massachusetts, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont and Washington State
YF5
California emissions. Use for ordering vehicles that will be registered in California.
NE1CT/ME/MD/MA/NJ/NM/NY/OR/PA/RI/VT/WA emissions. Use for ordering vehicles that will be registered in Connecticut, Maine,
Maryland, Massachusetts, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont or Washington State
NB8
Required when option code FE9 “Federal emissions” is ordered for delivery to a dealer located in California, Connecticut,
Massachusetts, Maryland, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island and Washington State for a
purchaser who will be registering the vehicle outside California, Connecticut, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, New Jersey, New
Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont and Washington State.
NC7
Required when option code YF5 “CALIFORNIA EMISSIONS” or option code NE1 "CT/ME/MD/MA/NJ/NM/NY/OR/PA/RI/VT/WA EMISSIONS"
is ordered for delivery to a dealer located in any state except California, Connecticut, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, New Jersey, New
Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont and Washington for a purchaser who will be registering the vehicle in
one of these states or sold as permitted below under “EPA Policy on the Sale of California Emission Vehicles”
NB9
Required when option code YF5 is ordered for delivery to a dealer located in Connecticut, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, New Jersey,
New Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont and Washington. Required when option code NE1 is ordered for
delivery to a dealer located in California.
TIRES -
SPEED RATED
MANUFACTURER
QUANTITY
SIZE
SPEED RATING
TYPE
Pirelli
Four
P225/60R16 SBR blackwall
V
AL3
Note: • Compact spare is standard (full-size spare is available see option n81 on page 9)
• Due to specific requirements for performance, durability and safety, gm recommends only the original equipment tire for replacement
SEATS AND INTERIOR TRIM
SEAT OPTIONS
EBONY
STANDARD Front: Cloth buckets (power driver and passenger)
AR9
19G
Rear: Vinyl bench
OPTIONAL Front: Cloth buckets (power driver and passenger)
Rear: Cloth bench
AR9
19E
AVAILABLE EXTERIOR COLORS
17U
37U
41U
50U
51U
57U
74U
Silver Ice
Metallic
Imperial Blue
Metallic
Black
Summit White
Gold Mist
Metallic
Cyber Gray
Metallic
Victory Red
Note: For special paint see page 11 through 16
Actual colors may vary
2. E85 is 85% ethanol and 15% gasoline. To see if there is an E85 station near you, go to www.gmaltfuel.com/e85-station-locator.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
Impala Undercover Police Package – 9c3 | 5
Updates for 2011
New Features
• (C67) Single-zone manual air conditioning
Changes
• (6J3) Grille lamps and siren speaker wiring harness is redesigned
without the alternating flasher to be used with LED-type lamps
Deletions
• (C68) Dual-zone manual air conditioning
• (61U) Aqua Blue Metallic
Shown with Aftermarket Equipment.
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
6|
Impala Undercover Police Package – 9C3
This vehicle has been designed for police work up to and including high speed emergency vehicle operations.
GM restricts the sale of police vehicles and they are not to be sold to retail customers.
Some standard equipment may be replaced by special equipment when the Police Package 9C1 is ordered
1ws19 Front-wheel drive
MODEL AVAILABILITY
STANDARD EQUIPMENT SUMMARY
Warranty 3 years / 36,000 mile bumper-to-bumper (whichever comes first, see dealer for details)
5 years / 100,000 mile limited powertrain (whichever comes first, see dealer for details)
INTERIOR FEATURES
Air conditioning
Single-zone manual, with air filtration and environmentally friendly refrigerant r134a
Cruise control
Electronic with set and resume speed
Floor covering
Carpeting front and rear (carpeted mats are available; see option b34 on page 9)
Dome Lamps
Auxiliary, interior, sustained illumination
Glass
Tinted, windshield, backlight and side glass
Mirrors, visor
Visor, left hand and right hand with covered vanity mirrors
Mirror, rearview
Inside rearview is manual day night with driver and passenger map lamps
RadioElectronically tuned am/fm stereo with cd player, seek-scan, digital clock, auto-tone control, theftlock with integrated rear window
antenna (radio delete is not available)
Restraint system
Safety belts with dual stage driver and passenger frontal air bags1 with passenger sensing system and frontal air bag1 on/off
indicator; dual head curtain air bags1 for front and rear outboard occupants and front seat back mounted thorax air bags1
Seat, front
40/20/40 high density foam splint-bench cloth seat with folding arm rest and cup holder, 6-way power driver seat with recliner
and manual lumbar, 6-way power passenger seat with manual reclining seat back and strengthened front seat (see page 18)
Seat, rear
Cloth with high density foam
Smoker's package
Not available
Speedometer/cluster
140 mph certified analog speedometer, 5 mph increments with digital trip odometer, frames for side impact resistance, and
warning lights. Driver Information Center includes 1 mph redundant digital speed display (see message center listing on page 17)
STEALTH MODE
See exterior lamps control on page 21 for operation description
Steering wheel Tilt-wheel with column mounted gear shift lever
Theft deterrent
Vehicle theft PASS-Key® III+, content theft deterrent is disabled (to enable content theft deterrent option ua6 must be ordered)
Trunk mat
Heavy-duty (see page 18)­­­­
Trunk release Electric (not ignition controlled), button located on instrument panel, left of steering column; manual inside trunk safety release
(ignition control is available; see option A98 on page 9)
Warning lights Brake, safety belt, air bag1, anti-lock brake and check engine (see page 17 for additional information)
Warning Tones
Key-in-ignition, driver door open, driver and passenger safety belt not buckled, headlamps on
Window Operation Power with rear window lockout switch
Electrical features
Auxiliary power, front
1 00-amp ignition and main power supply wiring under lower right side of instrument panel (see wiring provisions for 12-volt
battery power supply on page 19 and 27)
Auxiliary power, trunk
100-amp auxiliary power outlet in trunk (see page 29)
Ground stud
Auxiliary, located in trunk (see page 29)
Power outlets 2 auxiliary power outlets for additional plug-in-equipment located on lower center of instrument panel
Wiring diagrams See pages 27 through 33 for description; also see Impala Police Package owner’s manual supplement (located in glove box folder
with standard owner’s manual)
Wiring Provision,
EXTerior Lamps Flashing
Forward lamp harness in-line connector for Exterior Lamp Flashing System (see option 6j7 on page 9)
1. H
ead curtain side air bags are designed to help reduce the risk of head and neck injuries to front and rear seat occupants on the near side of certain side-impact collisions.
Always use safety belts and the correct child restraints for your child’s age and size, even in vehicles equipped with air bags. Children are safer when properly secured in a rear
seat. See your vehicle Owner’s Manual and child safety seat instructions for more information.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
Impala Undercover Police Package – 9c3 | 7
EXTERIOR FEATURES
Body panels
Two-sided galvanized steel for all exterior body panels (except roof where it is not needed)
Defogger
Electric, rear window
Door locksPower non-programmable (automatic door locking and unlocking feature is disabled), child safety locks in rear doors, driver door lock
cylinder; trunk keylock cylinder (see page 18) lock cylinders no longer available on passenger front door
Headlamps
Dual halogen composite, includes flash-to-pass feature and automatic lamp control with daytime running lamps (to delete automatic
control, see option 9g8 on page 9 and exterior lamps control on page 21)
Keyless entry
I ncludes two transmitters with non-functional panic button; the keyless entry system used on the police Impala includes a stealth
mode feature. When the “unlock” or “lock” button is depressed, no exterior lamps or audible sounds are activated; however, the
interior OEM dome lamp will illuminate unless option 7Y6 lamps, inoperative dome and courtesy lamps is ordered; during remote start
feature, running lamps will remain illuminated (additional transmitters are available; see option AMF on page 9)
Keys
Two-sided, random code, for ignition, driver door and trunk only; single key locking system to operate entire fleet is available
(fleet coded single key is available; see option 6e2 and 6e8 on page 9)
License plateMounting hardware located in glove box; front bracket standard in states requiring front license plates; others must order option vk3
Mirrors, rearview
Body color, electric left hand and right hand remote (heater mirrors are available; see option dk2 on page 9)
OnStar
Not available with Police Package
Paint Base coat/clear coat
TRUNK LAMP Standard
UNDER HOOD LAMP Not available
Windshield wipers
Intermittent, anti-lift with washer
Chassis features
Alternator
Battery 1 50-amp with idle boost (transmission in park or neutral) controlled by battery energy level sensing
720 cca with battery rundown protection; automatically shuts off courtesy lamps (reading/map lamps, trunk and glove box lamps)
to protect the battery; lamps are automatically turned off after 20 minutes if they are left on and the ignition is in the “off” position
(does not protect customer installed equipment)
Body
Heavy-duty reinforced body components
Brakes
4-wheel anti-lock disc brakes with police calibration and heavy-duty front brake pads
Cooling
Heavy-duty (high capacity) with 225-watt fans and extended life coolant; coolant hoses are EPDM (ethylene-propylene-diene
monomer) rubber; silicone hoses are not required (coolant is DEX-COOL good for 5 years/150.000 miles, protects from -34° F to +265° F
and against rust and corrosion)
Chassis lubrication
Lubed-for-life chassis
Engine
3900 series SFI V6 with FlexFuel2 (gas or E85 ethanol); includes wide open throttle air conditioning cut off (when overhead lamps,
spotlamps, radio antennas, sirens, and other emergency equipment are installed, overall performance may be somewhat lower)
Exhaust system
Stainless steel, single with dual outlets
Fuel tank capacity
17 gallon (64 liters)
Oil coolers
Engine, transmission and power steering oil cooler: external air-to-oil, fin-type (see page 18)
Radio suppressionExtended life - iridium tip spark plugs and wires that are designed to reduce radio frequency noise levels which may affect
communications equipment including operating frequencies in the 38-MHz to 58-MHz range. The Impala is designed with unibody
construction, and multiple grounding points are provided for the vehicle electrical system. No additional ground straps are added
for the Police Package
Starter interrupt
Prevents starter from engaging while the engine is running
Steering
Power, rack and pinion­­­­
Struts, front Heavy-duty
Suspension4-wheel independent, firm ride and handling with increased ride height springs, heavy-duty front and rear stabilizer bars
Tires P225/60R16 SBR blackwall, “V” rated with compact spare (full-size spare is available; see option n81 on page 9)
Tire pressure monitor
check tire pressure will show on driver message center (see page 17 for description)
Transmission
Heavy-duty 4t65e 4-speed automatic, electronically-controlled transmission provides protection against over-revving the engine in
low gear and a mechanical low gear blockout is not required; if a driver manually selects low gear and fails to manually upshift
to high gear, the powertrain control module automatically protects the drivetrain (traction control is not available on Police Package)
Wheels
16" x 6.5" heavy-duty steel
Wheel covers
Full-size plastic wheel covers
2. E85 is 85% ethanol and 15% gasoline. To see if there is an E85 station near you, go to www.gmaltfuel.com/e85-station-locator.
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
8|
Impala Undercover Police Package – 9C3
POWERTRAIN
ENGINE
OPTIONTYPE
TRANSMISSION
DISPLACEMENT
CODE
LITERS/CU. IN.
LGD
V6
3.9/238
EMISSIONS -
AXLE
FUELOPTIONTYPEOPTION
RATIO
SYSTEM
CODE
CODE
4T65E
FlexFuel2
(gas or E85
MXO/M15
4-speed
FR9
ethanol)
auto. with OD
3.29
MUST BE SPECIFIED
FE9
F ederal emissions. Use for ordering vehicles that will be registered in all states except California, Connecticut, Maine, Maryland,
Massachusetts, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont and Washington State
YF5
California emissions. Use for ordering vehicles that will be registered in California.
NE1CT/ME/MD/MA/NJ/NM/NY/OR/PA/RI/VT/WA emissions. Use for ordering vehicles that will be registered in Connecticut, Maine,
Maryland, Massachusetts, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont or Washington State
NB8
Required when option code FE9 “Federal emissions” is ordered for delivery to a dealer located in California, Connecticut,
Massachusetts, Maryland, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island and Washington State for a
purchaser who will be registering the vehicle outside California, Connecticut, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, New Jersey, New
Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont and Washington State.
NC7
Required when option code YF5 “CALIFORNIA EMISSIONS” or option code NE1 "CT/ME/MD/MA/NJ/NM/NY/OR/PA/RI/VT/WA
EMISSIONS" is ordered for delivery to a dealer located in any state except California, Connecticut, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts,
New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont and Washington for a purchaser who will be
registering the vehicle in one of these states or sold as permitted below under “EPA Policy on the Sale of California Emission Vehicles”
NB9
Required when option code YF5 is ordered for delivery to a dealer located in Connecticut, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, New
Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont and Washington. Required when option code NE1 is
ordered for delivery to a dealer located in California.
TIRES -
SPEED RATED
MANUFACTURER
QUANTITY
SIZE
SPEED RATING
TYPE
Pirelli
Four
P225/60R16 SBR blackwall
V
AL3
Note: • Compact spare is standard (full-size spare is available see option n81 on page 9)
• Due to specific requirements for performance, durability and safety, gm recommends only the original equipment tire for replacement
SEATS AND INTERIOR TRIM
SEAT OPTIONS
EBONY
AN3
19C
STANDARD Front Cloth 40/20/40 split-bench
Rear: Cloth full bench
AVAILABLE EXTERIOR COLORS
17U
37U
41U
50U
51U
57U
74U
Silver Ice
Metallic
Imperial Blue
Metallic
Black
Summit White
Gold Mist
Metallic
Cyber Gray
Metallic
Victory Red
Note: For special paint see page 11 through 16
Actual colors may vary
2. E85 is 85% ethanol and 15% gasoline. To see if there is an E85 station near you, go to www.gmaltfuel.com/e85-station-locator.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
Impala 9c1 and 9c3 - Options | 9
body side moldings - Body-color (installed on all 4 doors)
CONTENT theft deterrent ALARM system - Requires ap3 remote start, unauthorized entry sounds horn and lamps flash
delete daytime running lamps and automatic headlamps
flasher system, headlamp and tail lamp - drl compatible, headlamp flasher module with control wire and body control module rear lamp flashing
Floor covering - Heavy-duty vinyl replaces production carpeting (carpeted mats not available)
handles - Rear door inoperative (doors can be opened only from outside)
heater - Engine block
hole in roof - On center line requires 6f5 wiring (not available with 6j5 hole)
hole in roof - On passenger side requires 6f5 wiring (not available with 6b7 hole)
Keyless entry transmitters - Fleet Package includes 6 additional transmitters. Transmitters are not programmed. Each transmitter, including
the two standard with the vehicle, must be programmed together by a dealer at customer expense. Transmitter programming is not a warranty
item. Note: Vehicle specific, common fleet transmitter frequency not available
6e2
key common - Complete vehicle fleet, provides a single key with a specific code that is common to the door locks and ignition of all the vehicles in the vehicle fleet;
key code is an alternate to SEO 6e8 key common, complete vehicle fleet; not compatible with 2005 and earlier Impalas, 2006 and earlier Tahoes and 2011 Caprice
6e8
key common - Complete vehicle fleet, provides a single key with a specific code that is common to the door locks and ignition of all the vehicles in the vehicle fleet;
key code is an alternate to SEO 6e2 key common, complete vehicle fleet; not compatible with 2005 and earlier Impalas and 2006 and earlier Tahoes and 2011 Caprice
6C7
lamp - Front auxiliary dome
7y6
lamp - Inoperative dome and courtesy lamps
6J6
lamps - Rear window auxiliary stop/turn signals
T53
lamps - Altern­­­­­ate flashing trunk lid warning
VK3
license plate bracket - Front (bracket standard for states requiring front license plate)
­­6N6
locks - Rear door inoperative
B34
mats - Carpeted front and rear (not available with 6a3)
DK2
mirrors - Heated outside rearview, power, body color
D81
rear spoiler
6n5rear window switches inoperative - Rear windows only operate from driver’s position
AP3
remote vehicle starter system - Includes remote keyless entry
7X6
spotlamp - Left hand, separately fused
7X7
spotlamps - Left and right hand, separately fused
7X8
spotlamp provision - Left hand
7X9
spotlamp provision - Left and right hand
N81
tire, spare - Full-size (includes non-programed Tire Pressure Monitor)
A98
trunk release - Ignition controlled
6c8
wiring - Coaxial radio antenna cable - rg58 roof to trunk
Wx7 wiring - For customer connection to front door speakers, front speakers are not connected to the vehicle radio; radio audio signals are sent to the rear speakers
6j3
wiring - For grille lamps and speaker
6J4
wiring - For horn/siren circuit, in-line connection for customer furnished switch
6f5
wiring - Roof wires (requires 6b7 or 6j5 hole in roof, 2 number 10 awg wires only)
WRH wiring PROVISIONS - Cooling fan jumper
For standard and optional illustrations, see pages 18 through 22.
B86
UA6
9g8
6J7
6a3
6B2
K05
6B7
6J5
AMF
Note: Ship-through charge is included as part of base MSRP.
Note: • Turn-Key Packages available only through your Chevrolet dealer
• Direct purchase equipment is available through dealer direct order and purchase from kerr Industries 905-725-6561
• Warranty claims for direct purchase equipment must be directed through Kerr Industries
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
10 |
Impala 9C1 and 9c3 Police package Specifications
GENERAL
ENGINE
Model
Drive
1WS19
2-wheel front
EXTERIOR (in./mm)
Wheelbase
Overall length
Overall width
Overall height
Front track width
Rear track width
Turning diameter curb to curb (ft./m)
Ground clearance (engine cradle)
110.5/2807
200.4­­/5090
72.9/1852
58.7/1491
62.4/1585
61.5/1562
38.0/11.6
7.1/180
Head room
Shoulder room
Hip room
Leg room (maximum)
39.4/1001
58.7/1491
56.4/1433
42.3/1074
REAR COMPARTMENT (in./mm)
Head room Shoulder room
Hip room
Leg room (minimum)
37.8/960
58.6/1488
57.2/1453
37.6/955
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT CAPACITY (cu. ft./liters)
FUEL ECONOMY RATINGS
18.6/526
104.5/2959
CITY/HIGHWAY/COMBINED
3.9L engine4
17/24/20
Automatic, electronically-controlled with overdrive
Ratio
ABS with vacuum boost
Front - swept area (sq. in./sq. cm)
Rear - swept area (sq. in./sq. cm)
Total front and rear swept area (sq. in./sq. cm)
Front rotor diameter (in./mm)
Rear rotor diameter (in./mm)
Front rotor thickness (in./mm)
Rear rotor thickness (in./mm)
Disc/Disc
235.4/1518
160.3/1034
395.7/2552
11.9/302
10.9/277
1.26/32
.5/13
TIRES
WHEELS
Impala POLICE ALTERNATOR OUTPUT
3.29
BRAKES
ALTERNATOR
77ºF (25ºC)
7.4/7.0
AXLE
Type
Size
DENSO SC2
150
4-speed
Fluid pan removed & filter replaced (quarts/liters)
EPA label values, actual mileage will vary with options, driving conditions, driving habits and
vehicle condition.
Type
Amps
V6
3.9/238
230@5700
235@3200
SFI
9.8:1
Single with dual outlets
87
17/64.0
4.0/3.8
10.6/10.0
TRANSMISSION
FRONT COMPARTMENT (in./mm)
Luggage capacity3 (with space saver) EPA passenger compartment volume index3
Type
Displacement: liters/cu. in.
Horsepower/rpm
Torque lb.-ft./rpm
Induction system
Compression ratio
Exhaust
Minimum recommended fuel octane
Fuel tank capacity (gallons/liters)
Oil with filter (quarts/liters)
Cooling capacity (quarts/liters)
V-speed rated
P225/60R16
Type
Size
Steel
16" x 6.5"
CHASSIS
Frame
Engine cradle
Front suspension
Rear suspension
Steering type
Steering ratio (center)
Unitized body
Aluminum
Independent MacPherson Strut,
coil spring over strut and stabilizer bar
Independent Tri-Link MacPherson Strut,
coil spring over strut and stabilizer bar
Power rack and pinion
14.1:1
BATTERY
COMPUTER CONTROLLED IDLE SPEED RANGE ­(650-800 RPM)
COMPUTER CONTROLLED IDLE BOOST RANGE WITH TRANSMISSION IN PARK ­(1000-1200 RPM BASED ON BATTERY ENERGY LEVEL)
3. Cargo and load capacity limited by weight and distribution.
4. EPA-estimated MPG.
5. Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). When properly equipped, includes vehicle,
passengers, cargo and equipment.
6. Maximum payload capacity includes weight of driver, passengers, optional equipment
and cargo.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
Type
Bci group size Volts
Amp hour rating
Cold cranking amps @ 0°F (-18°C)
Reserve capacity @ 80°F (27°C)
Maintenance free
34
12
70
720
125
VEHICLE WEIGHT (lbs./kg.)
GVWR5
Curb
Payload6 (includes 5 passengers)
4633/2101
3742/1697
891/407
Note: See owner’s manual supplement for loading information
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
SPecial Paint Available with 9C1 and 9C3 Package | 11
To accommodate customers who require special painted vehicles, orders will be sent to Kerr Industries who will special paint the cars once they are built.
Please note: this ordering process is substantially different from the way special paint is ordered on other vehicle lines and requires an
additional charge. See your local dealer for current pricing.
It is recommended that the customer review the first vehicle painted when special paint is ordered, however it is not mandatory. If the customer chooses
not to review a pilot vehicle, Kerr Industries will require sign off by the customer before the vehicle will be released.
Customer and dealer costs associated with accommodations and travel for in person review of special paint are the responsibility of the dealer.
To Order Special Paint
• RPO White 50u or RPO Black 41u must be ordered
• The 4-digit special paint code in paint code 1/paint code 2 fields will be replaced by options denoting
code 1 and code 2 colors
• Paint scheme codes will be replaced by options
• Solid color option is aas
• 2-tone color option is aat
•When special paint schemes are ordered only class A surfaces will be painted; mirrors and handles are NOT painted.
For additional costs to have the handles and mirrors painted please contact Kerr Industries at 905-725-6561.
• It is recommended that all vehicles be ordered in Black 41u before special paint is applied.
• For paint colors not listed in this brochure please contact Kerr Industries directly at 905-725-6561
Example for Ordering Special Paint:
If a dealer wants a Silver and Blue car with scheme w002, order 50u or 41u (White or Black rPO paint), options
Bep (code 1 Blue), bfr (code 2 Silver), 1pb (paint scheme w002) and aat (2-tone paint)
Special Paint Warranty
• Warranty claims for special paints must be directed to Kerr Industries at 905-725-6561
After you have ordered special paint
•After the vehicles have been ordered for special paint, kerr Industries will contact the dealer directly regarding colors and verification of the
scheme. Once verified a special paint build sheet will be sent to the dealer for final confirmation. This sheet will need to be signed by the dealer
and returned to kerr Industries before painting will commence.
Note: T he attached list of paint options contain the same WA numbers in the code 1 and code 2 columns.
It is extremely important that the dealer order the correct code 1 and code 2 options so the upfitter knows how to paint the vehicles.
Note: For paint colors not listed please contact Kerr Industries directly at 905-725-6561
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
12 |
Special Paint Available with 9C1 and 9C3 Package
OPTIONS
WA#
COLOR DESCRIPTION
CODE 1
CODE 2
121AAdriatic Blue
BEABFE
311BOlive
BEBBFF
5120Blue
BEQBFU
5236Neutral
BECBFG
5322
BERBFV
Driftwood
5665Blue
BEDBFH
5749
BESBFW
Gold
5845Beige
BEEBFI
7153Blue
BETBFX
7159Blue
BEFBFJ
7262Brown
BEUBFY
7801Brown
BEGBFK
7840
BEVBFZ
Silver
7868Blue
BEHBFL
7888Blue
BEWBGA
7889Blue
BEPBFT
7964
BEIBFM
Green
7999Blue
BEXBGB
8380Blue
BEJBFN
8381
BEYBGC
Gray
8401Yellow
BEKBFO
8412
Green
BEZBGD
8431
Rose Metallic
BELBFP
8554
White
BFABGE
8555Black (41U)
BEMBFQ
8624
BG8BGK
Summit White (50U)
8743Blue Black
BFBBGF
9021
BENBFR
Silver
9382Blue
BFCBGG
9403Tan
BEOBFS
Actual Color May VAry
Note: For paint colors not listed please contact Kerr Industries directly at 905-725-6561
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
Impala 9C1 and 9C3 PAINT SCHEMESage | 13
SEO Color scheme #w001
option code 1pa
paint
legend:
code 1
code 2
paint
legend:
code 1
code 2
SEO Color scheme #w002
option code 1pB
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
14 |
Impala 9C1 and 9C3 PAINT SCHEMES
SEO Color scheme #w003
option code 1pC
paint
legend:
code 1
code 2
paint
legend:
code 1
code 2
SEO Color scheme #w006
option code 1pF
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
Impala 9C1 and 9C3 PAINT SCHEMES | 15
SEO Color scheme #w008
option code 1pH
paint
legend:
code 1
code 2
paint
legend:
code 1
code 2
SEO Color scheme #w009
option code 1pI
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
16 |
Impala 9C1 and 9C3 PAINT SCHEMES
SEO Color scheme #w012
option code 1pL
paint
legend:
code 1
code 2
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
IMPALA DRiver Information center 9C1 and 9C3 | 17
United States Certified Speedometer/cluster (Canadian Similar)
Driver Information Message Center
Automatic Lamp control on†
Right Rear Door Open
automatic lamp control off†
Service A/c System
battery saver active
Service Air Bag
Certified speedometer††
Service Battery Charging System
change engine Oil soon
Service Brake System
check tire pressure
Service Power Steering
digital mPH readout†††
Service Theft System
driver door open
Service Tire Monitor System
Engine Hot Turn A/C Off
Service Transmission
Engine Overheated idle engine
Service Vehicle Soon
Engine Overheated Stop Engine
Starting Disabled Service Throttle
Engine Power is Reduced
Theft Attempted†
Fuel Level Low
Tighten Gas Cap
Hood Open
tire learning active
Left rear Door Open
Transmission Hot Idle Engine
Oil Pressure Low Stop engine
Trunk Open
Passenger Door Open
Turn Signal On
Remote Key Learning Active
washer fluid low add fluid
Replace Battery In Remote Key
† Message may not be displayed in Police Package
†† Message flashes at engine start
††† Can be set as default condition
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
18 |
Impala 9c1 and 9c3 special equipment – STANDARD
Cooling System – Heavy-Duty
Mat – Trunk
Heavy-duty mat covers floor.
High capacity radiator replaces standard radiator and 225-watt fan replaces
160-watt right fan. Left fan is 225-watts.
Strengthened Front Seat
Auxiliary Cooling Systems
B
A
C
Three auxiliary fin-type air-to-oil coolers are mounted in front of the engine coolant
radiator. The engine oil and power steering fluid coolers are mounted on a common
frame to the right of center. The transmission fluid cooler is mounted separately to
the left of center and is connected in series with the coolant radiator end-tank cooler.
A- Engine oil Cooler
B- Power Steering Cooler
C- Transmission Fluid cooler
Seat bottom frame structural tubes - A, B
Center floor tunnel-mounted crush box - C
Note: Do not remove the crush box for aftermarket equipment installation
Tire Pressure Monitor
Keylock Cylinder – Trunk Lid
If your vehicle is equipped with the Theft Deterrent System (option UA6),
an audible alarm will occur when the key is used to open the trunk instead of
the remote keyless entry (key fob). See your dealer/retailer to disable the
audible alarm.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitor (TPM) System which warns of
low tire pressure. Your Impala Police Package may be equipped with a full-size spare
tire (see page 21) The full-size spare tire has a sensor but is not programmed to read
the spare tire pressure. When the full-size spare tire from your vehicle or spare tire
from another Police Package is placed in use as a road wheel, the system will
not read the presence of the new TPM sensor and must be calibrated. Refer to your
owner’s manual for additional information on the Tire Pressure Monitor and Sensor
Programming. The space saver spare tire does not have a tire pressure monitor.
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
Impala 9c1 and 9c3 special equipment – STANDARD | 19
Wiring Provisions for 12-Volt Battery Power Supply
Battery power is supplied through two fusible links, one 50-amp and one 65-amp, to three
circuit breakers and two control relays located in the control center above the accelerator
pedal. A 50-amp circuit breaker feeds power directly from the 50-amp fusible link through a
10-gauge blunt cut wire. Two 30-amp circuit breakers supply power from the 65-amp fusible
link through the contacts of the control relays to 12-gauge blunt cut wires. The blunt cut leads
are part of a 5-foot coil on the floor under the instrument panel. Each relay is to be operated
by an 18-gauge control lead included in the 5-foot coil under the instrument panel. An
8-gauge system ground lead is also provided in the 5-foot coil. The total current available
through the 12-volt power supply is 110-amps.
Two blunt cut wires provide ignition controlled power; one is hot when the ignition is in
Accessory/On; the second is hot when the ignition is in START/ON.
A third blunt cut wire from the body control module provides a park-enable signal. When the
transmission is in PARK, zero volts (not ground) are present and 12-volts are present when the
transmission is in any other position. The circuit is designed to operate a single customerfurnished relay.
A fourth blunt cut wire provides the Vehicle Speed Signal (VSS).
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
20 |
Impala 9c1 and 9c3 special equipment – Optional
6A3 Covering – Floor
Black heavy-duty front and rear. Replaces production carpeting.
6B2 Handles – Rear Door
Inoperative
6N6 Locks – Rear Door Inoperative
Rear door locking rods are disabled. Rear door locks are inoperable at rear doors,
but operate from driver position. Remote rod is shipped in the glove box for
future installation.
6N5 SWITCHES – REar Window
Inoperative
Inside rear door handles are disconnected. Rear doors can only be opened from
the outside.
Rear door window switches are inoperable. Rear door power regulators are
operable only from driver position switches.
T53 LAmps – Trunk Lid Warning
6J6 LAmps – Rear Window
Two 4-inch, red, single-faced lamps are mounted to the deck lid inner panel.
Lamps are activated by the deck lid ajar mechanical switch when deck lid is
opened. Lamps are wired to flash alternately through a flasher located at the upper
right hand corner of the trunk opening.
Wiring is protected by fuse HTDSEAT in the engine compartment
fuse block
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
Two 4-inch, red, single-faced lamps are mounted behind rear seatback to be viewed
through rear window. The turn signal circuits extend in loops coiled in the right front
foot well for customer connection to control switching. These lamps function as
auxiliary turn signal, stop lamps and vehicle hazard flashers.
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
Impala 9c1 and 9c3 special equipment – Optional | 21
6C8 Wiring – Coaxial Radio
Antenna Cable
RG58 Coaxial radio antenna cable routed from just rearward of the dome lamp
location to trunk. Approximately 24 inches of extra cable is coiled between
headliner and roof panel. A coil of sufficient length to reach either corner of the
trunk is secured to the right inner wheelhouse. There is no hole in the roof panel.
7Y6 Lamp – Inoperative Dome
Dome and courtesy lamp will not operate when doors are opened. Dome lamp
is controlled only by the instrument light dimmer on the instrument panel.
EXTERIOR LAmpS CONTROL
N81 FULL-SIZE SPARE
Cover is provided for spare tire and wheel. Full-size spare tire is mounted on top of
the standard trunk trim covering the space saver spare tire tub. If full-size spare tire
is removed, tub is exposed. The full-size spare tire includes a Tire Pressure Monitor
(TPM) sensor which must be programmed to the TPM System after the spare tire is
installed. (See page 18)
6C7 Lamp – Auxiliary Dome
9G8 - Delete Daytime Running Lamps and Automatic Headlamps. This
option disables the Daytime Running Lamps and Automatic Headlamps
control feature. Exterior lamps are manually controlled only. Option 9G8
is not available in Canada. The headlamp control on the driver’s side of
the instrument panel operates the headlamps.
If your Impala does not have option 9G8, Daytime Running Lamps and
Automatic Headlamps delete, the Daytime Running Lamps and
Automatic Headlamps can be turned off for one ignition cycle by rotating
the control knob momentarily counter-clockwise. Rotating the
headlamp switch again will turn the Daytime Running Lamps and
Automatic Headlamps back on.
In Canada, the Daytime Running Lamps and Automatic Headlamps can
be turned off if the transmission is in Park. See also section 1 of your
Impala owner’s manual.
Auxiliary dome lamp located between visors with switch at base of lamp. Wired
independently from standard dome lamp.
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
22 |
Impala 9c1 and 9c3 special equipment – Optional
Spotlamps and Spotlamp
Provisions
AMF – PACkage of 6 Transmitters
With
Remote
start
7x6Spotlamp left hand, pillar-mounted unity, 6-inch with
replaceable h3 halogen bulb; independently fused
7x7 Spotlamps left and right hand, pillar-mounted unity, 6-inch with
replaceable h3 halogen bulb; independently fused
7x8 Spotlamp provision left hand provision for customer installed
spotlamp includes hole through pillar, mounting bracket and accessible
power connector
7x9 Spotlamp provision left and right hand includes same
components as option 7x8
Without
Remote
start
Transmitters are not programed. Transmitters, including the two standard
with the vehicle must be programed together using a service scan tool.
See you dealer.
6J7 EXTERIOR LAmp EMERGENCY
FLASHING SYSTEM, HEADLAmpS,
TAIL LAmpS AND Backup LampS
Note: Lamp fuses are located in the engine compartment electrical center.
Hole in Roof Panel
This option provides a headlamp high beam flashing module, rear lamps flashing
and control wire for customer furnished ON - OFF switch, coiled in the right front
foot well. The control lead may be combined with the interior wiring leads for
option 6J3 when that option is ordered with option 6J7.
6B7Hole is drilled near center line of roof panel approximately
29 inches rearward of windshield opening
6J5Hole is drilled on passenger side of roof panel approximately
29 inches rearward of windshield opening and approximately
6 inches inboard from passenger side door
Note: O
nly one roof hole location may be ordered. SEO 6F5 roof wiring is required
when SEO 6B7 or SEO 6J5 are ordered.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
AIR BAGS FAQ | 23
Can specialty vehicle equipment (e.g. radar devices, video
cameras, computers, meters, radio trees, shotguns, etc.) still be
mounted in cars with passenger side air bags?
Yes, but care must be taken to mount the equipment outside of the deployment zone.
Air bags inflate with great force and will interact with any object in the deployment
zone. Therefore, to reduce the risk of injury to vehicle occupants, GM recommends
that the air deployment zone be kept free of any equipment. If a piece of equipment
were to become dislodged it could strike an occupant in the vehicle and result in
injury. The likelihood of an object becoming dislodged is influenced by many factors,
including the proximity of the object to the inflatable restraint, the size and shape of
the object, and the means by which the object is secured to the vehicle. In addition to
these factors, the trajectory and velocity of a dislodged object can be influenced by
the type and severity of vehicle crash.
Objects that are in the deployment zone, but do not become dislodged by an inflating
air bag can still affect the performance of the air bag. For example, such objects could
tear the fabric or affect the shape of the air bag, thus reducing the ability of the bag
to provide restraint.
Is it possible to shield equipment that is installed in the passenger
side frontal air bag deployment zone in a manner that will allow
full and safe air bag deployment?
Due to the complexity of influencing variables, GM is unable to evaluate the potential
for shielding expected equipment configurations in all accident scenarios in order
to assure that the air bag performance would be unaffected. While shielding may
protect certain equipment from being damaged or dislodged, it may also negatively
affect the inflation characteristics of the air bag. The air bag’s shape, inflation angle,
fold pattern, and inflation rate and pressure are developed to maximize the
protection capability of the inflatable restraint system. Therefore, GM cannot
recommend the placement of any equipment in the deployment zone, even if it is
shielded to protect it from damage.
Front air bag systems and instrument panel mounted equipment.
Passenger air bags in GM vehicles deploy in different ways depending upon the type
of vehicle and the particular instrument panel design.
In some vehicles, the passenger air bag deploys through a discrete door located on
the top surface of the instrument panel (top-mount air bag systems). In other
vehicles, such as the Chevrolet Tahoe, the passenger air bag deploys through a
discrete door mounted on the vertical rearward surface of the instrument panel,
above the glove box door (mid-mount air bag system). With these types of topmount and mid-mount passenger air bag systems, the top pad of the instrument
panel remains in place during deployment.
Some GM passenger air bag systems, like the system in the Chevrolet Impala, deploy
from beneath the instrument panel top pad. These are considered 3/4-mount air bag
systems with a “deployable top pad.” The entire instrument panel top pad is the
“deployment door” from under which the inflating air bag emerges. When an air bag
deployment is commanded, the forces from the inflating passenger air bag push up
on the instrument panel top pad, releasing special fasteners across the rearward edge
of the top pad. This allows the top pad to rotate upward so that the passenger air bag
may emerge. The top pad rotates upward to open widest at the right hand side, and
is usually forced upward into contact with the windshield on the right hand side of
the vehicle during a deployment.
Instrument panel top mounted special equipment, such as a radar antenna and
control unit or video camera must be positioned to the left of the vehicle center line.
This equipment must be mounted as low as possible and securely fastened to the top
pad to avoid being dislodged in the event of a crash and possible air bag deployment.
In the process of securely fastening special equipment to the top, DO NOT fasten
down the top pad itself to any other vehicle component such as the cluster trim plate.
As described above, the top pad rotates upward during a deployment. In order to
enable the proper deployment of the passenger air bag, specialty equipment
installation MUST NOT PREVENT the top pad from rotating upward during
deployment. Location and attachment of special equipment should minimize added
resistance or interference to upward rotation of the top pad during deployment.
Optional side air bags for crashes to the vehicle sides.
The air bag system in your police vehicle may include optional side air bags for front
and rear occupants. Most front-to-rear side air bags are designed to deploy
downward from the interior roof sides to the bottom of the door windows.
Can Specialty Vehicle Security Barriers be mounted within the side
air bag deployment zones?
No. The side air bags inflate extremely fast because of the nature of side crashes to
the vehicle. Mounting a security barrier behind the front seats with the ends placed
within the side air bag deployment zones will result in unintended interaction
between the barrier and the inflating side air bags. To reduce the risk of injury to the
vehicle occupants, GM recommends that the side air bag zones be kept free of any
customer installed equipment.
Customer furnished equipment installed to the vehicle roof.
Your police vehicle is designed with an interior roof cover system which includes
internal components for the interior lamps and wiring. The roof system may also
include optional side air bag components. Inflation devices may be mounted on the
vehicle roof side behind the rear doors as well as air bag tethers retained to the
windshield pillars. Care must be taken to avoid damage to these components
or interference with their operation when installing roof mounted equipment such
as emergency lamps and communication antennas.
Recommended GM service procedures must be followed to remove
and re-install the instrument panel top pad to ensure that the top
pad will release properly in the event of a passenger air bag
deployment.
On the right half of the top pad closest to the passenger air bag module,
GM recommends that no equipment be mounted. When mounting equipment on the
driver side of the top pad, GM recommends that the total mass of the top pad
mounted special equipment not exceed 8 pounds (3.6 kilograms), since the top pad
tends to rotate about the left end.
Fasteners used to secure special equipment to the instrument panel top pad, the
windshield glass, or to the windshield upper frame (header), should be selected to
ensure that these devices will remain attached during a vehicle crash and possible
air bag deployment.
ead curtain side air bags are designed to help reduce the risk of head and neck injuries to front and rear seat occupants on the near side of certain side-impact collisions. Always
H
use safety belts and the correct child restraints for your child’s age and size, even in vehicles equipped with air bags. Children are safer when properly secured in a rear seat. See
your vehicle Owner’s Manual and child safety seat instructions for more information.
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
24 |
AIR BAGS FAQ
Can the installation of push bumpers on the front end of the
vehicle affect the deployment of the air bag?
General Motors is not aware of adverse effects during crash events from the many
push bumpers that have been installed on GM police vehicles. Because there are
many styles of push bumpers available with varying crash characteristics, installation
of push bumpers may or may not affect deployment timing of the air bags. Push
bumpers should be mounted to avoid modifying the vehicle structure and interfering
with the front air bag sensors mounted on the upper radiator support cross member.
Two front impact sensors are installed in General Motors vehicles. Do not relocate or
disconnect the front sensors. The location and orientation of the front sensors are
critical for correct operation of the air bag system. Avoid mounting components on or
near the sensors. Push bumper styles with vertical pushing members that are in foreaft alignment with the front air bag sensors are not recommended.
How long will the air bag remain inflated?
It takes approximately 1/20th of a second to fully inflate the frontal air bags. This is
faster than the blink of an eye. The air bags begin to deflate immediately, helping to
stop the occupants more gradually.
Can the air bag system be re-used?
No. The air bags are designed to inflate only once. After inflation some new parts
will be required. These will include the air bag module and possibly other parts. (A
competent service technician with access to the vehicle’s service manual and the
required tools should replace the required components after a deployment crash.)
I’ve heard that the dusts that are released into the passenger
compartment from the air bag are harmful. Is this true?
For most people, the only effect the dusts will produce is some irritation of the throat
and eyes, and that is only if the occupant remains in the vehicle for many minutes
after the air bag deployment with no ventilation and windows closed. However, some
people with asthma may develop an asthmatic attack from inhaling the dusts. If this
happens, they should first treat themselves the same way their doctor has advised
them to treat any other asthma attack, and then immediately seek medical
treatment.
Seat mounted side impact air bags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe side
crashes. The side impact air bags will inflate if the crash severity is above the
designed "threshold level." The threshold level can vary with specific vehicles design.
The side impact air bags are not designed to inflate on frontal or near-frontal impacts
or rear impacts, because inflation would not help the occupant.
Roof rail mounted head-curtain airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe
side crashes. In addition, certain vehicles have head-curtain air bags which are also
designed to inflate in situations where an impending rollover condition is identified
by the vehicle’s rollover sensing system and/or frontal or near-frontal impacts if the
crash severity is above the designed “threshold level”.
Safety belt pretensioners at the driver and front passenger seat positions are
designed to deploy in frontal, near-frontal, side, and rear crashes that exceed the
“threshold level” of crash severity to help reduce slack in the safety belt. Safety belt
pretensioners will also deploy in impending rollover situations.
I’ve heard that a deployed air bag produces what appears to be
smoke. Is the air bag hot?
After the bag has deployed in a crash, the air bag itself will not be hot to touch. Some
components within the air bag module will be hot for a short time. A small amount
of smoke coming from a deployed air bag module is normal and should not be cause
for concern.
Also, when the nitrogen gas is vented out of the air bag, small particles from inside
the bag are also vented into passenger compartment. These airborne particles look
like smoke and some particles are deposited as residue on and around the air bag.
If my vehicle has air bags, why should I have to wear my safety
belt?
Air bags are in many vehicles today and will be in most of them in the future. But
they are supplemental systems only; so they work with safety belts - not instead of
them. Every air bag system ever offered for sale has required the use of safety belts.
Even if you’re in a vehicle that has air bags, ­you still have to buckle up to get the most
protection. That’s true not only in frontal collisions but especially in side and other
collisions.
When should an air bag inflate?
The driver’s and right-front passenger’s frontal air bags are designed to inflate in
moderate to severe frontal or near-frontal crashes. But they are designed to inflate
only if the impact speed is above the system’s designed "threshold level."
In addition, if your vehicle has "dual stage" frontal air bags, these air bags tailor the
amount of restraint according to crash severity. For moderate frontal impacts, the air
bags inflate at a level less than full deployment. For more severe frontal impacts,
"dual stage" frontal air bags deploy at full levels.
If the front of your vehicle goes straight into a wall that doesn’t move or deform, the
threshold level of the reduced deployment is about 12 to 16 mph (19 to 15 km/h),
and the threshold level for a full deployment is about 18 to 24 mph (29 to 28.5
km/h). The threshold level can vary, however, with specific vehicle design, so that it
can be somewhat above or below this range.
If your vehicle strikes something that will move or deform such as a parked car, the
threshold level will be higher. The driver’s and right-front passenger’s frontal air bags
are not designed to inflate in rollover, side impacts, or rear impacts, because inflation
would not help the occupant.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
AIR BAG DimensionS – Impala 9C1 and 9C3 | 25
FRONT COMPARTMENT PLAN VIEW
Top View of Instrument Panel and Approximate
Deployment Area of
the Air bag Zone
A. Shift selector arc
B. Driver side door
C. Front of steering wheel (in maximum downward position)
D. Driver air bag deployment zone
E. Driver centerline (also see side view)
F. Vehicle centerline
G. Inside rearview mirror
H. Passenger centerline (also see side view)
I. Passenger air bag deployment zone
J. Approximate maximum dimension of inflated air bag
K. Passenger side door
L. Rear edge of instrument panel top pad
M. Zone from instrument panel top to windshield
FRONT COMPARTMENT SIDE VIEWs
Side View of Driver Side Air bag Deployment
Zone - Centerline of Driver
A. Driver air bag deployment zone
B. Top of windshield
C. Front of steering wheel (maximum downward position)
D. Top of instrument panel
Side View of Passenger Side Air bag Deployment
Zone - Centerline of Passenger
A. Passenger air bag deployment zone
B. Top of windshield
C. Inside rearview mirror
D. Top of instrument panel
E. Passenger seat in foremost position
F. Passenger seat in rearmost position
ead curtain side air bags are designed to help reduce the risk of head and neck injuries to front and rear seat occupants on the near side of certain side-impact collisions. Always
H
use safety belts and the correct child restraints for your child’s age and size, even in vehicles equipped with air bags. Children are safer when properly secured in a rear seat. See
your vehicle Owner’s Manual and child safety seat instructions for more information.
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
26 |
AIR BAG DimensionS – Impala 9C1 and 9C3
Head curtain and Front seat-mounted side impact AIR BAG DEPLOYMENT ZONE RIGHT SIDE Shown, LEFT SIMILAR
A. B. C. D. E. F. Top of deployment zone - along head curtain at edge of headliner
Air bag inflator location on sail panel
Back of deployment zone - at rear of quarter window
Front of deployment zone - at front of outside mirror patch
Forward air bag tether line
Thorax air bag deployment zone
G. H. I. J. K. L. Door handle front end
Groove in front door armrest
Pillar trim
Approximate shape of deployed air bag at maximum size
Bottom of deployment zone
Bottom of door windows
Head curtain and Front seat-mounted Side impact AIR BAG
DEPLOYMENT ZONES VIEW FROM REAR SEAT
A. Edge of headliner
B. Underside of headliner
C. Head curtain air bag deployment zone
D. Inner center pillar trim
E. Headrest
F. Inner door pad
G. Seat centerline
H. Bottom of door windows
I. Thorax air bag deployment zone - front seat
J. Groove in front door armrest
ead curtain side air bags are designed to help reduce the risk of head and neck injuries to front and rear seat occupants on the near side of certain side-impact collisions. Always
H
use safety belts and the correct child restraints for your child’s age and size, even in vehicles equipped with air bags. Children are safer when properly secured in a rear seat. See
your vehicle Owner’s Manual and child safety seat instructions for more information.
Note: All dimensions are approximate and subject to change.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
Wiring Diagram – Impala 9C1 and 9C3 | 27
Chime Level Adjustment
Radio Suppression
Impala police vehicles are equipped with a radio that provides an AM/FM
stereo with a CD player. The radio produces a Federally mandated audible
warning notification for the vehicle. The volume level of the chimes can be
adjusted to be louder, but cannot be turned off.
Impala police vehicles are equipped with spark plugs and spark plug
wires designed to reduce radio interference noise levels which may affect
communication equipment, including operating frequencies in the 38-MHz to
58-MHz range.
The sound for the warning chimes is directed to the left front door speaker.
When option WX7 (wiring provisions for the front speakers) is installed, the
sound is directed to the left rear speaker.
See “Climate Controls” and “Audio Systems” in your Impala owner’s manual to
adjust the chime volume or contact your dealer for assistance.
Wiring Provisions for 12-Volt Battery Power Supply
Battery power is supplied through two fusible links, one 50-amp and one 65-amp, to
three circuit breakers and two control relays located in the relay center above the
accelerator pedal. A 50-amp circuit breaker feeds power directly from the 50-amp
fusible link through a 10-gauge (5.0 mm2) blunt cut wire. Two 30-amp circuit breakers
supply power from the 65-amp fusible link through the contacts of the control relays to
12-gauge (3.0 mm2) blunt cut wires. The blunt cut leads are part of a 5-foot (1.5 m)
loop of wire coiled under the instrument panel in the passenger’s side footwell.
Each relay is operated by an 18-gauge (0.8 mm2) blunt cut, light or dark blue control
lead included in the 5-foot (1.5 m) coil under the instrument panel. An 8-gauge
(8.0 mm2) ground lead is also provided in the 5-foot (1.5 m) coil. The total current
available through the 12-volt power supply is 110-amps (1320-watts).
Note: Wiring diagrams for these options are shown in the Police Package owner’s manual
supplement (shipped in glove box).
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
28 |
Wiring Diagram – Impala 9C1 and 9C3
Controlled power and signal circuits with 12-volt power supply
Bunt cut ignition controlled power and signal circuits are also included in the following 5-foot (1.5 m) right foot loop. The spotlamp fuses are located in the passenger’s side
underhood fuse block. See “Fuses and Circuit Breakers” in your owner’s manual index for more information.
• A yellow, 20-gauge (0.5 mm2) 10-amp fused circuit, hot in ACCESSORY, RUN or
• A yellow/black, 20-gauge transaxle park signal from the Body Control Module
RAP (Retained Accessory Power) Fuse “RAP” is in the end of the instrument panel.
• A pink, 20-gauge (0.5 mm2) 10-amp fused circuit, hot in START/RUN. Fuse “PWR
Drop/CRNK” is in the underhood fuse block.
Fuse Block Battery Power Supply
(BCM). This circuit provides switched power (12-volts) when the transmission is not
in PARK (P) and the engine is running. The electrical load attached to the park
circuit must not exceed 0.5-amps (one relay coil).
• A brown, 22-gauge (0.35 mm2) vehicle speed signal (4,000 pulses/mile) from the
ABS module. Connect only high impedance load.
Enlarged View of the
Battery Power Fuse Block
A. Relays and circuit breakers
B. Front of the vehicle
C. Floor of the vehicle
Servicing Relays and Circuit Breakers
The following information shows you where the relays and circuit breakers are
located in the fuse block.
A. Instrument panel carrier
B. Relay center for circuit breakers and control relay
C. Instrument panel harness branch
Note: Wiring diagrams for these options are shown in the Police Package owner’s manual
supplement (shipped in glove box).
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
Wiring Diagram – Impala 9C1 and 9C3 | 29
Trunk Auxiliary Battery Power
Junction Block
The auxiliary battery power junction block is mounted in the trunk of your Impala
police vehicle. It is located on the passenger side support strut behind the rear
wheel housing.
This junction block is split to provide two circuits and can be used to connect
customer-furnished equipment directly to the battery through 8-gauge (8 mm2)
body wiring and fusible links. A maximum of 100-amps (1200-watts) can be
connected. Torque the connections to the studs to 11 lb.-ft. (15 N-m). It is fed by
two fusible links of 50-amps each.
To connect the customer-furnished equipment at the junction block, use the
following steps:
1. Disconnect the negative (–) battery cable.
2. Connect the customer-furnished equipment positive leads to the junction
block terminals and tighten to 11 lb.-ft. (15 N-m). The ignition must be turned
off and the vehicle vacated prior to connecting the negative (–) battery cable
to the battery.
3. Reconnect the negative (–) battery cable to the battery.
4. Set the time on the clock and radio pushbuttons as needed. See “Audio
Systems” in the "Instrument Panel" section of your Impala owner’s manual for
more information.
Trunk Ground Stud
A 10 mm ground stud can be found in the trunk on the passenger’s side of the
vehicle. The stud is located above the trunk auxiliary junction block. See “Trunk
Auxiliary Battery Power Junction Block” for more information on location. A 10 mm
flanged hex nut grounds the 10 mm bolt to the vehicle. Recommended torque for
the flanged nut is 26 lb.-ft. (35 N-m), plus or minus 4 lb.-ft. (5 N-m). A 10 mm hex
nut is provided for customer ground termination. Recommended torque for the
terminal connection nut is 7.3 lb.-ft. (10 N-m), plus or minus 1 lb.-ft. (1.3 N-m).
Wiring diagram for auxiliary
battery power junction block
Note: Wiring diagrams for these options are shown in the Police Package owner’s manual
supplement (shipped in glove box).
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
30 |
Wiring Diagram – Impala 9C1 and 9C3
Wiring Provisions for Vehicle
Grille Lamps and Speaker/Siren –
option 6J3 and 6J7
A. B lunt cut ends for the customer-furnished grille lamps and customer-furnished
siren/speaker
B. Control wires from in-line connector in forward lamp harness for customerfurnished grille lamps and speaker
The seo 6j3 wiring provision has a 5-foot (1.5 m) harness coiled underneath the
instrument panel on the passenger side. The wiring circuits are routed from under
the instrument panel to a 1-foot (30 cm) coil secured in the area behind the grille.
There are four 16-gauge (1.0 mm2) wires for connecting to the grille lamps (gry,
tan) and siren speaker (lt bu, lt gn)
The seo 6j3 wiring provision also includes one 18-gauge (0.8 mm2) control wire
for the seo 6j7 exterior lamps Emergency Flashing System.
When option 6j7 is installed without option 6j3, only the dark green/red control
wire is provided for connection to customer-furnished 12-volt switching to turn
the Emergency Flashing System on or off. Wiring diagram for option 6j3 and option 6j7
Note: Wiring diagrams for these options are shown in the Police Package owner’s manual
supplement (shipped in glove box).
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
Wiring Diagram – Impala 9C1 and 9C3 | 31
Exterior Lamp Emergency Flashing System – Option 6J7
Option 6J7 provides a high beam headlamps flashing module, rear lamps flashing and
control wire for a customer-furnished switch to turn the module on or off. The flasher
control wire is coiled in the passenger’s side footwell under the instrument panel. This
control lead may be combined with the interior wiring leads for option 6J3 when that
option is ordered with option 6J7.
The headlamps flashing module is located at the inboard end of the passenger’s side
headlamps assembly. The headlamps flashing module is activated by the application of
12-volts to a dark green/red wire coiled in the passenger’s side footwell. When
activated, the driver’s and passenger’s side high beam headlamps and the high beam
instrument panel cluster lamps will flash alternately at 2.4 flashes per second.
During daylight conditions, the Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) are automatically
turned off whenever the headlamps flasher module is activated. During nighttime
conditions, the low beam headlamps turn on automatically while the high beam
headlamps flash. Turning on the high beam headlamps manually with the turn signal/
multifunction lever will override the flashing module and the high beam headlamps
will operate continuously.
A fuse labeled HDLP MDL protects the flasher module circuit. This fuse is located in the
underhood fuse block in the engine compartment on the passenger’s side of the
vehicle. See “Fuses and Circuit Breakers” in the "Service and Appearance Care" section of
your Impala owner’s manual for more information.
When the headlamps flashing module is turned on, the module sends a signal to the
Body Control Module (BCM). The BCM alternately flashes the stop lamps and backup
lamps. Depressing the brake pedal will override the stop lamp flashing and placing the
transaxle in reverse will override the backup lamp flashing.
Activation of the headlamp and rearlamp flashing can be separated. Call Kerr Industries
at 905-725-6561 for instructions.
When it is dark outside, the tail lamps will turn on automatically. The Center HighMounted Stop lamp (CHMSL) will not flash and will operate only when the regular
brake pedal is pressed.
Forward Lamp Harness In-Line Connector for use
with Headlamps Flasher Module, Option 6J7
This connector is located at the rear passenger side of the bumper beam.
Note: Wiring diagrams for these options are shown in the Police Package owner’s manual
supplement (shipped in glove box).
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
32 |
Wiring Diagram – Impala 9C1 and 9C3
wiring DIAGRAM FOR OPTION 6J4
wiring Provision for Horn/Siren
Circuit – OPTION 6J4
Wiring Diagram for Roof-Mounted
Accessories – OPTION 6F5
This provision permits customer connection of a switch to select either horn or
siren operation when the horn pad is pressed.
A 22-gauge (0.35 mm2) wire is connected to an in-line connector in the horn
Option 6F5 is a universal wiring harness for roof-mounted equipment. The harness
is routed from a 5-foot (1.5 m) coil of wire in the passenger’s side footwell to a
connector on the passenger’s side of the trunk.
circuit of the instrument panel harness under the instrument panel. The end of
this harness extension is in a 5-foot (1.5 m) loop of wire coiled under the
instrument panel.
When the option 6B7 (center hole) is ordered, two color coded 10-gauge
(5.0 mm2) wires extend 24-inches (60 cm) through a grommet approximately
30-inches (74 cm) behind the top of the windshield at the center of the roof.
When option 6J5 (passenger’s side hole) is ordered, two color-coded 10-gauge
(5.0 mm2) wires extend 24-inches (60 cm) through a grommet approximately
30-inches (74 cm) behind the top of the windshield and 6-inches (15 cm) inboard
from the passenger’s side roof joint.
Wiring Diagram for OPTION 6F5
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
Wiring Diagram – Impala 9C1 and 9C3 | 33
Wiring Provisions Front
Speakers – OPTION WX7
Approximately 65-inches (165 cm) of auxiliary speaker wire is run from the
instrument panel radio connector and is coiled under the center of the instrument
panel. The wiring permits the connection of front door speakers to customerinstalled communication equipment.
Radio outputs from the front speakers are sent to the rear speakers to maintain the
required open door/key-in-ignition reminder chime.
Wiring Diagram for OPTION WX7 in-line Connector
Note: Wiring diagrams for these options are shown in the Police Package owner’s manual
supplement (shipped in glove box).
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
34 |
Anti-lock braking system FAQ
GM offers Anti-Lock Brake Systems as standard or optional
on all North American passenger vehicles and light truck
lines. The computerized Anti-Lock Braking System (ABS) is
designed to keep the vehicle’s wheels rotating as the brakes are
applied to assist the driver in achieving a controlled stop.
Sensors monitor how fast the wheels rotate and feed the data
continuously to the ABS computer. The vehicle’s brakes slow
each wheel as the brake pedal is applied. However, when
ABS is activated due to road conditions, the system repeatedly
releases and applies pressure to the brakes. The wheels
can keep rolling, thus retaining steering ability and enhanced
stability while providing a higher braking force on most
surfaces than a locked wheel provides.
How exactly does ABS work?
In cars without ABS, hitting the brakes can cause the wheels to lock, leaving you unable
to steer the vehicle until you decrease the pressure so the wheels can roll again. With
an ABS, as you apply the brakes, the ABS computer monitors the wheel speed sensor
information. If the computer senses that a wheel is approaching lock up, it sends a
signal to the hydraulic modulator to reduce, then to reapply, brake pressure several
times a second for as long as you maintain firm pressure on the brake pedal. The
process is much like the threshold braking technique used with conventional brakes.
However, ABS does it much faster and more accurately than any driver can, leaving you
free to focus on steering away from obstacles.
Does ABS reduce stopping distances?
Should I drive an ABS equipped vehicle differently than
I would drive a vehicle with conventional brakes?
Most of the time, under normal driving circumstances, there is no difference,
and you should always drive with the same caution and care. It is important to realize
that ABS only makes a difference when it is activated—when you have
to brake hard—and that would only be when the computer senses that a wheel is
approaching lock up. When ABS activates keep steady pressure on the brake pedal and
then let the ABS work for you. Don’t pump the brakes or try to ­find the threshold.
Simply hold the brake pedal down and steer if necessary to avoid an obstacle.
Is ABS always active?
ABS is always available, but not always activated. ABS is activated only when the brake
pedal is applied and the computer detects an impending wheel lock condition.
Can older cars be retrofitted with ABS?
No! The brake system is one of the most important features on any passenger vehicle.
Several products, which tap into the master cylinder and/or brake system performance,
are being sold in the aftermarket. Some of these products imply performance similar to
new vehicle anti-lock brake systems.
However, contrary to their claims, add-on systems, which deplete fluid from the master
cylinder on brake apply may actually increase a vehicle’s stopping distance. This may
cause the vehicle to fail to comply with Federal brake standards.
Does ABS always activate at the same speed?
No, the system operates when the computer detects wheel lockup, at any speed above
8 mph.
Yes, in braking situations where the wheels on a non-ABS equipped vehicle
would lock up, ABS will generally provide shorter controlled stopping distance. The
amount of improvement in stopping distance depends on many factors, including the
road surface, severity of braking, initial vehicle speed, etc. On some surfaces, such as
gravel roads, braking distances can be longer, but you will still have the control benefits
of ABS. The important capability of ABS is control. ABS provides improved vehicle
steerability and stability when braking.
Will ABS wear out a vehicle’s brakes sooner?
What can affect the ABS advantage?
Do Federal Safety Standards mandate ABS?
It is important that you follow the maintenance schedule recommended in the owner’s
manual of the vehicle, tires should be at their proper inflation level, the brake pads
should be checked regularly, etc. While driving, you should sit comfortably, so that your
hips are back in the seat and your knees are bent, even while braking. Your foot should
be positioned so that your heel is on the floor and your toes are secure on the lower half
of the pedal. And, though ABS may reduce stopping distance, remember: The faster you
go, the longer it takes you to stop. Keeping a safe distance between you and the
vehicle in front of you is always necessary, even with ABS.
A properly maintained brake system will be unaffected by ABS operation under typical
driving conditions.
Are there different types of ABS?
Yes, there are rear wheel anti-lock systems (RWAL) used on some trucks and four-wheel
ABS available on cars and trucks.
No. Federal standards establish minimum braking performance requirements that all
vehicles must meet, but do not specify how they should be met. It should be noted that
even a vehicle with failed ABS meets the Federal safety standard for stopping distances.
Will a tire size change affect ABS?
Use of tires other than original equipment may affect ABS performance. Owners should
consult and follow the recommendations contained in the vehicle owner’s manual
regarding replacement tire size. Note: ABS will work with original equipment spare tire or tire
What happens if ABS becomes inactive?
chains. However, performance is reduced.
The ABS electronic control unit has on-board diagnostic capability. If a fault is detected,
the vehicle will revert to the base brake system, and the ABS telltale on the dash will be
illuminated. Should this happen, the vehicle should be taken to a dealership for repair
as soon as possible.
Do insurance companies give a discount for ABS?
How do I use ABS?
Depress and hold the pedal. DO NOT PUMP THE BRAKES (that prevents the system from
working). Just hold the brake pedal down and let the ABS work for you. You may feel
the brake pedal vibrate, or you may notice some noise, but this is normal as the system
works for you.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
Yes, many insurance companies give discounts that range from 5% to 10%. In the
states of New York and Florida all insurance companies are required to give an ABS
discount of 5% on certain coverages such as bodily injury, property damage, collision,
and personal injury protection. In other states the discount varies from insurance
company to insurance company. When buying auto insurance, always ask your
insurance agent if his/her company gives a discount for vehicles equipped with antilock brakes.
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
Anti-lock braking system | 35
IMPORTANT
DRIVING
SAFETY TIPS
A. A lways maintain a safe
following distance. ABS does not
B. A lways drive carefully—
allow you to stop on a dime. (Generally a
2-second following distance is considered
safe in ideal conditions.) Watch the vehicle
in front of you pass a fixed marker (such as a
sign). Count seconds—one-thousand-one,
one-thousand-two-until your front bumper
reaches the marker. If you do not count out
two seconds, then you are too close to the
vehicle in front of you. Also, if the roads are
wet or icy, or visibility is poor, you should
increase your following distance.
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
especially on slippery surfaces. ABS cannot
create friction between the tires and the road
surface, it can only give the driver the
maximum advantage of the existing
adhesion. If the vehicle is traveling on a
surface with no adhesion, the best ABS in the
world cannot provide a shorter stopping
distance or good steering.
C. It is a good idea to practice an
ABS activated stop and get the feel
of the brake pedal. However, please make
sure it’s at a safe time with no obstacles in
your path. And you only really need to try
it once or twice to know what happens.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
Date:
April 1, 2010
To:
Whom it may concern
Subject:
2006-2011 Model Year Impala Police Speedometer
The following is true of the certified speedometer calibration specifications, at ambient
temperature of -10 to 120 degrees F. Inaccuracies due to vehicle speed sensing are
included.
Actual Vehicle Speed
0 to 120 MPH
Indicated Speed
+/- 2 MPH
Note:
The speedometer calibration is specific for a 3.9L engine, automatic transmission with a
3.29 axle and P225/60R16 tires.
Regards,
Brian Tolan
Performance Engineer – Police Vehicles
General Motors Corporations
Milford Proving Grounds
3300 General Motors Rd
Building 104 (MC 483-344-275)
Milford, Michigan 48380-3726
Phone 248-830-87602
Email: brian.r.tolan@gm.com
Impala Police
Speedometer Calibration Information
General Motors receives several inquiries during the year for speedometer certification
documents for court purposes. They are included as part of this information packet for
immediate availability. Select the appropriate page and print the desired amount of copies.
NoteS | 37
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
Tahoe 2wd POLICE PACKAGE - PPV | 1
Updates for 2011
New Features
• STABILITrak
• (1LR) City Brake System option
• (GHA) Mocha Steel Metallic exterior color
Changes
• (6J3) Grille lamps and siren speaker wiring harness redesigned
without alternating flasher for use with LED type lamps
Deletions
• (46U) Blue Granite Metallic exterior color
Shown with Aftermarket Equipment.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
2|
Tahoe 2WD Police Package PPV
Police Package Option PPV must be ordered. The 2-wheel drive Tahoe Police Package is not intended for trailer towing.
This vehicle has been designed for police work up to and including high speed emergency vehicle operations.
GM restricts the sale of police vehicles and they are not to be sold to retail customers.
MODEL AVAILABILITY
CC10706
Rear-wheel drive
STANDARD EQUIPMENT SUMMARY
Warranty 3 years / 36,000 mile bumper-to-bumper (whichever comes first, see dealer for details)
5 years / 100,000 mile limited powertrain (whichever comes first, see dealer for details)
INTERIOR FEATURES
Air conditioning
D ual-zone manual climate control with individual climate settings for driver and front passenger; includes auxiliary rear air
conditioning and heat (rear operated from front control only)
Assist handlesFront passenger and second row outboard; front passenger assist handle is deleted when passenger side spotlamp is ordered
Console, floor
Deleted with optional bucket seats
Console, overhead
Includes map lamps
Cruise control
Electronic with set and resume speed
DOME Lamps
Dome lamps, cargo lamp with delayed entry feature and map lamps (see page 18 interior/exterior lamp control to turn off
dome light)
Floor covering
Black vinyl floor and load floor behind second row seats
Glass
Deep tinted (all windows except light-tinted glass on windshield, driver and front passenger side glass)
Mirror
Inside rearview manual day/night
OnStar
Not available on Police Package
Radio
am/fm stereo with mp3 compatible cd player, seek-and-scan, digital clock, auto-tone control, Radio Data System (rds), speedcompensated volume and theftlock
Restraint system
Tahoe received an overall 5-star frontal and side crash test rating from nhtsa. Safety belts with dual stage driver and
passenger frontal air bags1 with passenger sensing system and frontal air bag1 on/off indicator; dual head curtain air bags1 for front
and rear outboard occupants and front seat back mounted thorax and pelvic air bags1
Seats, front
Cloth bucket seats 6-way power driver and passenger seat adjusters with manual reclining seat back and lumbar controls and adjustable
head restraints
Seat, rear
Vinyl split-folding 60/40 bench with outboard seating position headrests (see page 4) 3rd seat not available
Speedometer/cluster
140 mph certified analog speedometer, 1 mph increments, digital trip odometer, with oil pressure, volt meter, tachometer, engine
temperature gauge, hour meter and Driver Information Center (see message center listing on page 6)
Stealth MODE
See exterior lamps control on page 18 for operation description
Steering wheelTilt-wheel with column mounted gear shift lever
Theft deterrent Vehicle theft PASS-Key® III+ and content theft (unauthorized entry sounds horn and lamps flash). For content theft alarm disable
option utq must be ordered (see page 7)
Visors
Padded with cloth trim, extends on rod
Warning toneS
Headlamp on, key-in-ignition, driver and right-front passenger safety belt unfasten and turn signal on
Window operation Power with driver express-down and lockout features
Electrical features
Auxiliary power, front
Auxiliary power, rear
Ground studs
Lock-out protection
Power outlets
Wiring diagrams
1 00-amp ignition and main power supply wiring at lower center of instrument panel (see wiring provisions for 12-volt battery power
supply on page 25)
100-amp auxiliary power in cargo area (see page 27)
Two studs located in rear compartment near bottom of liftgate opening (see page 27)
Prevents the power door locks from locking the driver’s door if the keys are left in the ignition (manually lockable with
engine running)
Two located on instrument panel and one in rear cargo area
See pages 25 through 32 for description; also see Tahoe Police Package owner’s manual supplement (located in glove box folder with
standard owner’s manual)
Wiring Provision,
EXTerior Lamps Flashing Forward lamp harness in-line connector for Exterior Lamps Flashing System (see option 6J7 on page 7)
1. H
ead curtain side air bags are designed to help reduce the risk of head and neck injuries to front and rear seat occupants on the near side of certain side-impact collisions.
Always use safety belts and the correct child restraints for your child’s age and size, even in vehicles equipped with air bags. Children are safer when properly secured in a rear
seat. See your vehicle Owner’s Manual and child safety seat instructions for more information.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
Tahoe 2wd Police Package PPV | 3
Exterior Features
Assist steps
Defogger
Door handles
Door locks
Black, mounted between front and rear wheels
Electric, rear window
Matte Black
Power, non-programmable with lockout protection and automatic door locking and unlocking, door lock cylinder no longer available
on passenger front door and rear liftgate, child safety locks included in rear doors
Fascia, front
Body color
Fascia, rear
Body color - with step pad
Fog Lamps
Not available
Headlamps
Dual halogen composite with flash-to-pass feature automatic exterior lamp control and daytime running lamps (to delete automatic
lamp control see option 9GB on pages 7 and 18)
Keyless entry
Includes two transmitters with non-functional panic button; stealth mode feature includes exterior lamps and horn disable, during
remote start feature running lamps will remain illuminated (additional transmitters are available; see option AMF on page 7)
Keys
Two-sided, random code, for ignition and driver door only
Luggage rack
Not available
Mirrors
Outside heated power-adjustable, manual-folding, Matte Black
Rear liftgateLiftgate/liftglass with washer and wiper, and no lock cylinder on liftgate (power liftgate not available lock cylinder available through
Kerr Industries)
Recovery hooks
Two front
Under Hood Lamp
Not available
Windshield wipers
Intermittent, wet-arm with flat blade and pulse washers
Chassis features
Air cleaner
High-capacity
Alternator 160-amp with idle boost (transmission in park or neutral) based on battery energy level
Battery
Heavy-duty 730 cca with battery rundown protection (does not protect customer installed equipment)
Brakes
Heavy-duty 4-wheel anti-lock front and rear disc with vacuum boost power assist
Cooling Heavy-duty high capacity radiator, electric fans and extended life coolant; coolant hoses are EPDM (ethylene-propylene-diene
monomer) rubber; silicone hoses are not required (coolant is DEX-COOL good for 5 years/150.000 miles, protects from -34° F to +265° F
and against rust and corrosion)
Engine
Vortec 5300 V8 SFI with active fuel management, FlexFuel2 (gas or E85 ethanol); top speed fuel cut-off at 125 mph; includes air
conditioning wide open throttle cut off
Frame
Full perimeter, modular with hydroformed rails
Fuel tank capacity
26 gallon (98 liters)
Oil coolers
Heavy-duty engine, transmission and auxiliary air-to-oil power steering (see page 17 for description)
Prop shaft
High speed balanced aluminum, four inch diameter
Radio suppression
Grounding straps, at five additional locations (see page 18 for locations)
Skid plate
Front underbody shield starting behind front bumper and running to 2nd cross-member protecting front underbody and oil pan
Spark plugs
Extended life - iridium tip
Stabilitrak
Stability enhancement system. It is an advanced computer controlled system that assists the driver with directional control of the
vehicle in difficult driving conditions. Each time the vehicle is started, the StabiliTrak system is fully on. StabliliTrak can be controlled
by a StabiliTrak button on the instrument panel. The condition of the system is displayed by an instrument panel StabiliTrak indicator
light and Driver Information Center (DIC) Messages. Push once, Traction Control is off, push and hold five seconds Traction Control and
StabiliTrak is off, push again and Traction Control and StabiliTrak are turned back on
Steering
Power, rack and pinion
Suspension, front
Coil-over-shock with stabilizer bar
Suspension, rear
Multi-link with coil springs, shocks and heavy-duty stabilizer bar
Tires
Goodyear P265/60R17 all-season, V-rated, blackwall
Tire pressure monitor check tire pressure spare tire includes sensor; must be programmed when mounted (see page 18)
Tire, spare Full-size spare, lockable with outside winch-type carrier mounted under frame at rear (includes TPM sensor - not programed)
­­Trailering equipment
Not available on Police Package (ppv)
­­TransmissionEnhanced calibration 6-speed automatic with overdrive, electronically-controlled transmission provides protection against overrevving the engine in low gear and a mechanical low gear blockout is not required; if a driver manually selects low gear and fails to
manually upshift to high gear, the powertrain control module automatically protects the drivetrain
­­Wheels
17" x 7.5" heavy-duty black steel
Wheel center cap
Polished finish bolt-on metal
2. E85 is 85% ethanol and 15% gasoline. To see if there is an E85 station near you, go to www.gmaltfuel.com/e85-station-locator.
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
4|
Tahoe 2WD Police Package PPV
POWERTRAIN
ENGINE
OPTIONTYPE
TRANSMISSION
DISPLACEMENT
CODE
LITERS/CU. IN.
LMG
V8
5.3/325
EMISSIONS -
AXLE
FUELOPTIONTYPEOPTION
SYSTEM
CODE
Active fuel
MXO/MYC
6-speed
management
auto. with OD
FlexFuel2
(gas or E85 ethanol)
RATIO
CODE
GU4
3.08­­­
MUST BE SPECIFIED
FE9
F ederal emissions. Use for ordering vehicles that will be registered in all states except California, Connecticut, Maine, Maryland,
Massachusetts, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont and Washington State
YF5
California emissions. Use for ordering vehicles that will be registered in California.
NE1CT/ME/MD/MA/NJ/NM/NY/OR/PA/RI/VT/WA emissions. Use for ordering vehicles that will be registered in Connecticut, Maine,
Maryland, Massachusetts, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont or Washington State
NB8
Required when option code FE9 “Federal emissions” is ordered for delivery to a dealer located in California, Connecticut,
Massachusetts, Maryland, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island and Washington State for a
purchaser who will be registering the vehicle outside California, Connecticut, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, New Jersey, New
Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont and Washington State.
NC7
Required when option code YF5 “CALIFORNIA EMISSIONS” or option code NE1 "CT/ME/MD/MA/NJ/NM/NY/OR/PA/RI/VT/WA
EMISSIONS" is ordered for delivery to a dealer located in any state except California, Connecticut, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts,
New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont and Washington for a purchaser who will be
registering the vehicle in one of these states or sold as permitted below under “EPA Policy on the Sale of California Emission Vehicles”
NB9
Required when option code YF5 is ordered for delivery to a dealer located in Connecticut, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, New
Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont and Washington. Required when option code NE1 is
ordered for delivery to a dealer located in California.
TIRES MANUFACTURER
GOODYEAR
SPEED RATED
QUANTITY
SIZE
SPEED RATING
TYPE
5
P265/60R17
V
All season BW
Note: Due to specific requirements for performance durability and safety, GM recommends only the original equipment tires for replacement
SEATS AND INTERIOR TRIM
STANDARDFront: cloth bucket with no center console (power driver and passenger seat)
Rear: vinyl 60/40 split-bench
OPTIONAL Front: cloth 40/20/40 split-bench (power driver side seat only)
Rear: vinyl 60/40 split-bench
SEAT OPTIONS
A95 and 9N5
5T5 AZ3
5T5
EBONY
19C
19C
2. E85 is 85% ethanol and 15% gasoline. To see if there is an E85 station near you, go to www.gmaltfuel.com/e85-station-locator.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
Tahoe 2wd Police Package PPV | 5
AVAILABLE EXTERIOR COLORS
GHA
GGZ
41U
GGW
50U
51U
58U
80U
Mocha Steel
Metallic
NEW
Sheer Silver
Metallic
Black
Taupe Gray
Metallic
Summit White
Gold Mist
Metallic
Black Granite
Metallic
Red Jewel
Tintcoat
(Extra Cost)
Actual colors may vary
SEO Paint Available
WA#
COLOR DESCRIPTION
253A
Wheatland Yellow
334D
Dark Toreador Red
722J
Dark Blue Metallic
5665Blue
7941
Green
9015
Woodland Green
9260Victory Red
SEO CODE 9W3
9V7
9V5
5T4
9414Yellow
Actual Color May VAry
Note: • All normally body-colored non-sheet metal parts, will be Flat Black (except Victory Red non-sheet metal parts will match)
• SEO paint orders that contain less than five vehicles will be delayed until five unit minimum is received for batch
production
Special Paint Also Available Through Kerr Industries
• Special paint is also available for ppv and 5W4 Tahoes
• This work is done as part of the kerr Industries dealer direct program
• A minimum order is not required with this program. Please contact kerr Industries
at 905-725-6561 to discuss your requirements
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
6|
Tahoe DRiver Information center PPV
United States Certified Speedometer/cluster (CANADIAN SIMILAR)
MessaGe Center
change engine oil soon
replace battery in remote key
check tire pressure
(press reset) lf/rf/lr/rr
right rear door open
Driver DOor open
service battery charging system
engine hot a/c turned off
engine hours
engine oil low add oil
service brake system
engine overheated idle engine
service brakes soon
engine overheated Stop engine
service theft deterrent system
engine power is reduced
service tire monitor system
fuel level low
tighten gas cap
hood open
tire learning active
left rear door open
traction control off
oil pressure low stop engine
Transmission Hot Idle Engine
passenger door open
Turn signal on
rear access open
Washer Fluid Low add Fluid
service air bag
remote key learning active
Note: T he Tahoe Police Package and Special Service Package are not equipped with dic buttons. The instrument cluster odometer trip stem is used to display the following messages: odometer,
engine hours, trip odometer, tire pressure, remote keyless entry, programming and dic language. See the Tahoe owner’s manual for operation description.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
Tahoe 2wd Police Package PPV – Options | 7
Available options WITH Tahoe PPV Police PACKAGE
B85
body side moldings - On 4 doors
1LRBrake System, City - Uses base friction material that wears better at lower temperatures but is not optimal for track performance. The rotor does not have the
radial drilled holes (again, thermal performance for track applications). Service wise these parts are physically interchangeable with their various performance
trade offs.
Utq
content theft alarm disable - Flashing lamps and horn warning
9g8
delete daytime running lamps and automatic headlamps
6a6
dual cranking 730 cca batteries - Parallel connected
9V7
exterior body colored parts - Dark Blue Metallic, provides Dark Blue Metallic special paint WA722J and Dark Blue Metallic special painted exterior body
parts in lieu of glossy Black color normally installed with special paint. Dark Blue Metallic painted parts will consist of front fascia, rear bumper fascia, rear liftgate
handle and liftgate applique above license plate. Door handles, mirrors, rear D-pillar applique and liftgate spoiler will remain Black. B85 body-side moldings are
not available. Requires SEO TGK special paint
5t4
exterior body colored parts - Victory Red special painted exterior body parts in lieu of glossy Black color normally installed with special painted bodies,
Victory Red painted parts will consist of front fascia, rear bumper fascia, rear liftgate license plate applique and rear liftgate handle, door handlesand body side
moldings. Mirrors, rear D-pillar applique and liftgate spoiler will remain Black. Requires SEO TGK special paint and special paint color WA9260 Victory Red. Includes
RPO B85 body side moldings
6j7
flasher system headlamp and tail lamp - drl compatible, headlamp flasher module with control wire and body control module rear
lamp flashing
B30
floor covering - Color keyed carpeting
B58
floor mats - Color keyed carpeted front and 2nd row (not available with vinyl floor covering)
K05
heater - Engine block
Ppv
identifier - Police Package
6e2
key common - Complete vehicle fleet, provides a single key cut with a specific code that is common to the door lock and ignition of all the vehicles in the vehicle fleet;
this key code is an alternate to SEO 6e8 key common, complete vehicle fleet; not compatible with 2005 and earlier Impalas, 2006 and earlier Tahoes and 2011 Caprice
6e8
key common - Complete vehicle fleet, provides a single key cut with a specific code that is common to the door lock and ignition of all the vehicles in the vehicle fleet;
this key code is an alternate to SEO 6e2 key common, complete vehicle fleet; not compatible with 2005 and earlier Impalas, 2006 and earlier Tahoes and 2011 Caprice
AMFKeyless entry transmitters - Fleet Package includes 6 additional transmitters. Transmitters are not programmed. Each transmitter,
including the two standard with the vehicle, must be programmed together by a dealer at customer expense. Transmitter programming is not
a warranty item. Note: Vehicle specific, common fleet transmitter frequency not available
G80
locking differential - Heavy-duty
6n6
locks - Rear door inoperative (rear power locks are inoperable at rear door but operate from drivers position)
­Trwprovision for roof mounted lamp - Overhead console mounted switch and wiring to the roof; upfitter to install and connect a roof mounted warning
lamp; instructions provided in owner’s manual supplement
6b2
rear door handles inoperative - Rear door locks inoperative (doors can be opened only from outside)
6n5
rear window switches inoperative - Rear windows only operate from drivers position
Ap3 remote vehicle starter system - Includes remote keyless entry
5t5
seats - Front cloth with vinyl rear seat (see page 4)
TGKSPECIAL PAINT SOLID - One color all normally body-colored non-sheet metal parts will be gloss Black. This includes front and rear facias, liftgate handle and
applique, D-pillars and upper liftgate applique. Mirrors and door handles will be grained Black parts. B85 body-side moldings are not available except with SEO
option 5T4 exterior body-colored parts. May require extended lead time. Required with any SEO paint selection. May require extended lead time
7x6
spotlamp - Left hand, separately fused
7x7
spotlamps - Left and right hand, separately fused
Wx7 wiring - For customer connection to front door speakers
6j3
wiring - For grille lamps and speaker. Front speakers are not connected to the vehicle radio,; radio audio is sent to the rear speakers
6j4
wiring - For horn/siren circuit, in-line connection for customer furnished switch
For standard and optional illustrations see pages 17 through 19
Note: • Tahoe Turn-Key Packages available only through your Chevrolet dealer
• Direct purchase equipment is available through dealer direct order and purchase from Kerr industries 905-725-6561
• Warranty claims for direct purchase equipment must be directed through Kerr industries
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
8|
Tahoe 2WD Police Package PPV – Specifications
GENERAL
ENGINE Model
Drive
CC10706
2-wheel
EXTERIOR (in./mm)
Wheelbase
Overall length
Overall width
Overall height
Front track width
Rear track width
Turning diameter curb to curb (ft./m)
Ground clearance (rear axle) 116.0/2946
202.0/5131
79.0/2007
73.9/1877
68.2/1732
67.0/1701
39.0/11.9
8.0/203
TRANSMISSION
FRONT COMPARTMENT (in./mm)
Head room
Shoulder room
Hip room
Leg room (maximum)
41.1/1044
65.3/1659
64.4/1636
41.3/1049
Automatic electronic with overdrive
Fluid pan removed and filter replaced (quarts/liters)
39.2/996
65.2/1656
60.6/1539
39.0/991
BRAKES
REAR COMPARTMENT (in./mm)
Head room Shoulder room
Hip room
Leg room (minimum)
CARGO
Cargo volume3 (cu. ft./liters) Load floor length to center of front seat at floor (in./mm)
Load floor length to center of 2nd seat at floor (in./mm)
Inside width between wheel house (in./mm)
Cargo area height (in./mm)
108.9/3084
81.4/2068
49.4/1255
49.1/1247
41.7/1059
Note: For additional dimensional data go to: gmupfitter.com
Fuel Economy Ratings
CITY/HIGHWAY/COMBINED
5.3L engine 2WD4
15/21/17
Projected EPA label values, actual mileage will vary with options, driving conditions, driving
habits and vehicle’s condition.
ALTERNATOR
Type
Amps
77°F (25°C)
STD
Vortec V8
5.3/325
320 @ 5400
335 @ 4000
sfi
9.9:1
Single
87
26/98
6.0/5.7
18.3/17.3
Type Displacement: liters/cu. in. Horsepower/rpm Torque lb.-ft./rpm Induction system
Compression ratio
Exhaust
Minimum recommended fuel octane
Fuel tank capacity (gallons/liters)
Oil with filter (quarts/liters)
Cooling capacity (quarts/liters)
REMY DR44M
160
Tahoe POLICE ALTERNATOR OUTPUT
6-speed
6.0/5.7
AXLE
Ratio
3.08
ABS with vacuum-boost
Front-swept area (sq. in./sq. cm)
Rear-swept area (sq. in./sq. cm)
Total front and rear swept area (sq. in./sq. cm)
Front rotor diameter (in./mm)
Rear rotor diameter (in./mm)
Front rotor thickness (in./mm)
Rear rotor thickness (in./mm)
Disc/Disc
256.6/1655
248/1600
504.6/3255
13.0/330
13.5/343
1.2/30
.79/20
TIRES
Goodyear V-rated all-season
P265/60R17
Type
Size
WHEELS
Type
Size
Steel
17" x 7.5"
CHASSIS
Frame
Front suspension
Rear suspension
Steering type
Full perimeter steel
Independent, single
coil-over-shocks with stabilizer bar
Multi-link with coil spring
Power rack and pinion
BATTERY
Type
BCI group size Volts
Amp hour rating
Cold cranking amps @ 0°F (-18°C)
Reserve capacity @ 80°F (27°C)
Maintenance free
LN3
12
70
730
110
Vehicle Weight (lbs./kg.)
NORMAL IDLE SPEED: 600-650 RPMS
GVWR5
Curb Payload with bucket seats6
COMPUTER CONTROLLED IDLE SPEED RANGE (PARK): 800-1000 RPM
Note: See owner’s manual supplement for loading information
6700/3039
5342/2423
1358/616
3. Cargo and load capacity limited by weight and distribution.
4. EPA-estimated MPG.
5. Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). When properly equipped, includes vehicle, passengers, cargo and equipment.
6. Maximum payload capacity includes weight of driver, passengers, optional equipment and cargo.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
Tahoe 4wd Special Service – 5W4 | 9
Updates for 2011
New Features
• (GHA) Mocha Steel Metallic exterior color
Changes
• (6J3) Grille lamps and siren speaker wiring harness redesigned
without alternating flasher for use with LED type lamps
Deletions
• (46U) Blue Granite Metallic exterior color
Shown with Aftermarket Equipment.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
10 |
Tahoe 4wd Special Service – 5W4
Note: This vehicle is NOT designed nor intended for use IN HIGH SPEED EMERGENCY VEHICLE OPERATIONS GM restricts the sale
of police vehicles and they are not to be sold to retail customers.
MODEL AVAILABILITY
CK10706
4-wheel drive
Warranty 3 years / 36,000 mile bumper-to-bumper (whichever comes first, see dealer for details)
5 years / 100,000 mile limited powertrain (whichever comes first, see dealer for details)
STANDARD EQUIPMENT SUMMARY
INTERIOR FEATURES
Air conditioning
D ual-zone manual climate control with individual climate settings for driver and front passenger; includes auxiliary rear air
conditioning and heat (rear operated from front control only)
Assist handlesFront passenger and second row outboard; front passenger assist handle is deleted when passenger side spotlamp is ordered
Console, overhead
Includes map lamps
Cruise control
Electronic with set and resume speed
DOME Lamps
Dome lamps, cargo lamp with sustained lamps feature and map lamps
Floor covering
Black vinyl floor and load floor behind second row
Glass
Deep tinted (all windows except light-tinted glass on windshield, driver and front passenger side glass)
Mirror
Inside rearview manual day/night
OnStar
Not available on Special Service Package
Radio
am/fm stereo with mp3 compatible cd player, seek-and-scan, digital clock, auto-tone control, Radio Data System (rds), speedcompensated volume and theftlock
Restraint systemTahoe received an overall 5-star frontal and side crash test rating from nhtsa. Safety belts with dual stage driver and
passenger frontal air bags1 with passenger sensing system and frontal air bag1 on/off indicator; dual head curtain air bags1 for front
and rear outboard occupants and front seat back mounted thorax and pelvic air bags1
Seat, frontSplit-bench 40/20/40 with cloth 3-passenger, includes 6-way power driver seat adjuster (power passenger seat is not available) with
manual lumbar, driver and passenger manual reclining, outboard head restraints, center fold-down storage armrest and rear storage
pockets (see page 12)
Seat, rear
Vinyl split-folding 60/40 bench with outboard seating position headrests 3rd seat not available (see page 12)
Speedometer/cluster
120 mph analog speedometer, digital trip odometer, with oil pressure, volt meter, tachometer, engine temperature gauges, hour
meter and Driver Information Center (see message center listing on page 16)
Stealth MODE
See exterior lamps control on page 18 for operation description
Steering wheelTilt-wheel with column mounted gear shift lever
Theft deterrent Vehicle theft PASS-Key® III+ and content theft (unauthorized entry sounds horn and lamps flash). For content theft alarm disable
Visors
Warning toneS
Window operation option utq must be ordered (see page 14)
Padded with cloth trim, extends on rod; driver and front passenger illuminated vanity mirrors
Headlamp on, key-in-ignition, driver and right-front passenger safety belt unfasten and turn signal on
Power with driver express-down and lockout features
Electrical features
Auxiliary power, front
Auxiliary power, rear
Ground studs
Lock-out protection
Power outlets
Wiring diagrams
1 00-amp ignition and main power supply wiring at lower center of instrument panel (see wiring provisions for 12-volt battery power
supply on page 25)
100-amp auxiliary power in cargo area (see page 27)
Two studs located in rear compartment near bottom of liftgate opening (see page 27)
Prevents the power door locks from locking the driver’s door if the keys are left in the ignition (manually lockable with engine running)
Two located on instrument panel and one in rear cargo area
See pages 25 through 32 for description; also see Tahoe Police Package owner’s manual supplement (located in glove box folder with
standard owner’s manual)
Wiring PROVISION,
EXTerior Lamps Flashing Forward lamp harness in-line connector for Exterior Lamps Flashing System (see option 6J7 on page 14)
1. H
ead curtain side air bags are designed to help reduce the risk of head and neck injuries to front and rear seat occupants on the near side of certain side-impact collisions.
Always use safety belts and the correct child restraints for your child’s age and size, even in vehicles equipped with air bags. Children are safer when properly secured in a rear
seat. See your vehicle Owner’s Manual and child safety seat instructions for more information.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
Tahoe 4wd Special Service – 5W4 | 11
Exterior Features
Assist steps
Defogger
Door handles
Door locks
Black, mounted between front and rear wheels
Electric, rear window
Matte Black
Power, non-programmable with lockout protection, and automatic door locking and unlocking, door lock cylinder no longer available
on passenger front door and rear liftgate, child safety locks included in rear doors
Fascia, front
Color - keyed
Fascia, rear
Color - keyed with step pad
Fog Lamps
Not available
Headlamps
Dual halogen composite with flash-to-pass feature automatic exterior lamp control and daytime running lamps (to delete automatic
lamp control, see option 9G8 on pages 14 and 18)
Keyless entryIncludes two transmitters with non-functional panic button; stealth mode feature includes exterior lamps and horn disable, during
remote start feature running lamps will remain illuminated (additional transmitters are available; see option AMF on page 14)
Keys
Two-sided random code, for ignition and drivers door only
Luggage rack
Not available
Mirrors
Outside heated power-adjustable, manual-folding, Matte Black
Rear liftgateLiftgate/liftglass with washer and wiper, power liftgate not available and no lock cylinder on liftgate (lock cylinder available though
Kerr Industries)
Recovery hooks
Two front
Under Hood Lamp
Not available
Windshield wipers
Intermittent with washer
chassis Features
Alternator
160-amp with idle boost (transmission in park or neutral) based on battery energy level
Air cleaner
High-capacity
BatteryHeavy-duty 730 cca with battery rundown protection (does not protect customer installed equipment)
Brakes
4-wheel anti-lock front and rear disc with vacuum boost power assist
Cooling Heavy-duty high capacity radiator, electric fans and extended life coolant; coolant hoses are EPDM (ethylene-propylene-diene
monomer) rubber; silicone hoses are not required (coolant is DEX-COOL good for 5 years/150.000 miles, protects from -34° F to +265° F
and against rust and corrosion)
Engine
Vortec 5300 V8 SFI with active fuel management, FlexFuel2 (capable of running on unleaded gasoline or E85 ethanol mixtures)
Frame
Full perimeter modular with hydroformed frame rails
Fuel tank capacity
26 gallon (98 liters)
Oil coolers
Engine and transmission auxiliary air-to-oil and power steering (see page 17 for description)
Radio suppression
Grounding straps at five additional locations (see page 18 for location)
Spark plugs
Extended life - iridium tip
Stabilitrak
Stability enhancement system. It is an advanced computer controlled system that assists the driver with directional control of the
vehicle in difficult driving conditions. Each time the vehicle is started, the StabiliTrak system is fully on. StabliliTrak can be controlled
by a StabiliTrak button on the instrument panel. The condition of the system is displayed by an instrument panel StabiliTrak indicator
light and Driver Information Center (DIC) Messages. Push once, Traction Control is off, push and hold five seconds Traction Control and
StabiliTrak is off, push again and Traction Control and StabiliTrak are turned back on
Steering
Power, rack and pinion
Suspension, front
Coil-over-shock with stabilizer bar
Suspension, rear
Multi-link with coil springs with stabilizer bar
Tires
P265/70R17 all-season SBR
Tire pressure monitor
check tire pressure (no spare tire sensor)
Tire, spare Full-size spare, lockable with outside winch-type carrier mounted under frame at rear (TPM sensor not included)
Trailering equipmentHeavy-duty, includes trailering hitch platform, 7-wire harness with independent fused trailering circuits mated to a 7-way sealed
connector, vr4 2-inch trailering receiver and electric brake controller jumper harness
Transfer case
Electronic autotrac
Transmission6-speed automatic with overdrive and tow/haul mode, electronically-controlled transmission provides protection against over-revving
the engine in low gear and a mechanical low gear blockout is not required; if a drive­­­r manually selects low gear and fails to manually
upshift to high gear, the powertrain control module automatically protects the drivetrain
Wheels
17" x 7.5" argent steel
Wheel center cap
Argent, retained to wheel lugnuts
2. E85 is 85% ethanol and 15% gasoline. To see if there is an E85 station near you, go to www.gmaltfuel.com/e85-station-locator.
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
12 |
Tahoe 4wd Special Service – 5W4
POWERTRAIN
ENGINE
OPTIONTYPE
TRANSMISSION
DISPLACEMENT
CODE
LITERS/CU. IN.
LMG
V8
5.3/325
EMISSIONS -
AXLE
FUELOPTIONTYPEOPTION
SYSTEM
CODE
Active fuel
MXO/MYC
6-speed
management
auto. with OD
FlexFuel2
(gas or E85 ethanol)
RATIO
CODE
GU6
3.42­­­
MUST BE SPECIFIED
FE9
F ederal emissions. Use for ordering vehicles that will be registered in all states except California, Connecticut, Maine, Maryland,
Massachusetts, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont and Washington State
YF5
California emissions. Use for ordering vehicles that will be registered in California.
NE1CT/ME/MD/MA/NJ/NM/NY/OR/PA/RI/VT/WA emissions. Use for ordering vehicles that will be registered in Connecticut, Maine,
Maryland, Massachusetts, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont or Washington State
NB8
Required when option code FE9 “Federal emissions” is ordered for delivery to a dealer located in California, Connecticut,
Massachusetts, Maryland, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island and Washington State for a
purchaser who will be registering the vehicle outside California, Connecticut, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, New Jersey, New
Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont and Washington State.
NC7
Required when option code YF5 “CALIFORNIA EMISSIONS” or option code NE1 "CT/ME/MD/MA/NJ/NM/NY/OR/PA/RI/VT/WA
EMISSIONS" is ordered for delivery to a dealer located in any state except California, Connecticut, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts,
New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont and Washington for a purchaser who will be
registering the vehicle in one of these states or sold as permitted below under “EPA Policy on the Sale of California Emission Vehicles”
NB9
Required when option code YF5 is ordered for delivery to a dealer located in Connecticut, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, New
Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont and Washington. Required when option code NE1 is
ordered for delivery to a dealer located in California.
TIRES -
SPEED RATED
CODE
QUANTITY
SIZE
SPEED RATING
TYPE
QG1
5
P265/70R17
S
All season BW
Note: Optional on/off-road tire is available (see page 14)
SEATS AND INTERIOR TRIM
STANDARDFront: cloth 40/20/40 split-bench (power driver side seat only)
Rear: vinyl 60/40 split-bench
OPTIONAL Front: cloth bucket with center console (power driver side seat only)
Rear: vinyl 60/40 split-bench
OPTIONAL Front: cloth bucket without center console (power driver and passenger seat)
Rear: vinyl 60/40 split-bench
SEAT OPTIONS
AZ3
5T5 A95
5T5
A95 and 9N5
5T5
EBONY
19C
19C
19C
2. E85 is 85% ethanol and 15% gasoline. To see if there is an E85 station near you, go to www.gmaltfuel.com/e85-station-locator.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
Tahoe 4wd Special Service – 5W4 | 13
AVAILABLE EXTERIOR COLORS
GHA
GGZ
41U
GGW
50U
51U
58U
80U
Mocha Steel
Metallic
NEW
Sheer Silver
Metallic
Black
Taupe Gray
Metallic
Summit White
Gold Mist
Metallic
Black Granite
Metallic
Red Jewel
Tintcoat
(Extra Cost)
may vary
Actual colors
Actual
colors may vary
SEo Paint Available
WA#
COLOR DESCRIPTION
253A
Wheatland Yellow
334D
Dark Toreador Red
722J
Dark Blue Metallic
5665Blue
7941
Green
9015
Woodland Green
9260Victory Red
CODE
9W3
9V7
9V5
5T4
9414Yellow
Actual Color May VAry
Note: • All normally body-colored non-sheet metal parts, will be Flat Black (except Victory Red non-sheet metal parts will match)
• SEO paint orders that contain less than five vehicles will be delayed until five unit minimum is received for batch
production
Special Paint Also Available Through Kerr Industries
• Special paint is also available for ppv and 5W4 Tahoes
• This work is done as part of the kerr Industries dealer direct program
• A minimum order is not required with this program. Please contact kerr Industries
at 905-725-6561 to discuss your requirements
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
14 |
Tahoe 4wd Special Service 5W4 – OptionS
AVAILABLE OPTIONS WITH Tahoe 5W4 SPECIAL SERVICE PACKAGE
batteries, dual cranking 730 cca - Parallel connected
body side moldings - On 4 doors
brake controller - Integrated trailer
chassis package off-road suspension - (Requires qjp tire and includes nzz skid plates, k47 high capacity air cleaner, no z71 decal)
console delete - Between seats (Requires a95)
content theft alarm disable - Flashing lamps and horn warning
delete daytime running lamps and automatic headlamps
exterior body colored parts - Dark Blue Metallic, provides Dark Blue Metallic special paint WA722J and Dark Blue Metallic special painted exterior body
parts in lieu of glossy Black color normally installed with special paint. Dark Blue Metallic painted parts will consist of front fascia, rear bumper fascia, rear liftgate
handle and liftgate applique above license plate. Door handles, mirrors, rear D-pillar applique and liftgate spoiler will remain Black. B85 body-side moldings are
not available. Requires SEO TGK special paint
5t4
exterior body colored parts - Victory Red special painted exterior body parts in lieu of glossy Black color normally installed with special painted bodies,
Victory Red painted parts will consist of front fascia, rear bumper fascia, rear liftgate license plate applique and rear liftgate handle, door handlesand body side
moldings. Mirrors, rear D-pillar applique and liftgate spoiler will remain Black. Requires SEO TGK special paint and special paint color WA9260 Victory Red. Includes
RPO B85 body side moldings
6j7flasher system headlamp and tail lamp - DRL compatible, headlamp flasher module with control wire and body control module rear
lamp flashing
B30
floor covering - Color keyed carpeting front and 2nd row (not available with vinyl floor covering)
B58
floor mats - Color keyed carpeting
K05
heater - Engine block
5W4 identifier - Special Service Package
6e2
key common - Complete vehicle fleet, provides a single key with a specific code that is common to the door lock and ignition of all the vehicles in the vehicle fleet;
key code is an alternate to SEO 6e8 key common, complete vehicle fleet; not compatible with 2005 and earlier Impalas, 2006 and earlier Tahoes and 2011 Caprice
6e8key common - Complete vehicle fleet, provides a single key with a specific code that is common to the door lock and ignition of all the vehicles in the vehicle fleet;
key code is an alternate to SEO 6e2 key common, complete vehicle fleet; not compatible with 2005 and earlier Impalas and 2006 and earlier Tahoes and 2011 Caprice
AMF Keyless entry transmitters - Fleet Package includes 6 additional transmitters. Transmitters are not programmed. Each transmitter, including
the two standard with the vehilce, must be programmed together by a dealer at customer expense. Transmitter programming is not a warranty
item. Note: Vehicle specific, common fleet transmitter frequency not available
G80
locking differential
6n6
locks - Rear door inoperative (Rear power locks are inoperable at rear doors but operate form drivers position)
Trw provision for roof mounted lamp - Overhead console mounted switch and wiring to the roof; upfitter to install and connect a roof mounted warning lamp;
instructions provided in owner’s manual supplement
6b2
rear door handles inoperative - Rear door locks inoperative (doors can be opened only from outside)
6n5
rear window switches inoperative - Rear window only operates from driver’s position
Ap3
remote vehicle starter system - Includes remote keyless entry
Az3
seats - Front custom cloth 40/20/40 split-bench, power driver seat only (see page 12)
A95
seats - Front bucket with custom cloth, 6-way power with center console, to delete center floor console 9n5 must be ordered (see page 12)
5t5
seats - Front cloth with vinyl rear seat ­­(see page 12)
Nzz
skid plates package
TGKSPECIAL PAINT SOLID - One color all normally body-colored non-sheet metal parts will be gloss Black. This includes front and rear facias, liftgate handle and
applique, D-pillars and upper liftgate applique. Mirrors and door handles will be grained Black parts. B85 body-side moldings are not available except with SEO
option 5T4 exterior body-colored parts. May require extended lead time. Required with any SEO paint selection. May require extended lead time
7x6
spotlamp - Left hand, separately fused
7x7
spotlamp - Left and right hand, separately fused
9g3
suspension package - Off-road
­­­­­­­­­4JP
tire SPare - P265-70R17 on/off-road, blackwall (requires QJP tires)
Qjp
tires - P265-70R17 on/off-road (for full-size spare tire 4JP must be ordered)
P46
wheels - Aluminum
Wx7 wiring - For customer connection to front door speakers. Front speakers are not connected to the radio; radio audio is sent to the rear speakers
6j3
wiring - For grille lamps and speaker
6j4
wiring - For horn/siren circuit, in-line connection for customer furnished switch
For standard and optional illustrations see pages 17 though 19 in PPV section
Note: • Tahoe Turn-Key packages available only through your Chevrolet dealer
• Direct purchase equipment is available through dealer direct order and purchase from Kerr Industries 905-725-6561
• Warranty claims for direct purchase equipment must be directed through Kerr Industries
6a6
B85
Jl1
9g3
9n5
Utq
9g8
9V7
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
Tahoe 4wd Special Service 5W4 – Specifications | 15
GENERAL
ENGINE
Model
Drive
CK10706
4-wheel
EXTERIOR (in./mm)
Wheelbase
Overall length
Overall width
Overall height
Front track width
Rear track width
Turning diameter curb to curb (ft./m)
Ground clearance, front
Ground clearance, rear
116.0/2946
202.0/5131
79.0/2007
76.9/1953
68.2/1732
67.0/1701
39.0/11.9
10.5/267
9.1/231
FRONT COMPARTMENT (in./mm)
Head room
Shoulder room
Hip room
Leg room (maximum)
41.1/1044
65.3/1659
64.4/1636
41.3/1049
REAR COMPARTMENT (in./mm)
Head room Shoulder room
Hip room
Leg room (minimum)
39.2/996
65.2/1656
60.6/1539
39.0/991
CARGO
Cargo volume3 (cu. ft./liters) Load floor length to center front seat at floor (in./mm)
Load floor length to center 2nd seat at floor (in./mm)
Inside width between wheel house (in./mm)
Cargo area height (in./mm)
108.9/3084
81.4/2068
49.4/1255
49.1/1247
41.7/1059
Note: For additional dimensional data go to: gmupfitter.com
Fuel Economy Ratings
CITY/HIGHWAY/COMBINED
5.3L engine 4WD4
15/21/17
Projected EPA label values, actual mileage will vary with options, driving conditions, driving
habits and vehicles condition.
ALTERNATOR
Type
Amps
77°F (25°C)
REMY DR44M
160
Tahoe POLICE ALTERNATOR OUTPUT
Type Displacement: liters/cu. in. Horsepower/rpm Torque lb.-ft./rpm Induction system
Compression ratio
Exhaust
Minimum recommended fuel octane
Fuel tank capacity (gallons/liters)
Oil with filter (quarts/liters)
Cooling capacity (quarts/liters)
Vortec V8
5.3/325
320 @ 5400
335 @ 4000
sfi
9.9:1
Single
87
26/98
6.0/5.7
18.3/17.3
TRANSMISSION
Automatic electronic with overdrive
Fluid pan removed and filter replaced (quarts/liters)
6-speed
6.0/5.7
AXLE
Ratio 4-wheel drive
3.42
BRAKES
ABS with vacuum boost
Front - swept area (sq. in./sq. cm)
Rear - swept area (sq. in./sq. cm)
Total front and rear swept area (sq. in./sq. cm)
Front rotor diameter (in./mm)
Rear rotor diameter (in./mm)
Front rotor thickness (in./mm)
Rear rotor thickness (in./mm)
Disc/Disc
256.6/1655
248/1600
504.6/3255
13.0/330
13.5/343
1.2/30
.79/20
TIRES
Type
Size
All-season
P265/70R17
WHEELS
Type
Size
Steel
17" x 7.5"
CHASSIS
Frame
Front suspension
Rear suspension
Steering type
Full perimeter steel
Independent, single
coil-over-shock with stabilizer bar
Multi-link with coil spring
Power rack and pinion
BATTERY
Type
BCI group size Volts
Amp hour rating
Cold cranking amps @ 0°F (-18°C )
Reserve capacity @ 80°F (27°C)
Maintenance free
LN3
12
70
730
110
Vehicle Weight (lbs./kg.)
NORMAL IDLE SPEED: 600-650 RPMS
COMPUTER CONTROLLED IDLE SPEED RANGE (PARK): 800-1000 RPM
GVWR5 4-wheel drive
Curb
Payload6 with 40/20/40 split-bench seat GCWR (gross combination weight ratings) Maximum trailer weight7 3. Cargo and load capacity limited by weight and distribution.
Note: See owner’s manual supplement for loading information
4. EPA-estimated MPG.
5. Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). When properly equipped, includes vehicle, passengers, cargo and equipment.
6. Maximum payload capacity includes weight of driver, passengers, optional equipment and cargo.
7. M
aximum trailer weight ratings are calculated assuming a base vehicle, except for any option(s) necessary to achieve the rating, plus driver.
The weight of other optional equipment, passengers and cargo will reduce the maximum trailer weight your vehicle can tow.
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
7300/3311
5627/2552
1673/759
14000/6350
8200/3720
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
16 |
Tahoe 4wd Special Service – 5W4
United States Speedometer/cluster (CANADIAN SIMILAR)
MessaGe Center
change engine oil soon
service air bag
check tire pressure
(press reset) lf/rf/lr/rr
service battery charging system
Driver Door Open
service brake system
engine hot a/c turned off
service brakes soon
engine oil low add oil
service theft deterrent system
engine overheated idle engine
service tire monitor system
engine overheated stop engine
service traction control
engine power is reduced
Service stabilitrak
fuel level low
stabilitrak off
hood open
ServIce 4-Wheel drive
left rear door open
tighten gas cap
oil pressure low stop engine
tire learning active
passenger door open
traction control off
rear access open
transmission hot idle engine
remote key learning active
turn signal on
replace battery in remote key
Washer Fluid low add Fluid
engine hours
right rear door open
Note: The Tahoe Police Package and Special Service Package are not equipped with DIC buttons. The instrument cluster odometer trip stem is used to display the following messages: odometer,
engine hours, trip odometer, tire pressure, remote keyless entry, programming and DIC language. See the Tahoe owner’s manual for operation description.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
Tahoe PPV and 5W4 special equipment - STANDARD | 17
Engine Oil Cooler
Engine oil cooler located in the left hand radiator tank. Cooler consists of an inlet
and an outlet pipe attached to the engine oil filter adapter which transmits the oil
to the cooler and then back to the engine. The cooler itself consists of numerous
flat plates through which the hot oil flows, transmitting heat to the coolant and
cooling the oil.
Covering - Floor
Black heavy-duty one piece. Replaces production carpeting.
Power steering cooler
Transmission Oil cooler
Vertical finned cooler is mounted in front of the radiator at the left side of the
radiator and connected in-line between the power steering pump and steering gear.
External air-to-oil cooler is mounted in front of coolant radiator and A/C condenser
at the center and is connected in series with the integral transmission oil cooler in
the right end tank of the coolant radiator.
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
18 |
Tahoe PPV and 5W4 special equipment - STANDARD
Radio Suppression
Ground Straps
4
1
Tire Pressure Monitor
3
5
2
Police Package is equipped with additional grounding in the following locations:
1. Left hand front frame body mount bracket to underbody
2. Left hand rear frame body mount bracket to rear underbody
3.Right hand rear frame body mount bracket to rear underbody
4.Right hand center frame body mount bracket to center underbody
5. Exhaust pipe hanger rod to rear frame hanger
Interior/Exterior LampS Control
Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitor (tpm) System which warns
of low tire pressure. The tpm System on your Tahoe Police Package has a spare tire
sensor but is not programmed to read the spare tire pressure. When the spare tire
from your vehicle or an unused spare tire from another Police Package is placed in
use as a road wheel, the system will not read the presence of the new tpm sensor
and must be calibrated. Refer to your owner’s manual for additional information
on the Tire Pressure Monitor and Sensor Programming. The Special Service Package
5W4 does not have sensor in spare tire.
(PPV ONLY)
(5W4 ONLY)
9G8 - Delete Daytime Running Lamps and Automatic Headlamps. This option
disables the Daytime Running Lamps and Automatic Headlamps control feature.
Exterior lamps are manually controlled only. Option 9G8 not available in Canada.
Courtesy lamps, including dome lamps, can be turned off with a push button
switch which is above the interior lamp intensity control knob. When the switch is
activated, courtesy lamps remain off when any vehicle door is open. If a door is
open when the switch is activated, the lamps will go off.
The instrument cluster and radio lighting dimmer control will override the push
button switch to turn on the courtesy lamps.
The headlamp control on the driver’s side of the instrument panel operates the
headlamps. If your Tahoe does not have option 9G8, Delete Daytime Running
Lamps and Automatic Headlamps, the Daytime Running Lamps and Automatic
Headlamps can be turned off for one ignition cycle by rotating the control knob
momentarily counter-clockwise. See also section 3 of your Tahoe owner’s manual.
In Canada, the Daytime Running Lamps and Automatic Headlamps can
be turned off if the transmission is in Park. See also your Tahoe
owner’s manual.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
Tahoe PPV and 5W4 special equipment - OPTIONAL | 19
WX7 Wiring – Front Speakers
Approximately 60 inches of auxiliary speaker wire is run from the door-mounted
speakers and coiled under the center of the instrument panel for customer
connection to front speakers.
AMF - Package of 6 transmitters
With Remote
Start and
Liftglass
(Without
Remote
Similar)
6B2 Handles – Rear Door
Inoperative
Inside rear door handles are disconnected. Rear doors can only be opened from
the outside.
6N5 SWITCHES – REar Window
Inoperative
With Remote
Start and
Power Liftgate
and Liftglass
(Without
Remote Start
Similar)
Transmitters are not programed. Transmitters, including the two standard
with vehicle, must be programed together using a service scan tool. See
you dealer.
6N6 Locks – Rear Door
Inoperative
Rear door window switches are inoperable. Rear door power regulators are
operable only from driver position switches.
7X6 and 7X7 – SpotLamps
Rear door locking rods are disabled. Rear door locks are inoperable at rear doors,
but operate from driver position.
7X6Spotlamp left hand, pillar-mounted unity, 6-inch with replaceable H3
halogen bulb; independently fused
7X7 Spotlamps left and right hand, pillar-mounted unity, 6-inch with replaceable
H3 halogen bulb; independently fused
Note: Customer furnished spotlamp assembly should be installed to avoid contact
with a deploying air bag
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
20 |
AIR BAGS FAQ
Can specialty vehicle equipment (e.g. radar devices, video
cameras, computers, meters, radio trees, shotguns, etc.) still be
mounted in cars with passenger side air bags?
Yes, but care must be taken to mount the equipment outside of the deployment zone.
Air bags inflate with great force and will interact with any object in the deployment
zone. Therefore, to reduce the risk of injury to vehicle occupants, GM recommends
that the air deployment zone be kept free of any equipment. If a piece of equipment
were to become dislodged it could strike an occupant in the vehicle and result in
injury. The likelihood of an object becoming dislodged is influenced by many factors,
including the proximity of the object to the inflatable restraint, the size and shape of
the object, and the means by which the object is secured to the vehicle. In addition to
these factors, the trajectory and velocity of a dislodged object can be influenced by
the type and severity of vehicle crash.
Objects that are in the deployment zone, but do not become dislodged by an inflating
air bag can still affect the performance of the air bag. For example, such objects could
tear the fabric or affect the shape of the air bag, thus reducing the ability of the bag
to provide restraint.
Is it possible to shield equipment that is installed in the passenger
side frontal air bag deployment zone in a manner that will allow
full and safe air bag deployment?
Due to the complexity of influencing variables, GM is unable to evaluate the potential
for shielding expected equipment configurations in all accident scenarios in order
to assure that the air bag performance would be unaffected. While shielding may
protect certain equipment from being damaged or dislodged, it may also negatively
affect the inflation characteristics of the air bag. The air bag’s shape, inflation angle,
fold pattern, and inflation rate and pressure are developed to maximize the
protection capability of the inflatable restraint system. Therefore, GM cannot
recommend the placement of any equipment in the deployment zone, even if it is
shielded to protect it from damage.
Front air bag systems and instrument panel mounted equipment.
Passenger air bags in GM vehicles deploy in different ways depending upon the type
of vehicle and the particular instrument panel design.
In some vehicles, the passenger air bag deploys through a discrete door located on
the top surface of the instrument panel (top-mount air bag systems). In other
vehicles, such as the Chevrolet Tahoe, the passenger air bag deploys through a
discrete door mounted on the vertical rearward surface of the instrument panel,
above the glove box door (mid-mount air bag system). With these types of topmount and mid-mount passenger air bag systems, the top pad of the instrument
panel remains in place during deployment.
Some GM passenger air bag systems, like the system in the Chevrolet Impala, deploy
from beneath the instrument panel top pad. These are considered 3/4-mount air bag
systems with a “deployable top pad.” The entire instrument panel top pad is the
“deployment door” from under which the inflating air bag emerges. When an air bag
deployment is commanded, the forces from the inflating passenger air bag push up
on the instrument panel top pad, releasing special fasteners across the rearward edge
of the top pad. This allows the top pad to rotate upward so that the passenger air bag
may emerge. The top pad rotates upward to open widest at the right hand side, and
is usually forced upward into contact with the windshield on the right hand side of
the vehicle during a deployment.
Instrument panel top mounted special equipment, such as a radar antenna and
control unit or video camera must be positioned to the left of the vehicle center line.
This equipment must be mounted as low as possible and securely fastened to the top
pad to avoid being dislodged in the event of a crash and possible air bag deployment.
In the process of securely fastening special equipment to the top, DO NOT fasten
down the top pad itself to any other vehicle component such as the cluster trim plate.
As described above, the top pad rotates upward during a deployment. In order to
enable the proper deployment of the passenger air bag, specialty equipment
installation MUST NOT PREVENT the top pad from rotating upward during
deployment. Location and attachment of special equipment should minimize added
resistance or interference to upward rotation of the top pad during deployment.
Optional side air bags for crashes to the vehicle sides.
The air bag system in your police vehicle may include optional side air bags for front
and rear occupants. Most front-to-rear side air bags are designed to deploy
downward from the interior roof sides to the bottom of the door windows.
Can Specialty Vehicle Security Barriers be mounted within the side
air bag deployment zones?
No. The side air bags inflate extremely fast because of the nature of side crashes to
the vehicle. Mounting a security barrier behind the front seats with the ends placed
within the side air bag deployment zones will result in unintended interaction
between the barrier and the inflating side air bags. To reduce the risk of injury to the
vehicle occupants, GM recommends that the side air bag zones be kept free of any
customer installed equipment.
Customer furnished equipment installed to the vehicle roof.
Your police vehicle is designed with an interior roof cover system which includes
internal components for the interior lamps and wiring. The roof system may also
include optional side air bag components. Inflation devices may be mounted on the
vehicle roof side behind the rear doors as well as air bag tethers retained to the
windshield pillars. Care must be taken to avoid damage to these components
or interference with their operation when installing roof mounted equipment such
as emergency lamps and communication antennas.
Recommended GM service procedures must be followed to remove
and re-install the instrument panel top pad to ensure that the top
pad will release properly in the event of a passenger air bag
deployment.
On the right half of the top pad closest to the passenger air bag module,
GM recommends that no equipment be mounted. When mounting equipment on the
driver side of the top pad, GM recommends that the total mass of the top pad
mounted special equipment not exceed 8 pounds (3.6 kilograms), since the top pad
tends to rotate about the left end.
Fasteners used to secure special equipment to the instrument panel top pad, the
windshield glass, or to the windshield upper frame (header), should be selected to
ensure that these devices will remain attached during a vehicle crash and possible
air bag deployment.
ead curtain side air bags are designed to help reduce the risk of head and neck injuries to front and rear seat occupants on the near side of certain side-impact collisions. Always
H
use safety belts and the correct child restraints for your child’s age and size, even in vehicles equipped with air bags. Children are safer when properly secured in a rear seat. See
your vehicle Owner’s Manual and child safety seat instructions for more information.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
AIR BAGS FAQ | 21
Can the installation of push bumpers on the front end of the
vehicle affect the deployment of the air bag?
General Motors is not aware of adverse effects during crash events from the many
push bumpers that have been installed on GM police vehicles. Because there are
many styles of push bumpers available with varying crash characteristics, installation
of push bumpers may or may not affect deployment timing of the air bags. Push
bumpers should be mounted to avoid modifying the vehicle structure and interfering
with the front air bag sensors mounted on the upper radiator support cross member.
Two front impact sensors are installed in General Motors vehicles. Do not relocate or
disconnect the front sensors. The location and orientation of the front sensors are
critical for correct operation of the air bag system. Avoid mounting components on or
near the sensors. Push bumper styles with vertical pushing members that are in foreaft alignment with the front air bag sensors are not recommended.
How long will the air bag remain inflated?
It takes approximately 1/20th of a second to fully inflate the frontal air bags. This is
faster than the blink of an eye. The air bags begin to deflate immediately, helping to
stop the occupants more gradually.
Can the air bag system be re-used?
No. The air bags are designed to inflate only once. After inflation some new parts
will be required. These will include the air bag module and possibly other parts. (A
competent service technician with access to the vehicle’s service manual and the
required tools should replace the required components after a deployment crash.)
I’ve heard that the dusts that are released into the passenger
compartment from the air bag are harmful. Is this true?
For most people, the only effect the dusts will produce is some irritation of the throat
and eyes, and that is only if the occupant remains in the vehicle for many minutes
after the air bag deployment with no ventilation and windows closed. However, some
people with asthma may develop an asthmatic attack from inhaling the dusts. If this
happens, they should first treat themselves the same way their doctor has advised
them to treat any other asthma attack, and then immediately seek medical
treatment.
Seat mounted side impact air bags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe side
crashes. The side impact air bags will inflate if the crash severity is above the
designed "threshold level." The threshold level can vary with specific vehicles design.
The side impact air bags are not designed to inflate on frontal or near-frontal impacts
or rear impacts, because inflation would not help the occupant.
Roof rail mounted head-curtain airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe
side crashes. In addition, certain vehicles have head-curtain air bags which are also
designed to inflate in situations where an impending rollover condition is identified
by the vehicle’s rollover sensing system and/or frontal or near-frontal impacts if the
crash severity is above the designed “threshold level”.
Safety belt pretensioners at the driver and front passenger seat positions are
designed to deploy in frontal, near-frontal, side, and rear crashes that exceed the
“threshold level” of crash severity to help reduce slack in the safety belt. Safety belt
pretensioners will also deploy in impending rollover situations.
I’ve heard that a deployed air bag produces what appears to be
smoke. Is the air bag hot?
After the bag has deployed in a crash, the air bag itself will not be hot to touch. Some
components within the air bag module will be hot for a short time. A small amount
of smoke coming from a deployed air bag module is normal and should not be cause
for concern.
Also, when the nitrogen gas is vented out of the air bag, small particles from inside
the bag are also vented into passenger compartment. These airborne particles look
like smoke and some particles are deposited as residue on and around the air bag.
If my vehicle has air bags, why should I have to wear my safety
belt?
Air bags are in many vehicles today and will be in most of them in the future. But
they are supplemental systems only; so they work with safety belts - not instead of
them. Every air bag system ever offered for sale has required the use of safety belts.
Even if you’re in a vehicle that has air bags, ­you still have to buckle up to get the most
protection. That’s true not only in frontal collisions but especially in side and other
collisions.
When should an air bag inflate?
The driver’s and right-front passenger’s frontal air bags are designed to inflate in
moderate to severe frontal or near-frontal crashes. But they are designed to inflate
only if the impact speed is above the system’s designed "threshold level."
In addition, if your vehicle has "dual stage" frontal air bags, these air bags tailor the
amount of restraint according to crash severity. For moderate frontal impacts, the air
bags inflate at a level less than full deployment. For more severe frontal impacts,
"dual stage" frontal air bags deploy at full levels.
If the front of your vehicle goes straight into a wall that doesn’t move or deform, the
threshold level of the reduced deployment is about 12 to 16 mph (19 to 15 km/h),
and the threshold level for a full deployment is about 18 to 24 mph (29 to 28.5
km/h). The threshold level can vary, however, with specific vehicle design, so that it
can be somewhat above or below this range.
If your vehicle strikes something that will move or deform such as a parked car, the
threshold level will be higher. The driver’s and right-front passenger’s frontal air bags
are not designed to inflate in rollover, side impacts, or rear impacts, because inflation
would not help the occupant.
ead curtain side air bags are designed to help reduce the risk of head and neck injuries to front and rear seat occupants on the near side of certain side-impact collisions. Always
H
use safety belts and the correct child restraints for your child’s age and size, even in vehicles equipped with air bags. Children are safer when properly secured in a rear seat. See
your vehicle Owner’s Manual and child safety seat instructions for more information.
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
22 |
AIR BAG DimensionS – Tahoe PPV and 5W4
Top View of Instrument Panel and APproximate
Deployment Area of the Air bag Zone
A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. K. L. M. Passenger side instrument panel top surface zone
Passenger side air bag module trim panel – rear edge
Passenger side door
Approximate dimensions of inflated air bag
Passenger side air bag deployment zone
Passenger centerline
Inside rearview mirror
Vehicle centerline
Driver centerline
Driver side air bag deployment zone
Front of steering wheel
Driver side door
Shift selector arc
ead curtain side air bags are designed to help reduce the risk of head and neck injuries to front and rear seat occupants on the near side of certain side-impact collisions. Always
H
use safety belts and the correct child restraints for your child’s age and size, even in vehicles equipped with air bags. Children are safer when properly secured in a rear seat. See
your vehicle Owner’s Manual and child safety seat instructions for more information.
Note: All dimensions are approximate and subject to change.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
AIR BAG DimensionS – Tahoe PPV and 5W4 | 23
Side View of Driver Side
Air bag Deployment Zone
A. Top edge of windshield
B. Top of instrument panel
C. Inflated air bag – steering wheel
D. Centerline of steering column at mid-tilt
E. Driver air bag deployment zone
F. Front of steering wheel
Side View of Passenger Side Air bag
Deployment Zone
A. Top edge of windshield
B. Inside rearview mirror
C. Instrument panel top surface zone
D. Passenger side air bag module trim panel – rear edge
E. Inflated air bag – horizontal dimension approximate 15.4 in (390 mm)
F. Inflated air bag – vertical dimension approximate 9.3 in (490 mm)
G. Inflated air bag – instrument panel
H. Passenger air bag deployment zone
ead curtain side air bags are designed to help reduce the risk of head and neck injuries to front and rear seat occupants on the near side of certain side-impact collisions. Always
H
use safety belts and the correct child restraints for your child’s age and size, even in vehicles equipped with air bags. Children are safer when properly secured in a rear seat. See
your vehicle Owner’s Manual and child safety seat instructions for more information.
Note: All dimensions are approximate and subject to change.
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
24 |
AIR BAG DimensionS – Tahoe PPV and 5W4
Head Curtain and front Seat-Mounted Side IMpact Air bag Deployment Zones
Passenger Side Shown, Driver Side Similar
­Tahoe/Suburban/Silverado Crew Cab Seat Rows 1 and 2
A. Top of deployment zone – along head curtain at edge of headliner
B. Back of deployment zone – at rear top corner of rear door pad
C. Rear quarter window
D. Bottom outside edge of rear quarter window
E. Bottom of air bag deployment zone – parallel to outside bottom edge of
rear quarter glass
F. Top edge of rear door pad
G. Top edge of front door pad
H. Dimension at mirror patch from top edge of front door pad
I. Front of deployment zone at front upper corner of front door pad
J. Windshield pillar trim with grab handle
K. Visor
L. Deployment zone - Tahoe seat rows 1 and 2
Tahoe/Suburban 3rd Row Seats
M. Deployment zone - Tahoe 3rd seat
N. Deployment zone - Suburban 3rd seat
O. Rear zones at back corner of headliner: 1 Tahoe, 2 Suburban
P. Bottom of 3rd seat zone at rear side trim cup holders
Q. Top edge of rear quarter trim at window
R. Rear of Tahoe
S. Rear of Suburban
Tahoe/Suburban/Silverado Crew Cab Seat Air bag
T. Center of door trim pull handle
U. Top of surface of outboard front seat cushion
V. Back edge of center pillar trim­
Head curtain and front Seat-Mounted Side IMpact Air bag Deployment Zones
View from Rear Cargo Area
A. Head curtain air bag deployment zone
B. Underside of headliner
C. Edge of headliner D. Inner center pillar trim
E. Inner door pad
F. Seat centerline
G. Bottom of door windows
H. Front seat headrests
I. Seat-mounted side impact air bags deployment zone front seat
J. Top surface of outboard front seat cushion
ead curtain side air bags are designed to help reduce the risk of head and neck injuries to front and rear seat occupants on the near side of certain side-impact collisions. Always
H
use safety belts and the correct child restraints for your child’s age and size, even in vehicles equipped with air bags. Children are safer when properly secured in a rear seat. See
your vehicle Owner’s Manual and child safety seat instructions for more information.
Note: All dimensions are approximate and subject to change.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
Wiring Diagram – Tahoe PPV and 5W4 | 25
Wiring Provisions for 12-volt battery power supply
Your vehicle is equipped with wiring provisions for a 12-volt battery power supply.
Refer to the following information when adding electrical system. The wiring harness is
located below the instrument panel near the center of the vehicle. The following
information describes the breaker and relay location and provides a wiring diagram to
aid in connecting customer equipment.
The 12-volt battery power is supplied through two underhood mega fuses, one
125-amp and one 60-amp. This underhood power is fed to the breaker/relay center
via a harness that passes through the driver side front of the dash, and routed across
the instrument pane to a position forward of the glove box. The breaker/relay center
is mounted to the instrument panel structure forward of the glove box. The center
includes a plastic bracket, two relays, two 30-amp breakers and three 50-amp mega
circuit breakers.
Two 30-amp breakers supply power from the underhood 60-amp mega fuse through
the contacts of the control relays to a 12-gauge (3.0 mm2) blunt cut wires. These two
blunt cut leads are part of wire coiled under the instrument panel near the center of
the vehicle.
Each relay is operated by a 0.5 mm2 blunt cut, light or dark blue control lead includes in
a 3-foot (91 cm) loop of wire under the instrument panel.
Three 50-amp mega circuit breakers, protected by three fusible links, supply power
directly from the underhood 125-amp mega fuse through three, 10-gauge (5.0 mm2)
wires. Two of the wires are routed through the body harness to a split buss junction
block to the left rear of the cargo area and secured near the jack and tools. This 3-foot
(91 cm) of coiled wires can be accessed by removing the cup holder on the top
of the trim panel. The third 10-gauge (5.0 mm2) wire is a blunt cut lead, which is part
of the 3-foot (91 cm) loop of wire coiled under the instrument panel near the center of
the vehicle.
An 8-gauge (8 mm2) ground lead is also provided and it is located under the front
passenger sill plate. It can be accessed by removing the sill plate and pulling the loop of
wire at the front of the plate, the lead is 3-feet (91 cm) long.
Blunt cut ignition control power and signal circuits are also included in the wire coiled
under the instrument panel near the center of the vehicle. They include:
• A yellow, 20-gauge (0.5 mm2) circuit, hot in ACCESSORY, RUN or RAP (Retained
Accessory Power)*
• Pink, 20-gauge (0.5 mm2) circuit, hot in Start/Run (7-amp maximum load)
• A yellow/black, 20-gauge (0.5 mm2) transmission park signal. This circuit provides
switched power when the transmission is in P (Park) and the engine is running. The
circuit is at 0-volts when the transmission is in any other position, i.e., R (Reverse),
N (Neutral), D (Drive) or M (Manual 6-1). Note that the circuit is also at 12-volts with
the transmission in P (Park) and the ignition is OFF. To avoid the possibility of
undesired parasitic electrical load with the ignition is OFF it is suggested that the Park/
Signal circuit be isolated by routing it through the normally open contacts of a
customer furnished ignition controlled relay.*
• A dark green/white, 20-gauge (0.5 mm2) Vehicle Speed Signal (VSS) provides 4,000
pulses per mile.
The breaker and relay center is located behind and above the instrument panel
storage compartment. Remove contents from the storage tray. Using the tab at the
back of the compartment drop the tray down gently toward the floor. You will find the
breaker/relay center above the right rear corner of the storage compartment. The
bracket is attached to the instrument panel structure with two screws. It will hang
from the hinge.
* These two circuits share a 15-amp fuse. (10-amp combined maximum load)
Note: Wiring diagrams for these options are shown in the Police Package owner’s manual
supplement (shipped in glove box).
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
26 |
Wiring Diagram – Tahoe PPV and 5W4
Wiring Diagram for 12-volt battery power supply
and Auxiliary battery power junction block
*
* Zero volts out of Park, engine running; hot in Park with ignition Off.
Note: Wiring diagrams for these options are shown in the Police Package owner’s manual
supplement (shipped in glove box).
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
Wiring Diagram – Tahoe PPV and 5W4 | 27
AUxiliary Battery Power Junction Block and Ground Studs
An auxiliary power junction block is located within the driver’s side rear cargo
area jack stowage compartment. This junction block is split to provide two circuits
for connection to customer-furnished equipment directly to the battery through
separate 50-amp circuit breakers. These circuit breakers are located in the
breaker/relay panel forward of the instrument panel glove box. A maximum load
of 100-amps (1,200-watts) can be connected.
This junction block is connected to a coiled 5-foot (1.5 m) branch of rear body
harness and fastened near the jack. Mounting of the junction block can be at
customer-selected rear cargo area locations permitted by the branch harness
length and using customer-furnished mounting hardware.
The junction block should not be attached to the interior trim plastic components
without appropriate backing hardware to the mounting bolts.
Grounding studs are located on the left and right sides of the liftgate opening.
Note: Wiring diagrams for these options are shown in the Police Package owner’s manual
supplement (shipped in glove box).
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
28 |
Wiring Diagram – Tahoe PPV and 5W4
Wiring Provisions for Vehicle Grille
Lamps and Speaker/Siren – option 6J3
B
A
A. B lunt cut ends for the customer-furnished grille lamps and customer-furnished
siren/speaker
B. Control wires from in-line connector in forward lamp harness for customerfurnished grille lamps and speaker
The SEO 6J3 wiring provision has a 5-foot (1.5 m) harness coiled underneath the
instrument panel on the passenger side. The wiring circuits are routed from under
the instrument panel to a 1-foot (30 cm) coil secured in the area behind the grille.
There are four 16-gauge (1.0 mm2) wires for connecting to the grille lamps (GRY,
TAN) and siren speaker (LT BU, LT GN)
The SEO 6J3 wiring provision also includes one 18-gauge (0.8 mm2) control wire
for the SEO 6J7 Exterior Lamps Emergency Flashing System.
When option 6J7 is installed without option 6J3, only the dark green/red control
wire is proved for connection to customer-furnished 12-volt switching to turn the
Emergency Flashing System on or off.
Wiring diagram for option 6j3 and option 6j7
Note: Wiring diagrams for these options are shown in the Police Package owner’s manual
supplement (shipped in glove box).
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
Wiring Diagram – Tahoe PPV and 5W4 | 29
Wiring Provision for horn/siren
circuit - option 6j4
This provision permits customer connection of a switch to select either horn of
siren operation when the horn pad is pressed.
A 22-gauge (0.35 mm2) wire is connected to an in-line connector in the horn
circuit of the instrument panel harness under the instrument panel. The end of this
harness extension is a 5-foot (1.5 m) loop of wire coiled under the center of the
instrument panel.
Wiring diagram for option 6j4 in-line connector
Note: Wiring diagrams for these options are shown in the Police Package owner’s manual
supplement (shipped in glove box).
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
30 |
Wiring Diagram – Tahoe PPV and 5W4
Exterior lamp Emergency Flashing System - option 6j7
Option 6J7 provides a high beam headlamps flashing module, rear lamps flashing
control wire for a customer-furnished switch to turn the module on or off. The flasher
control wire is coiled under the center of the instrument panel. This control lead may be
combined with the interior wiring leads for option 6J3 when that option is ordered with
option 6J7.
The headlamps flashing module is located below the passenger’s side front headlamp
and forward of the passenger’s side front wheel. The module is connected to an in-line
connector in the forward lamp harness. The headlamps flashing module is activated
by the application of 12-volts to a dark green/red wire coiled in the passenger’s side
footwell. When activated, the driver’s and passenger’s side high beam headlamps
and the high beam instrument panel cluster lamp will flash alternately at 2.4 flashes
per second.
When the headlamps flashing module is turned on, the module sends a signal to the
Body Control Module (BCM). The BCM alternately flashes the stop lamps and backup
lamps. Depressing the brake pedal will override the stop lamp flashing and placing the
transmission in reverse will override the backup lamp flashing.
Activation of the headlamp and rearlamp flashing can be separated. Call Kerr Industries
at 905-725-6561 for instructions.
During daylight conditions, the Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) are automatically turned
off whenever the headlamps flashing module is activated. During nighttime conditions,
the low beam headlamps turn on automatically while the high beam headlamps flash.
Turning on the high beam headlamps manually with the turn signal/multifunction
lever will override the flashing module and the high beam headlamps will operate
continuously.
A 20-amp fuse protects the flasher module circuit. This fuse is located in the underhood
fuse block in the engine compartment on the driver’s side of the vehicle. See “Fuses and
Circuit Breakers” in the ”Service and Appearance Care” section of your Tahoe owner’s
manual for more information.
When it is dark outside, the tail lamps will turn on automatically. The Center HighMounted Stop lamp (CHMSL) will not flash and will operate only when the regular
brake pedal is pressed.
forward lamp harness in-line connector for use
with headlamps flasher module, option 6j7
Note: Wiring diagrams for these options are shown in the Police Package owner’s manual supplement (shipped in glove box).
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
Wiring Diagram – Tahoe PPV and 5W4 | 31
Wiring provisions for emergency
vehicle roof lamp - OPTION TRW
A. 25.39-inches (645 mm)
B. 17.32-inches (440 mm)
C. 3.94-inches (100 mm) square
D. Roof centerline
E. Roof edge
Battery power is supplied through a 30-amp fuse to a wiring harness located in the
roof. Power is controlled with a switch located in the overhead console. The
customer or vehicle upfitter must complete the installation to an added accessory
such as an emergency beacon lamp.
Maximum rated electrical load is 21-amp (250-watts). The added electrical
requirements must not exceed 21-amp (250-watts). Running the accessory for
long periods of time with the engine off may run the battery down.
Wiring diagram for OPTION TRW emergency roof lamp
Note: Wiring diagrams for these options are shown in the Police Package owner’s manual supplement (shipped in glove box).
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
32 |
Wiring Diagram – Tahoe PPV and 5W4
wiring provisions for front
DOOR speakerS - option wx7
About 65-inches (165 cm) of auxiliary speaker wire is run from the instrument
panel radio connector and is coiled under the center of the instrument panel. The
wiring permits the connection of front door speakers to customer-installed
communication equipment.
Radio outputs from the front speakers are sent to the rear speakers to maintain the
required open door/key-in-ignition reminder chime.
Wiring diagram for OPTION WX7 in-line connector
Note: Wiring diagrams for these options are shown in the Police Package owner’s manual
supplement (shipped in glove box).
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
Anti-lock braking system FAQ | 33
GM offers Anti-Lock Brake Systems as standard or optional
on all North American passenger vehicles and light truck
lines. The computerized Anti-Lock Braking System (ABS) is
designed to keep the vehicle’s wheels rotating as the brakes are
applied to assist the driver in achieving a controlled stop.
Sensors monitor how fast the wheels rotate and feed the data
continuously to the ABS computer. The vehicle’s brakes slow
each wheel as the brake pedal is applied. However, when
ABS is activated due to road conditions, the system repeatedly
releases and applies pressure to the brakes. The wheels
can keep rolling, thus retaining steering ability and enhanced
stability while providing a higher braking force on most
surfaces than a locked wheel provides.
How exactly does ABS work?
In cars without ABS, hitting the brakes can cause the wheels to lock, leaving you unable
to steer the vehicle until you decrease the pressure so the wheels can roll again. With
an ABS, as you apply the brakes, the ABS computer monitors the wheel speed sensor
information. If the computer senses that a wheel is approaching lock up, it sends a
signal to the hydraulic modulator to reduce, then to reapply, brake pressure several
times a second for as long as you maintain firm pressure on the brake pedal. The
process is much like the threshold braking technique used with conventional brakes.
However, ABS does it much faster and more accurately than any driver can, leaving you
free to focus on steering away from obstacles.
Does ABS reduce stopping distances?
Should I drive an ABS equipped vehicle differently than
I would drive a vehicle with conventional brakes?
Most of the time, under normal driving circumstances, there is no difference,
and you should always drive with the same caution and care. It is important to realize
that ABS only makes a difference when it is activated—when you have
to brake hard—and that would only be when the computer senses that a wheel is
approaching lock up. When ABS activates keep steady pressure on the brake pedal and
then let the ABS work for you. Don’t pump the brakes or try to ­find the threshold.
Simply hold the brake pedal down and steer if necessary to avoid an obstacle.
Is ABS always active?
ABS is always available, but not always activated. ABS is activated only when the brake
pedal is applied and the computer detects an impending wheel lock condition.
Can older cars be retrofitted with ABS?
No! The brake system is one of the most important features on any passenger vehicle.
Several products, which tap into the master cylinder and/or brake system performance,
are being sold in the aftermarket. Some of these products imply performance similar to
new vehicle anti-lock brake systems.
However, contrary to their claims, add-on systems, which deplete fluid from the master
cylinder on brake apply may actually increase a vehicle’s stopping distance. This may
cause the vehicle to fail to comply with Federal brake standards.
Does ABS always activate at the same speed?
No, the system operates when the computer detects wheel lockup, at any speed above
8 mph.
Yes, in braking situations where the wheels on a non-ABS equipped vehicle
would lock up, ABS will generally provide shorter controlled stopping distance. The
amount of improvement in stopping distance depends on many factors, including the
road surface, severity of braking, initial vehicle speed, etc. On some surfaces, such as
gravel roads, braking distances can be longer, but you will still have the control benefits
of ABS. The important capability of ABS is control. ABS provides improved vehicle
steerability and stability when braking.
Will ABS wear out a vehicle’s brakes sooner?
What can affect the ABS advantage?
Do Federal Safety Standards mandate ABS?
It is important that you follow the maintenance schedule recommended in the owner’s
manual of the vehicle, tires should be at their proper inflation level, the brake pads
should be checked regularly, etc. While driving, you should sit comfortably, so that your
hips are back in the seat and your knees are bent, even while braking. Your foot should
be positioned so that your heel is on the floor and your toes are secure on the lower half
of the pedal. And, though ABS may reduce stopping distance, remember: The faster you
go, the longer it takes you to stop. Keeping a safe distance between you and the
vehicle in front of you is always necessary, even with ABS.
A properly maintained brake system will be unaffected by ABS operation under typical
driving conditions.
Are there different types of ABS?
Yes, there are rear wheel anti-lock systems (RWAL) used on some trucks and four-wheel
ABS available on cars and trucks.
No. Federal standards establish minimum braking performance requirements that all
vehicles must meet, but do not specify how they should be met. It should be noted that
even a vehicle with failed ABS meets the Federal safety standard for stopping distances.
Will a tire size change affect ABS?
Use of tires other than original equipment may affect ABS performance. Owners should
consult and follow the recommendations contained in the vehicle owner’s manual
regarding replacement tire size. Note: ABS will work with original equipment spare tire or tire
What happens if ABS becomes inactive?
chains. However, performance is reduced.
The ABS electronic control unit has on-board diagnostic capability. If a fault is detected,
the vehicle will revert to the base brake system, and the ABS telltale on the dash will be
illuminated. Should this happen, the vehicle should be taken to a dealership for repair
as soon as possible.
Do insurance companies give a discount for ABS?
How do I use ABS?
Depress and hold the pedal. DO NOT PUMP THE BRAKES (that prevents the system from
working). Just hold the brake pedal down and let the ABS work for you. You may feel
the brake pedal vibrate, or you may notice some noise, but this is normal as the system
works for you.
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
Yes, many insurance companies give discounts that range from 5% to 10%. In the
states of New York and Florida all insurance companies are required to give an ABS
discount of 5% on certain coverages such as bodily injury, property damage, collision,
and personal injury protection. In other states the discount varies from insurance
company to insurance company. When buying auto insurance, always ask your
insurance agent if his/her company gives a discount for vehicles equipped with antilock brakes.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
34 |
Anti-lock braking system
IMPORTANT
DRIVING
SAFETY TIPS
A. A lways maintain a safe
following distance. ABS does not
allow you to stop on a dime. (Generally a
2-second following distance is considered
safe in ideal conditions.) Watch the vehicle
in front of you pass a fixed marker (such as a
sign). Count seconds—one-thousand-one,
one-thousand-two-until your front bumper
reaches the marker. If you do not count out
two seconds, then you are too close to the
vehicle in front of you. Also, if the roads are
wet or icy, or visibility is poor, you should
increase your following distance.
B. A lways drive carefully—
especially on slippery surfaces. ABS cannot
create friction between the tires and the road
surface, it can only give the driver the
maximum advantage of the existing
adhesion. If the vehicle is traveling on a
surface with no adhesion, the best ABS in the
world cannot provide a shorter stopping
distance or good steering.
C. It is a good idea to practice an
ABS activated stop and get the feel
of the brake pedal. However, please make
sure it’s at a safe time with no obstacles in
your path. And you only really need to try
it once or twice to know what happens.
Stability enhancement systems (StabiliTrak)
S tability enhancement system (StabiliTrak) assists the driver with
directional control of the vehicle in difficult driving conditions. Each time
the vehicle is started, the StabiliTrak system is fully ON. StabliliTrak can
be controlled by a StabiliTrak button on the instrument panel. The
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
condition of the system is displayed by an instrument panel StabiliTrak
indicator light and Driver Information Center (DIC) messages. See your
owner's manual for additional information about the operation of
StabiliTrak.
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
Date:
April 1, 2010
To:
Whom it may concern
Subject:
2010-2011 Model Year Police Tahoe Speedometer
The following is true of the certified speedometer calibration specifications, at ambient
temperature of -10 to 120 degrees F. Inaccuracies due to vehicle speed sensing are
included.
Actual Vehicle Speed
0 to 120 MPH
Indicated Speed
+/- 2 MPH
Note:
The speedometer calibration is specific for a 5.3L engine, automatic transmission with a
3.08 axle and P265/60R17 H-Rated, police tires.
Regards,
Brian Tolan
Performance Engineer – Police Vehicles
General Motors Corporations
Milford Proving Grounds
3300 General Motors Rd
Building 104 (MC 483-344-275)
Milford, Michigan 48380-3726
Phone 248-830-87602
Email: brian.r.tolan@gm.com
Tahoe HYBRID MUNICIPAL PACKAGE – 1HY | 1
Updates for 2011
New Features
• (WRK) Power distribution center - single
• (WRJ) Power distribution center - dual
• (GHA) Mocha Steel Metallic
Changes
• (U42) Entertainment system, rear seat DVD player with remote
control is included and only available with (PCJ) Sun, Entertainment
and Destinations Package
Deletions
• (46U) Blue Granite Metallic
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
2|
Tahoe HYBRID MUNICIPAL PACKAGE – 1HY
Note: This vehicle is NOT designed nor intended for use IN HIGH SPEED EMERGENCY VEHICLE OPERATIONS
MODEL AVAILABILITY
CC10706
CK10706
2-wheel drive, 8 passenger full-size SUV
4-wheel drive, 8 passenger full-size SUV
Warranty 3 years / 36,000 mile bumper-to-bumper (whichever comes first, see dealer for details)
5 years / 100,000 mile limited powertrain (whichever comes first, see dealer for details)
STANDARD EQUIPMENT SUMMARY
INTERIOR FEATURES
Air conditioningTri-zone manual climate control with individual climate settings for driver and front passenger; includes auxiliary rear air conditioning
and heat (rear air operated from front control only)
Assist handlesFront passenger and second row outboard
Audio system controlsRear with 2 headphone jacks (headphones not included), power outlet and controls for volume, station selection and media
Bluetooth for phone10 Personal cell phone connectivity to vehicle audio system and HMI (Human Machine Interface), with specific steering wheel controls
camera system Rearview
Console
Floor with storage area, cup holders and integrated second row audio controls
Cruise control
Electronic with set and resume speed
Cup Holders
In front seating area, in rear of floor console and in second row seat, driver and passenger side in third row side trim
DOME LampsInterior with dome lamp, driver and passenger side door switch with delayed entry feature, cargo lamps, door handle or remote keyless
entry-activated illuminated entry and map lamps in front and second seat positions
Floor covering
Color-keyed carpeted first and second row, removable
Glass
Solar-Ray deep tinted (all windows except light-tinted glass on windshield, driver and front passenger side glass)
Heater Rear auxiliary with rear passenger heating ducts
Mirror
Inside rearview auto-dimming
OnStar81-year of Directions and Connections plan. Includes Automatic Crash Response, Emergency Services, Crisis Assist, Stolen Vehicle
Assistance featuring Stolen Vehicle Slowdown, Remote Door Unlock, Roadside Assistance, Remote Horn and Lamps, innovative easy to
use Turn-by-Turn Navigation with Destination Download and OnStar eNav (where available), Hands Free Calling, OnStar Vehicle
Diagnostics, and Low Mileage Discount
Pedals
Power-adjustable
Radio
Audio system with navigation and hybrid power flow display, AM/FM stereo with MP3 compatible CD player includes USB port and DVDbased navigation, seek-and-scan, digital clock, auto-tone control, Radio Data System (RDS), speed-compensated volume, USB port,
theftlock and voice recognition, plays CD only in upper slot. Bose premium 9-speaker system with subwoofer in center console. Including
three trial months of service of XM Radio9. XM NavTraffic enhances your vehicle's GPS navigation system by showing real-time traffic
data when it's needed most - while you're driving. Available in over 80 markets, XM NavTraffic displays construction, road closures and
accidents so you can get to your destination faster. Available in select models
Remote vehicle starter Includes remote keyless entry
Restraint system
Tahoe received a 5-star frontal crash test rating (driver and front passenger) from nhtsa. Safety belts with dual stage
driver and passenger frontal air bags1 with passenger sensing system and frontal air bag1 on/off indicator; dual head curtain air bags1
for front and rear outboard occupants and front seat back mounted thorax and pelvic air bags1
Seat, frontFront bucket with leather-appointed seating, 6-way power driver and front passenger seat adjusters, driver manual lumbar control,
adjustable head restraints, floor console and rear storage pockets
Seat, rear
Second row 60/40 split-folding bench, 3-passenger with center armrest with 2 cup holders
Seat, Third row
50/50 split-bench with vinyl, 3-passenger, removable, all-belts-to-seat
Speedometer/cluster
Analog with speedometer, odometer with trip odometer, fuel level, economy gauge, engine temperature, oil pressure and tachometer
Steering wheelTilt-wheel with column mounted gear shift lever, audio and cruise controls
1. H
ead curtain side air bags are designed to help reduce the risk of head and neck injuries to front and rear seat occupants on the near side of certain side-impact collisions.
Always use safety belts and the correct child restraints for your child’s age and size, even in vehicles equipped with air bags. Children are safer when properly secured in a rear
seat. See your vehicle Owner’s Manual and child safety seat instructions for more information.
8. Visit OnStar.com for coverage map, system limitations and details.
9. XM Radio requires a subscription, sold separately by XM after the trial period. Not available in Canada, Alaska or Hawaii. For more information, visit gm.xmradio.com.
10. Go to gm.com/bluetooth to find out which Bluetooth phones are compatible with the vehicle.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
Tahoe HYBRID MUNICIPAL PACKAGE – 1HY | 3
INTERIOR FEATURES (continued)
Theft deterrent Vehicle theft PASS-Key® III+ and content theft (unauthorized entry sounds horn and lamps flash)
Universal Home RemoteIncludes garage door opener, programmable
Visors
Padded with cloth trim, extends on rod; driver and front passenger illuminated vanity mirrors
Warning toneS
Headlamp on, key-in-ignition, driver and right-front passenger safety belt unfasten and turn signal on
Window operation Power with driver express-down and lockout features
Electrical features
High voltage managementPower electronics module
Hybrid Propulsion
300-volt Energy Storage System
Power DistributionAn optional power distribution system is integrated into the vehicle 12-volt electrical system at the front compartment
RPO WJR or front compartment and rear cargo area RPO WJK. All aftermarket electrical equipment and accessories must
be wired to the fused circuits provided in the upfitter 12-volt power distribution panels. The total amount of power
available to the panel(s) is 45-amps 540-watts. The power distribution system simplifies upfitting and avoids
connection to critical components of the hybrid vehicle electrical system.
Power outlet3-prong household-style, 115-volt, 150-watt, located in rear interior quarter trim
Power outletsFive auxiliary, 12-volt, includes two on the instrument panel, one in the cargo area, one inside the center console and one at the back of
the console
Exterior Features
Assist steps
Body Side MOLDINGS
Defogger
Door handles
Door locks
Black, mounted between front and rear wheels
Color - keyed
Electric, rear window
Color - keyed
Power, programmable with lockout protection, and automatic door locking and unlocking, door lock cylinder no longer available on
passenger front door and rear liftgate, child safety locks included in rear doors
Fascia, front
Color - keyed, unique hybrid design
Fascia, rear
Color - keyed, unique hybrid design
Headlamps
Dual halogen composite with flash-to-pass feature, automatic exterior lamp control and daytime running lamps
Keyless entryRemote keyless entry and remote vehicle starter system
MirrorsOutside heated power-adjustable, power-folding and driver side auto-dimming, color-keyed, with integrated turn signal indicators,
ground illumination and curb-tilt
Rear liftgateFixed glass and rear-window wiper/washer
Rear Parking Assist
Ultrasonic with audible warning
Wiper
Rear intermittent with washer
Windshield wipers
Front intermittent wet-arm with flat blade and pulse washers
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
4|
Tahoe HYBRID MUNICIPAL PACKAGE – 1HY
chassis Features
Air cleaner
High-capacity
AXLE
3:08 axle ratio with limited slip
BatteryHeavy-duty 1-volt 730 cca, maintenance-free with rundown protection and retained accessory power, hybrid 300-volt energy storage
system located under the 2nd row seat cushion
Brakes
4-wheel antilock, 4-wheel disc, electro-hydraulic power, regenerative system with StabiliTrak
Cooling Electric fans and extended life coolant; coolant hoses are EPDM (ethylene-propylene-diene monomer) rubber
Differential
Heavy-duty locking rear
Engine
Vortec 6.0L V8 SFI, LIVC with active fuel management
Frame
Full perimeter modular with hydroformed frame rails
Fuel tank capacity
26 gallon (98 liters)
Oil coolers
Engine and transmission auxiliary air-to-oil and power steering
Regenerative BrakingUses the hybrid propulsion motors in the transmission acting as a generator to decelerate the vehicle by applying resistance while
capturing the energy as electricity in the 300V Energy Storage System, which is then available for the next acceleration cycle
Spark plugs
Extended life - iridium tip
Stabilitrak
Stability enhancement system. It is an advanced computer controlled system that assists the driver with directional control of the vehicle
in difficult driving conditions. Each time the vehicle is started, the StabiliTrak system is fully on. StabliliTrak can be controlled by a
StabiliTrak button on the instrument panel. The condition of the system is displayed by an instrument panel StabiliTrak indicator light and
Driver Information Center (DIC) Messages. Push once, Traction Control is off, push and hold five seconds Traction Control and StabiliTrak is
off, push again and Traction Control and StabiliTrak are turned back on
Steering
Power, electric, 42-volt
Suspension, front
Coil-over-shock with stabilizer bar
Suspension, rear
Multi-link with coil springs with stabilizer bar
Tires
P265/65R18 all-season, blackwall
Tire pressure monitor
check tire pressure (no spare tire sensor)
Tire, spare Full-size spare, lockable with outside winch-type carrier mounted under frame at rear
Trailering equipmentHeavy-duty, includes trailering hitch platform, 7-wire harness with independent fused trailering circuits mated to a 7-way sealed
connector and (VR4) 2" trailering receiver
Transfer case (4WD)
Active, 2-speed electronic autotrac with rotary controls, includes neutral position for dinghy towing
Transmission2-mode strong hybrid, automatic, electronic
Wheels
18" x 8" aluminum
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
Tahoe HYBRID MUNICIPAL PACKAGE – 1HY | 5
POWERTRAIN
ENGINE
OPTIONTYPE
TRANSMISSION
DISPLACEMENT
AXLE
FUELOPTIONTYPEOPTION
GVWR
RATIO
CODE
LITERS/CU. IN.
SYSTEM
CODE
CODE
LZ1
V8
6.0/364
Active fuel
M99
2-mode­­­
GU4
3.08
management
strong hybrid
automatic
Locking
G80
electronic
Differential
EMISSIONS -
2WD 4WD
C5Y
C6A
7100 7300
(3221) (3311)
MUST BE SPECIFIED
FE9
F ederal emissions. Use for ordering vehicles that will be registered in all states except California, Connecticut, Maine, Maryland,
Massachusetts, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont and Washington State
YF5
California emissions. Use for ordering vehicles that will be registered in California.
NE1CT/ME/MD/MA/NJ/NM/NY/OR/PA/RI/VT/WA emissions. Use for ordering vehicles that will be registered in Connecticut, Maine,
Maryland, Massachusetts, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont or Washington State
NB8
Required when option code FE9 “Federal emissions” is ordered for delivery to a dealer located in California, Connecticut,
Massachusetts, Maryland, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island and Washington State for a
purchaser who will be registering the vehicle outside California, Connecticut, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, New Jersey, New
Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont and Washington State.
NC7
Required when option code YF5 “CALIFORNIA EMISSIONS” or option code NE1 "CT/ME/MD/MA/NJ/NM/NY/OR/PA/RI/VT/WA
EMISSIONS" is ordered for delivery to a dealer located in any state except California, Connecticut, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts,
New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont and Washington for a purchaser who will be
registering the vehicle in one of these states or sold as permitted below under “EPA Policy on the Sale of California Emission Vehicles”
NB9
Required when option code YF5 is ordered for delivery to a dealer located in Connecticut, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, New
Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont and Washington. Required when option code NE1 is
ordered for delivery to a dealer located in California.
TIRES
CODE
QUANTITY
SIZE
SPEED RATING
TYPE
QXK
5
P265/65R18
S
All season BW
SEATS AND INTERIOR TRIM
STANDARDFront: Leather high-back reclining bucket, 6-way power seat adjusters
Rear: Leather
SEAT
EBONY
OPTIONS
A95
193
LIGHT LIGHT
TITANIUMCASHMERE
833
333
AVAILABLE EXTERIOR COLORS
58U
GGZ
41U
GGW
50U
80U
GHA
Black Granit
Metallic
Sheer Silver
Metallic
Black
Taupe Gray
Metallic
Summit White
Red Jewel
Tintcoat
Mocha Steel
Metallic
NEW
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
Actual colors may vary
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
6|
Tahoe HYBRID MUNICIPAL PACKAGE 1HY – Options
AVAILABLE OPTIONS WITH Tahoe Hybrid Municipal PACKAGE – 1hy
UUK Audio system with Navigation and hybrid power flow display - AM/FM stereo with MP3 compatible CD/DVD player and DVD-based navigation,
seek-and-scan, digital clock, auto-tone control, Radio Data System (RDS), speed-compensated volume, USB port, theftlock and voice recognition, plays CD or DVD
in upper slot, included and only available with U42 rear seat entertainment system.
R8G Cumulative second year of OnStar8 Safe and Sound Service - In addition to the first year of Directions and Connections Service that is included in the
price of the vehicle. Fleet may also order RFA OnStar Business Vehicle Manager Service (requires UE1 OnStar 1-year Directions and Connections plan. Requires one
of the following Fleet or Government order types: FLS, FNR, FRC, FBC, FGO or FEF. Not available with R8P, R8Y, R8Z, RFG or RFH)
R8P Cumulative second and third year of OnStar8 Safe and Sound Service - In addition to the first year of Directions and Connections Service that is
included in the price of the vehicle. Fleet may also order RFA OnStar Business Vehicle Manager Service (requires UE1 OnStar 1-year Directions and Connections plan.
Requires one of the following Fleet or Government order types: FLS, FNR, FRC, FBC, FGO or FEF. Not available with R8G, R8Y, R8Z, RFG or RFH)
U42 Entertainment system - Rear seat DVD player with remote control, overhead display, two sets of 2-channel wireless infrared headphones and auxiliary audio/
video input jacks, included and only available with PCJ Sun, Entertainment and Destinations Package
VKY
handles Chrome door - (LPO dealer installed)
VK3 License plate bracket - Front (will be forced orders that require front license plate)
VLI
mat rear cargO - (LPO dealer installed)
VAV
mats all-weather floor - First and second row (LPO dealer installed)
VKN
mats all-weather floor - Third row (LPO dealer installed)
VKU
mirror chrome caps - (LPO dealer installed)
R8Y OnStar8 1 additional Year of Directions and Connections Service - Provides 1 additional Year of Directions and Connections Service following the
first year of OnStar service included in the price of the vehicle. Fleet may also order RFA OnStar Business Vehicle Manager Service (requires UE1 OnStar 1-year
Directions and Connections plan. Requires one of the following Fleet or Government order types: FLS, FNR, FRC, FBC, FGO or FEF. Not available with R8G, R8P, R8Z,
RFG or RFH)
R8Z OnStar8 2 Additional Years Directions and Connections Service - Provides 2 additional Years of Directions and Connections service following the first
year of OnStar service included in the price of the vehicle. Fleet may also order (RFA) OnStar Business Vehicle Manager Service (requires UE1 OnStar 1-year
Directions and Connections plan. Requires one of the following Fleet or Government order types: FLS, FNR, FRC, FBC, FGO or FEF. Not available with R8G, R8P, R8Y,
RFG or RFH)
RFG OnStar8 3 Additional Years Safe and Sound Service - Provides 3 additional Years of Safe and Sound service following the first year of OnStar service
included in the price of the vehicle. Fleet may also order (RFA) OnStar Business Vehicle Manager Service (requires UE1 OnStar 1-year Directions and Connections
plan. Requires one of the following Fleet or Government order types: FLS, FNR, FRC, FBC, FGO or FEF. Not available with R8G, R8P, R8Y, R8Z or RFH)
RFH OnStar8 4 Additional Years Safe and Sound Service - Provides 4 additional Years of Safe and Sound service following the first year of OnStar service
included in the price of the vehicle. Fleet may also order (RFA) OnStar Business Vehicle Manager Service (requires UE1 OnStar 1-year Directions and Connections
plan. Requires one of the following Fleet or Government order types: FLS, FNR, FRC, FBC, FGO or FEF. Not available with R8G, R8P, R8Y, R8Z or RFG)
RFA OnStar8 Business Vehicle Manager Service - Provides OnStar Business Vehicle Manager Service equal to the length of OnStar service (requires one of the
following Fleet or Government order types: FLS, FNR, FRC, FBC, FGO or FEF. Requires Fleet Master Agreement)
VKW organizer Front console - (LPO dealer installed)
WRJPower Distribution Center, Dual - Integrated in to the electrical system located in the drivers compartment and the cargo area
WRKPower Distribution Center, Single - Integrated into the electrical system located in the drivers compartment area.
PCJ Sun, Entertainment and Destinations Package - Includes 1 year of XM Radio9 and XM NavTraffic service, CF5 power sunroof, UUK AM/FM stereo with
MP3 compatible CD/DVD player and DVD-based navigation, UVC rearview camera system and U42 rear seat DVD entertainment system
R6XSun, Entertainment and Destinations Package Discount not desired
CF5 Sunroof - Power, tilt-sliding with express-open and close and wind deflector
W04theft-deterrent wheel - Security system that sets off the vehicle alarm system if the vehicle is jacked up or towed, designed to protect 20"/22" SPO upsize
wheels (LPO dealer installed)
VKX
tire and wheel - Spare (LPO dealer installed)
Note: • Tahoe Turn-Key packages available only through your Chevrolet dealer
• Direct purchase equipment is available through dealer direct order and purchase from Kerr Industries 905-725-6561
• Warranty claims for direct purchase equipment must be directed through Kerr Industries
8. Visit OnStar.com for coverage map, system limitations and details.
9. XM Radio requires a subscription, sold separately by XM after the trial period. Not available in Canada, Alaska or Hawaii. For more information, visit gm.xmradio.com.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
Tahoe HYBRID MUNICIPAL PACKAGE 1HY – Specifications | 7
GENERAL
Model
Model
ENGINE
2-wheel
4-wheel
CC10706
CK10706
EXTERIOR (in./mm)
Wheelbase
Overall length
Overall width
Overall height, 2-wheel
Overall height, 4-wheel
Front track width
Rear track width
Turning diameter curb to curb (ft./m)
Ground clearance, 2-wheel (front)
Ground clearance, 2-wheel (rear)
Ground clearance, 4-wheel (front)
Ground clearance, 4-wheel (rear)
116/2946
202.0/5131
79.0/2007
74.61/1895
74.84/1901
68.2/1732
67.0/1701
39.0/11.9
10.19/259
9.53/242
10.19/259
9.84/250
FRONT COMPARTMENT (in./mm)
Head room
Shoulder room
Hip room
Leg room (maximum)
41.1/1044
65.3/1659
64.4/1636
41.3/1049
2nd SEAT (in./mm)
Head room Shoulder room
Hip room
Leg room (minimum)
34.10/866
65.2/1656
60.6/1539
39.0/991
3rd SEAT (in./mm)
Head room Shoulder room
Hip room
Leg room (minimum)
37.90/963
61.70/1567
49.10/1247
25.60/650
CARGO
Cargo volume with front seat3 (cu. ft./liters) Cargo volume with front and center seat3 (cu. ft./liters) Cargo volume with front, center and rear seat3 (cu. ft./liters) Load floor length to center 2nd seat at floor (in./mm)
Load floor length to front seat at floor (in./mm)
Load floor length to rear seat at floor (in./mm)
Ground to top of rear load floor, 2-wheel (in./mm)
Ground to top of rear load floor, 4-wheel (in./mm)
Inside width between wheel house (in./mm)
Cargo area height (in./mm)
108.9/3084
60.3/1707.7
16.9/478.6
49.4/1255
81.4/2068
15.2/386
32.28/820
32.68/830
49.1/1247
41.7/1059
Type Displacement: liters/cu. in. Horsepower/rpm Torque lb.-ft./rpm Induction system
Compression ratio
Exhaust
Minimum recommended fuel octane
Fuel tank capacity (gallons/liters)
TRANSMISSION
Automatic electronic with overdrive
Ratio 4-wheel drive
ABS with vacuum boost
Front - swept area (sq. in./sq. cm)
Rear - swept area (sq. in./sq. cm)
Total front and rear swept area (sq. in./sq. cm)
Front rotor diameter (in./mm)
Rear rotor diameter (in./mm)
Front rotor thickness (in./mm)
Rear rotor thickness (in./mm)
Type
Size
All-season
P265/65R18
WHEELS
Type
Size
Aluminum
18" x 8"
CHASSIS
Frame
Front suspension
Rear suspension
Steering type
Full perimeter steel
Independent, single
coil-over-shock with stabilizer bar
Multi-link with coil spring
Power rack and pinion
BATTERY
Vehicle Weight (lbs./kg.)
Projected EPA label values, actual mileage will vary with options, driving conditions, driving
habits and vehicles condition.
Disc/Disc
256.6/1655
248/1600
504.6/3255
13.0/330
13.5/343
1.2/30
.79/20
TIRES
Fuel Economy Ratings
TBD
3.08
BRAKES
Note: For additional dimensional data go to: gmupfitter.com
6.0L4
2-mode hybrid
AXLE
Type
BCI group size Volts
Amp hour rating
Cold cranking amps @ 0°F (-18°C )
Reserve capacity @ 80°F (27°C)
CITY/HIGHWAY/COMBINED
SFI
6.0/364
332 @ 5100
367 @ 4100
sfi
10.78:1
Single
87
24/91
GVWR 4-wheel drive5
Curb
Payload6 with 40/20/40 split-bench seat Maintenance free
LN3
12
70
730
110
2WD
4WD
7100/3221
5629/2553
1476/670
7300/3311
5907/2679
1393/632
Note: See owner’s manual supplement for loading information
3. Cargo and load capacity limited by weight and distribution.
4. EPA-estimated MPG.
5. Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). When properly equipped, includes vehicle, passengers, cargo and equipment.
6. Maximum payload capacity includes weight of driver, passengers, optional equipment and cargo.
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/5/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
8|
AIR BAGS FAQ
Can specialty vehicle equipment (e.g. radar devices, video
cameras, computers, meters, radio trees, shotguns, etc.) still be
mounted in cars with passenger side air bags?
Yes, but care must be taken to mount the equipment outside of the deployment zone.
Air bags inflate with great force and will interact with any object in the deployment
zone. Therefore, to reduce the risk of injury to vehicle occupants, GM recommends
that the air deployment zone be kept free of any equipment. If a piece of equipment
were to become dislodged it could strike an occupant in the vehicle and result in
injury. The likelihood of an object becoming dislodged is influenced by many factors,
including the proximity of the object to the inflatable restraint, the size and shape of
the object, and the means by which the object is secured to the vehicle. In addition to
these factors, the trajectory and velocity of a dislodged object can be influenced by
the type and severity of vehicle crash.
Objects that are in the deployment zone, but do not become dislodged by an inflating
air bag can still affect the performance of the air bag. For example, such objects could
tear the fabric or affect the shape of the air bag, thus reducing the ability of the bag
to provide restraint.
Is it possible to shield equipment that is installed in the passenger
side frontal air bag deployment zone in a manner that will allow
full and safe air bag deployment?
Due to the complexity of influencing variables, GM is unable to evaluate the potential
for shielding expected equipment configurations in all accident scenarios in order
to assure that the air bag performance would be unaffected. While shielding may
protect certain equipment from being damaged or dislodged, it may also negatively
affect the inflation characteristics of the air bag. The air bag’s shape, inflation angle,
fold pattern, and inflation rate and pressure are developed to maximize the
protection capability of the inflatable restraint system. Therefore, GM cannot
recommend the placement of any equipment in the deployment zone, even if it is
shielded to protect it from damage.
Front air bag systems and instrument panel mounted equipment.
Passenger air bags in GM vehicles deploy in different ways depending upon the type
of vehicle and the particular instrument panel design.
In some vehicles, the passenger air bag deploys through a discrete door located on
the top surface of the instrument panel (top-mount air bag systems). In other
vehicles, such as the Chevrolet Tahoe, the passenger air bag deploys through a
discrete door mounted on the vertical rearward surface of the instrument panel,
above the glove box door (mid-mount air bag system). With these types of topmount and mid-mount passenger air bag systems, the top pad of the instrument
panel remains in place during deployment.
Some GM passenger air bag systems, like the system in the Chevrolet Impala, deploy
from beneath the instrument panel top pad. These are considered 3/4-mount air bag
systems with a “deployable top pad.” The entire instrument panel top pad is the
“deployment door” from under which the inflating air bag emerges. When an air bag
deployment is commanded, the forces from the inflating passenger air bag push up
on the instrument panel top pad, releasing special fasteners across the rearward edge
of the top pad. This allows the top pad to rotate upward so that the passenger air bag
may emerge. The top pad rotates upward to open widest at the right hand side, and
is usually forced upward into contact with the windshield on the right hand side of
the vehicle during a deployment.
Instrument panel top mounted special equipment, such as a radar antenna and
control unit or video camera must be positioned to the left of the vehicle center line.
This equipment must be mounted as low as possible and securely fastened to the top
pad to avoid being dislodged in the event of a crash and possible air bag deployment.
In the process of securely fastening special equipment to the top, DO NOT fasten
down the top pad itself to any other vehicle component such as the cluster trim plate.
As described above, the top pad rotates upward during a deployment. In order to
enable the proper deployment of the passenger air bag, specialty equipment
installation MUST NOT PREVENT the top pad from rotating upward during
deployment. Location and attachment of special equipment should minimize added
resistance or interference to upward rotation of the top pad during deployment.
Optional side air bags for crashes to the vehicle sides.
The air bag system in your police vehicle may include optional side air bags for front
and rear occupants. Most front-to-rear side air bags are designed to deploy
downward from the interior roof sides to the bottom of the door windows.
Can Specialty Vehicle Security Barriers be mounted within the side
air bag deployment zones?
No. The side air bags inflate extremely fast because of the nature of side crashes to
the vehicle. Mounting a security barrier behind the front seats with the ends placed
within the side air bag deployment zones will result in unintended interaction
between the barrier and the inflating side air bags. To reduce the risk of injury to the
vehicle occupants, GM recommends that the side air bag zones be kept free of any
customer installed equipment.
Customer furnished equipment installed to the vehicle roof.
Your police vehicle is designed with an interior roof cover system which includes
internal components for the interior lamps and wiring. The roof system may also
include optional side air bag components. Inflation devices may be mounted on the
vehicle roof side behind the rear doors as well as air bag tethers retained to the
windshield pillars. Care must be taken to avoid damage to these components
or interference with their operation when installing roof mounted equipment such
as emergency lamps and communication antennas.
Recommended GM service procedures must be followed to remove
and re-install the instrument panel top pad to ensure that the top
pad will release properly in the event of a passenger air bag
deployment.
On the right half of the top pad closest to the passenger air bag module,
GM recommends that no equipment be mounted. When mounting equipment on the
driver side of the top pad, GM recommends that the total mass of the top pad
mounted special equipment not exceed 8 pounds (3.6 kilograms), since the top pad
tends to rotate about the left end.
Fasteners used to secure special equipment to the instrument panel top pad, the
windshield glass, or to the windshield upper frame (header), should be selected to
ensure that these devices will remain attached during a vehicle crash and possible
air bag deployment.
ead curtain side air bags are designed to help reduce the risk of head and neck injuries to front and rear seat occupants on the near side of certain side-impact collisions. Always
H
use safety belts and the correct child restraints for your child’s age and size, even in vehicles equipped with air bags. Children are safer when properly secured in a rear seat. See
your vehicle Owner’s Manual and child safety seat instructions for more information.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/5/2011
AIR BAGS FAQ | 9
Can the installation of push bumpers on the front end of the
vehicle affect the deployment of the air bag?
General Motors is not aware of adverse effects during crash events from the many
push bumpers that have been installed on GM police vehicles. Because there are
many styles of push bumpers available with varying crash characteristics, installation
of push bumpers may or may not affect deployment timing of the air bags. Push
bumpers should be mounted to avoid modifying the vehicle structure and interfering
with the front air bag sensors mounted on the upper radiator support cross member.
Two front impact sensors are installed in General Motors vehicles. Do not relocate or
disconnect the front sensors. The location and orientation of the front sensors are
critical for correct operation of the air bag system. Avoid mounting components on or
near the sensors. Push bumper styles with vertical pushing members that are in foreaft alignment with the front air bag sensors are not recommended.
How long will the air bag remain inflated?
It takes approximately 1/20th of a second to fully inflate the frontal air bags. This is
faster than the blink of an eye. The air bags begin to deflate immediately, helping to
stop the occupants more gradually.
Can the air bag system be re-used?
No. The air bags are designed to inflate only once. After inflation some new parts
will be required. These will include the air bag module and possibly other parts. (A
competent service technician with access to the vehicle’s service manual and the
required tools should replace the required components after a deployment crash.)
I’ve heard that the dusts that are released into the passenger
compartment from the air bag are harmful. Is this true?
For most people, the only effect the dusts will produce is some irritation of the throat
and eyes, and that is only if the occupant remains in the vehicle for many minutes
after the air bag deployment with no ventilation and windows closed. However, some
people with asthma may develop an asthmatic attack from inhaling the dusts. If this
happens, they should first treat themselves the same way their doctor has advised
them to treat any other asthma attack, and then immediately seek medical
treatment.
Seat mounted side impact air bags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe side
crashes. The side impact air bags will inflate if the crash severity is above the
designed "threshold level." The threshold level can vary with specific vehicles design.
The side impact air bags are not designed to inflate on frontal or near-frontal impacts
or rear impacts, because inflation would not help the occupant.
Roof rail mounted head-curtain airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe
side crashes. In addition, certain vehicles have head-curtain air bags which are also
designed to inflate in situations where an impending rollover condition is identified
by the vehicle’s rollover sensing system and/or frontal or near-frontal impacts if the
crash severity is above the designed “threshold level”.
Safety belt pretensioners at the driver and front passenger seat positions are
designed to deploy in frontal, near-frontal, side, and rear crashes that exceed the
“threshold level” of crash severity to help reduce slack in the safety belt. Safety belt
pretensioners will also deploy in impending rollover situations.
I’ve heard that a deployed air bag produces what appears to be
smoke. Is the air bag hot?
After the bag has deployed in a crash, the air bag itself will not be hot to touch. Some
components within the air bag module will be hot for a short time. A small amount
of smoke coming from a deployed air bag module is normal and should not be cause
for concern.
Also, when the nitrogen gas is vented out of the air bag, small particles from inside
the bag are also vented into passenger compartment. These airborne particles look
like smoke and some particles are deposited as residue on and around the air bag.
If my vehicle has air bags, why should I have to wear my safety
belt?
Air bags are in many vehicles today and will be in most of them in the future. But
they are supplemental systems only; so they work with safety belts - not instead of
them. Every air bag system ever offered for sale has required the use of safety belts.
Even if you’re in a vehicle that has air bags, ­you still have to buckle up to get the most
protection. That’s true not only in frontal collisions but especially in side and other
collisions.
When should an air bag inflate?
The driver’s and right-front passenger’s frontal air bags are designed to inflate in
moderate to severe frontal or near-frontal crashes. But they are designed to inflate
only if the impact speed is above the system’s designed "threshold level."
In addition, if your vehicle has "dual stage" frontal air bags, these air bags tailor the
amount of restraint according to crash severity. For moderate frontal impacts, the air
bags inflate at a level less than full deployment. For more severe frontal impacts,
"dual stage" frontal air bags deploy at full levels.
If the front of your vehicle goes straight into a wall that doesn’t move or deform, the
threshold level of the reduced deployment is about 12 to 16 mph (19 to 15 km/h),
and the threshold level for a full deployment is about 18 to 24 mph (29 to 28.5
km/h). The threshold level can vary, however, with specific vehicle design, so that it
can be somewhat above or below this range.
If your vehicle strikes something that will move or deform such as a parked car, the
threshold level will be higher. The driver’s and right-front passenger’s frontal air bags
are not designed to inflate in rollover, side impacts, or rear impacts, because inflation
would not help the occupant.
ead curtain side air bags are designed to help reduce the risk of head and neck injuries to front and rear seat occupants on the near side of certain side-impact collisions. Always
H
use safety belts and the correct child restraints for your child’s age and size, even in vehicles equipped with air bags. Children are safer when properly secured in a rear seat. See
your vehicle Owner’s Manual and child safety seat instructions for more information.
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/5/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
10 |
AIR BAG DimensionS – Tahoe HYBRID 1HY
Top View of Instrument Panel and APproximate
Deployment Area of the Air bag Zone
A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. K. L. M. Passenger side instrument panel top surface zone
Passenger side air bag module trim panel – rear edge
Passenger side door
Approximate dimensions of inflated air bag
Passenger side air bag deployment zone
Passenger centerline
Inside rearview mirror
Vehicle centerline
Driver centerline
Driver side air bag deployment zone
Front of steering wheel
Driver side door
Shift selector arc
ead curtain side air bags are designed to help reduce the risk of head and neck injuries to front and rear seat occupants on the near side of certain side-impact collisions. Always
H
use safety belts and the correct child restraints for your child’s age and size, even in vehicles equipped with air bags. Children are safer when properly secured in a rear seat. See
your vehicle Owner’s Manual and child safety seat instructions for more information.
Note: All dimensions are approximate and subject to change.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/5/2011
AIR BAG DimensionS – Tahoe HYBRID 1HY | 11
Side View of Driver Side
Air bag Deployment Zone
A. Top edge of windshield
B. Top of instrument panel
C. Inflated air bag – steering wheel
D. Centerline of steering column at mid-tilt
E. Driver air bag deployment zone
F. Front of steering wheel
Side View of Passenger Side Air bag
Deployment Zone
A. Top edge of windshield
B. Inside rearview mirror
C. Instrument panel top surface zone
D. Passenger side air bag module trim panel – rear edge
E. Inflated air bag – horizontal dimension approximate 15.4 in (390 mm)
F. Inflated air bag – vertical dimension approximate 9.3 in (490 mm)
G. Inflated air bag – instrument panel
H. Passenger air bag deployment zone
ead curtain side air bags are designed to help reduce the risk of head and neck injuries to front and rear seat occupants on the near side of certain side-impact collisions. Always
H
use safety belts and the correct child restraints for your child’s age and size, even in vehicles equipped with air bags. Children are safer when properly secured in a rear seat. See
your vehicle Owner’s Manual and child safety seat instructions for more information.
Note: All dimensions are approximate and subject to change.
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/5/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
12 |
AIR BAG DimensionS – Tahoe HYBRID 1HY
Head Curtain and front Seat-Mounted Side IMpact Air bag Deployment Zones
Passenger Side Shown, Driver Side Similar
­Tahoe/Suburban/Silverado Crew Cab Seat Rows 1 and 2
A. Top of deployment zone – along head curtain at edge of headliner
B. Back of deployment zone – at rear top corner of rear door pad
C. Rear quarter window
D. Bottom outside edge of rear quarter window
E. Bottom of air bag deployment zone – parallel to outside bottom edge of
rear quarter glass
F. Top edge of rear door pad
G. Top edge of front door pad
H. Dimension at mirror patch from top edge of front door pad
I. Front of deployment zone at front upper corner of front door pad
J. Windshield pillar trim with grab handle
K. Visor
L. Deployment zone - Tahoe seat rows 1 and 2
Tahoe/Suburban 3rd Row Seats
M. Deployment zone - Tahoe 3rd seat
N. Deployment zone - Suburban 3rd seat
O. Rear zones at back corner of headliner: 1 Tahoe, 2 Suburban
P. Bottom of 3rd seat zone at rear side trim cup holders
Q. Top edge of rear quarter trim at window
R. Rear of Tahoe
S. Rear of Suburban
Tahoe/Suburban/Silverado Crew Cab Seat Air bag
T. Center of door trim pull handle
U. Top of surface of outboard front seat cushion
V. Back edge of center pillar trim­
Head curtain and front Seat-Mounted Side IMpact Air bag Deployment Zones
View from Rear Cargo Area
A. Head curtain air bag deployment zone
B. Underside of headliner
C. Edge of headliner D. Inner center pillar trim
E. Inner door pad
F. Seat centerline
G. Bottom of door windows
H. Front seat headrests
I. Seat-mounted side impact air bags deployment zone front seat
J. Top surface of outboard front seat cushion
ead curtain side air bags are designed to help reduce the risk of head and neck injuries to front and rear seat occupants on the near side of certain side-impact collisions. Always
H
use safety belts and the correct child restraints for your child’s age and size, even in vehicles equipped with air bags. Children are safer when properly secured in a rear seat. See
your vehicle Owner’s Manual and child safety seat instructions for more information.
Note: All dimensions are approximate and subject to change.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/5/2011
Anti-lock braking system FAQ | 13
GM offers Anti-Lock Brake Systems as standard or optional
on all North American passenger vehicles and light truck
lines. The computerized Anti-Lock Braking System (ABS) is
designed to keep the vehicle’s wheels rotating as the brakes are
applied to assist the driver in achieving a controlled stop.
Sensors monitor how fast the wheels rotate and feed the data
continuously to the ABS computer. The vehicle’s brakes slow
each wheel as the brake pedal is applied. However, when
ABS is activated due to road conditions, the system repeatedly
releases and applies pressure to the brakes. The wheels
can keep rolling, thus retaining steering ability and enhanced
stability while providing a higher braking force on most
surfaces than a locked wheel provides.
How exactly does ABS work?
In cars without ABS, hitting the brakes can cause the wheels to lock, leaving you unable
to steer the vehicle until you decrease the pressure so the wheels can roll again. With
an ABS, as you apply the brakes, the ABS computer monitors the wheel speed sensor
information. If the computer senses that a wheel is approaching lock up, it sends a
signal to the hydraulic modulator to reduce, then to reapply, brake pressure several
times a second for as long as you maintain firm pressure on the brake pedal. The
process is much like the threshold braking technique used with conventional brakes.
However, ABS does it much faster and more accurately than any driver can, leaving you
free to focus on steering away from obstacles.
Does ABS reduce stopping distances?
Should I drive an ABS equipped vehicle differently than
I would drive a vehicle with conventional brakes?
Most of the time, under normal driving circumstances, there is no difference,
and you should always drive with the same caution and care. It is important to realize
that ABS only makes a difference when it is activated—when you have
to brake hard—and that would only be when the computer senses that a wheel is
approaching lock up. When ABS activates keep steady pressure on the brake pedal and
then let the ABS work for you. Don’t pump the brakes or try to ­find the threshold.
Simply hold the brake pedal down and steer if necessary to avoid an obstacle.
Is ABS always active?
ABS is always available, but not always activated. ABS is activated only when the brake
pedal is applied and the computer detects an impending wheel lock condition.
Can older cars be retrofitted with ABS?
No! The brake system is one of the most important features on any passenger vehicle.
Several products, which tap into the master cylinder and/or brake system performance,
are being sold in the aftermarket. Some of these products imply performance similar to
new vehicle anti-lock brake systems.
However, contrary to their claims, add-on systems, which deplete fluid from the master
cylinder on brake apply may actually increase a vehicle’s stopping distance. This may
cause the vehicle to fail to comply with Federal brake standards.
Does ABS always activate at the same speed?
No, the system operates when the computer detects wheel lockup, at any speed above
8 mph.
Yes, in braking situations where the wheels on a non-ABS equipped vehicle
would lock up, ABS will generally provide shorter controlled stopping distance. The
amount of improvement in stopping distance depends on many factors, including the
road surface, severity of braking, initial vehicle speed, etc. On some surfaces, such as
gravel roads, braking distances can be longer, but you will still have the control benefits
of ABS. The important capability of ABS is control. ABS provides improved vehicle
steerability and stability when braking.
Will ABS wear out a vehicle’s brakes sooner?
What can affect the ABS advantage?
Do Federal Safety Standards mandate ABS?
It is important that you follow the maintenance schedule recommended in the owner’s
manual of the vehicle, tires should be at their proper inflation level, the brake pads
should be checked regularly, etc. While driving, you should sit comfortably, so that your
hips are back in the seat and your knees are bent, even while braking. Your foot should
be positioned so that your heel is on the floor and your toes are secure on the lower half
of the pedal. And, though ABS may reduce stopping distance, remember: The faster you
go, the longer it takes you to stop. Keeping a safe distance between you and the
vehicle in front of you is always necessary, even with ABS.
A properly maintained brake system will be unaffected by ABS operation under typical
driving conditions.
Are there different types of ABS?
Yes, there are rear wheel anti-lock systems (RWAL) used on some trucks and four-wheel
ABS available on cars and trucks.
No. Federal standards establish minimum braking performance requirements that all
vehicles must meet, but do not specify how they should be met. It should be noted that
even a vehicle with failed ABS meets the Federal safety standard for stopping distances.
Will a tire size change affect ABS?
Use of tires other than original equipment may affect ABS performance. Owners should
consult and follow the recommendations contained in the vehicle owner’s manual
regarding replacement tire size. Note: ABS will work with original equipment spare tire or tire
What happens if ABS becomes inactive?
chains. However, performance is reduced.
The ABS electronic control unit has on-board diagnostic capability. If a fault is detected,
the vehicle will revert to the base brake system, and the ABS telltale on the dash will be
illuminated. Should this happen, the vehicle should be taken to a dealership for repair
as soon as possible.
Do insurance companies give a discount for ABS?
How do I use ABS?
Depress and hold the pedal. DO NOT PUMP THE BRAKES (that prevents the system from
working). Just hold the brake pedal down and let the ABS work for you. You may feel
the brake pedal vibrate, or you may notice some noise, but this is normal as the system
works for you.
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/5/2011
Yes, many insurance companies give discounts that range from 5% to 10%. In the
states of New York and Florida all insurance companies are required to give an ABS
discount of 5% on certain coverages such as bodily injury, property damage, collision,
and personal injury protection. In other states the discount varies from insurance
company to insurance company. When buying auto insurance, always ask your
insurance agent if his/her company gives a discount for vehicles equipped with antilock brakes.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
14 |
Anti-lock braking system
IMPORTANT
DRIVING
SAFETY TIPS
A. A lways maintain a safe
following distance. ABS does not
allow you to stop on a dime. (Generally a
2-second following distance is considered
safe in ideal conditions.) Watch the vehicle
in front of you pass a fixed marker (such as a
sign). Count seconds—one-thousand-one,
one-thousand-two-until your front bumper
reaches the marker. If you do not count out
two seconds, then you are too close to the
vehicle in front of you. Also, if the roads are
wet or icy, or visibility is poor, you should
increase your following distance.
B. A lways drive carefully—
especially on slippery surfaces. ABS cannot
create friction between the tires and the road
surface, it can only give the driver the
maximum advantage of the existing
adhesion. If the vehicle is traveling on a
surface with no adhesion, the best ABS in the
world cannot provide a shorter stopping
distance or good steering.
C. It is a good idea to practice an
ABS activated stop and get the feel
of the brake pedal. However, please make
sure it’s at a safe time with no obstacles in
your path. And you only really need to try
it once or twice to know what happens.
Stability enhancement systems (StabiliTrak)
S tability enhancement system (StabiliTrak) assists the driver with
directional control of the vehicle in difficult driving conditions. Each time
the vehicle is started, the StabiliTrak system is fully ON. StabliliTrak can
be controlled by a StabiliTrak button on the instrument panel. The
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
condition of the system is displayed by an instrument panel StabiliTrak
indicator light and Driver Information Center (DIC) messages. See your
owner's manual for additional information about the operation of
StabiliTrak.
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/5/2011
NoteS | 15
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/5/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
Express transport Van-1ls/2ls | 1
Updates for 2011
New Features
• (LGH) Duramax 6.6L V8 turbo diesel (2LS model only)
• (K08) Auxiliary heat generator (2LS model only)
• Batteries, dual heavy-duty 770 cca (2LS model only)
• (K05) Engine block heater (2LS model only)
• (C4M) GVWR5, 9,900 lbs./4,490 kg (2LS model only)
• (USR) Audio system feature, USB port
• (UPF) Bluetooth for phone10, personal cell phone connectivity to vehicle audio
system
• (UE1) OnStar8, 1-year Safe and Sound Plan
• (UE0) OnStar8, delete
• (U2K) XM Radio9
• (U2J) XM Radio, delete
Changes
• (ATG) Remote keyless entry with 2 transmitters and remote panic button,
replaces (AUO) remote keyless entry • (BTV) Remote vehicle starter system, includes remote keyless entry, replaces
(AP3) Remote Vehicle Starter System
Deletions
• (US9) AM/FM stereo with MP3 compatible 6-disc in-dash CD changer
5. Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). When properly equipped, includes vehicle, passengers, cargo and equipment.
8. Visit OnStar.com for coverage map, system limitations and details.
9. XM Radio requires a subscription, sold separately by XM after the trial period. Not available in Canada, Alaska or Hawaii. For more information, visit gm.xmradio.com.
10. Go to gm.com/bluetooth to find out which Bluetooth phones are compatible with the vehicle.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
2|
EXPRESS TRANSPORT VAN – 1LS and 2LS
Note: This vehicle is NOT designed nor intended for use IN HIGH SPEED EMERGENCY VEHICLE OPERATIONS
Model availability
Cg33406-1LS
Cg33706-2LS (diesel)
Rear-wheel drive
Rear-wheel drive
Warranty 3 years / 36,000 mile bumper-to-bumper (whichever comes first, see dealer for details)
5 years / 100,000 mile limited powertrain (whichever comes first, see dealer for details)
Standard equipment summary
INTERIOR FEATURES
Air conditioning Single-zone, manual
Cupholders
Three on engine console cover
Defoggers
Front and side windows
DOME LampsThree dome lamps, with defeat switch and
door-activated switches
DRIVER INFORMATION CENTERSee order guide
Floor Covering
Full-length Black rubberized-vinyl
Mirror
Inside rearview manual day/night
Power outletSTwo auxiliary on engine console with cover
12-volt
Radioam/fm stereo, seek-and-scan, digital clock
and 2 front door speakers
Restraint SystemDual stage driver and front passenger; side
curtain head impact air bags1 for front and
rear seats
Seats, FrontVinyl high-back buckets, adjustable
and reclining
Seats, rearVinyl trimmed rear bench seats and split 4
passenger last seat
Seating
12 passenger seating
Speedometer/clusterAnalog with speedometer, odometer with
trip odometer, fuel level, volt meter, engine
temperature and oil pressure
Steering column
Tilt
Theft deterrent
Vehicle theft PASS-Key® III
Exterior features
Bumper, Front
Painted, Black
Bumper, Rear
Painted, Black with step pad
DoorsSwing-out side, 60/40 split on passenger
side only
Glass
Solar-Ray, deep tinted; enhanced
technology rear most side glass (All
windows except light-tinted on windshield
and driver and front passenger side glass,
enhanced-technology, rear most side
windows. 3-layer special glass is designed to
help reduce the risk of ejection during a
crash , swing-out rear cargo door windows,
swing-out side door windows)
Grille
Headlamps
LAMPS
License plate kit
Mirrors
Tire pressure monitor
WINDSHIELD WIPERS
Black composite
Single rectangular halogen
Daytime running
Front
Outside, rearview, manual, foldaway, Black
check tire pressure (no spare tire sensor)
Intermittent wet-arm with pulse washers
Chassis features
Alternator105-amp with out rear A/C, 125-amp with
rear A/C, 145-amp on 2LS model
Battery600 cca with run-down protection and
retained accessory power on 1LS model.
Dual heavy-duty 770 cca standard on
2LS model
Brakes
4-wheel disc, with 4-wheel anti-lock
EngineVortec 6.0L V8, SFI FlexFuel2 on 1LS model.
6.6L V8 turbo diesel on 2LS model
ExhaustAluminized stainless-steel muffler
and tailpipe
Fuel tank capacity
31 gallon (117.3 liters)
Monitor
Oil life
Oil Cooler
External transmission
Stabilitrak
Vehicle stability control
StEERING
Power
Suspension, frontIndependent with coil spring and
stabilizer bar
Suspension, rear
Hypoid drive axle with multi-leaf springs
Tireslt245/75r16e all-season, steel-belted
radial, blackwall with full-size spare
located under rear underbody
Tire pressure monitor check tire pressure will show on driver
message center
Transmission6-speed automatic, heavy-duty,
electronically controlled with overdrive
and tow/haul mode and internal
transmission oil cooler
Wheels16" x 6.5" steel includes Gray center cap
and steel spare
1. H
ead curtain side air bags are designed to help reduce the risk of head and neck injuries to front and rear seat occupants on the near side of certain side-impact collisions.
Always use safety belts and the correct child restraints for your child’s age and size, even in vehicles equipped with air bags. Children are safer when properly secured in a rear
seat. See your vehicle Owner’s Manual and child safety seat instructions for more information.
2. E85 is 85% ethanol and 15% gasoline. To see if there is an E85 station near you, go to www.gmaltfuel.com/e85-station-locator.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/5/2011
EXPRESS TRANSPORT VAN – 1LS and 2LS | 3
POWERTRAIN
ENGINE
MODEL
CODETYPE
TRANSMISSION
DISPLACEMENT
LITERS/CU. IN.
1LS
L96
V8
6.0L/366 Vortec
2LS
LGH
V8
6.6L/403
Duramax
FUEL
AXLE
STANDARDTYPEOPTION
SYSTEM
SFI
Automatic
Automatic
FlexFuel2
MXO
HD 6-speed
Turbo Automatic
Automatic
diesel
MXO
HD 6-speed
RATIO
CODE
GU6
3.42
GHO
3.54
Note: Emission type must be ordered
FE9 - Federal YF5 - California NG1 - Northeast States
SEATS AND INTERIOR TRIM
SEAT OPTIONS
STANDARDFront: Vinyl trimmed high-back buckets, armrests and reclining
AR7
Rear: Vinyl trimmed bench seat and split four passenger last seat
EBONYCOLOR
93W
Medium Pewter
Note: Vinyl trim only available in Medium Dark Pewter
EMISSIONS FE9
MUST BE SPECIFIED
F ederal emissions. Use for ordering vehicles that will be registered in all states except California, Connecticut, Maine, Maryland,
Massachusetts, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont and Washington State
YF5California emissions. Use for ordering vehicles that will be registered in California.
NE1CT/ME/MD/MA/NJ/NM/NY/OR/PA/RI/VT/WA emissions. Use for ordering vehicles that will be registered in Connecticut, Maine,
Maryland, Massachusetts, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont or Washington State
NB8
Required when option code FE9 “Federal emissions” is ordered for delivery to a dealer located in California, Connecticut,
Massachusetts, Maryland, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island and Washington State for a
purchaser who will be registering the vehicle outside California, Connecticut, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, New Jersey, New
Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont and Washington State.
NC7
Required when option code YF5 “CALIFORNIA EMISSIONS” or option code NE1 "CT/ME/MD/MA/NJ/NM/NY/OR/PA/RI/VT/WA
EMISSIONS" is ordered for delivery to a dealer located in any state except California, Connecticut, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts,
New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont and Washington for a purchaser who will be
registering the vehicle in one of these states or sold as permitted below under “EPA Policy on the Sale of California Emission Vehicles”
NB9
Required when option code YF5 is ordered for delivery to a dealer located in Connecticut, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, New
Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont and Washington. Required when option code NE1 is
ordered for delivery to a dealer located in California.
Requirements for Diesel Engines in Vehicles Over 14,000 lbs GVWR: Different requirements apply to vehicles weighing over 14,000 lbs GVWR
that are equipped with diesel engines. These requirements impact the Chevrolet Express and GMC Savana Vans weighing over 14,000 lbs
GVWR that are equipped with the 6.6-liter Duramax diesel engine (LMM). For these vehicles, a different set of states has adopted California
emission requirements, specifically, California, Connecticut, Delaware, Georgia, Maine, New Jersey, North Carolina and Pennsylvania. And GM
has established a different set of emission options for use by dealers as follows.
CEJ
FEDERAL EMISSIONS. Use for ordering vehicles that will be registered in all states except California, Connecticut, Delaware, Georgia,
Maine, New Jersey, North Carolina and Pennsylvania.
YF5California emissions. Use for ordering vehicles that will be registered in California. Note: No 14,200 lb product offering available
except for models with option packages ANC, B3D, YF1, or YF2
CEI
CT/DE/GA/ME/NJ/NC/PA EMISSIONS. Use for ordering vehicles that will be registered in Connecticut, Delaware, Georgia, Maine, New
Jersey, North Carolina and Pennsylvania. Note: No 14,200 lb product offering available except for models with option packages ANC,
B3D, YF1, or YF2.
GM has also established a different set of emission overrides as follows.
CEK
Required when option code CEJ “FEDERAL EMISSIONS” is ordered by a dealer located in California, Connecticut, Delaware, Georgia,
New Jersey, North Carolina and Pennsylvania for a purchaser who will be registering the vehicle outside California, Connecticut,
Delaware, Georgia, Maine, New Jersey, North Carolina and Pennsylvania. Do not use for vehicles that will be registered in California,
Connecticut, Delaware, Georgia, Maine, New Jersey, North Carolina or Pennsylvania.
CEM
Required when option code YF5 “CALIFORNIA EMISSIONS” or option code CEI “CT/DE/GA/ME/NJ/NC/PA EMISSIONS" is ordered by a
dealer located in any state except California, Connecticut, Delaware, Georgia, New Jersey, North Carolina and Pennsylvania.
2. E85 is 85% ethanol and 15% gasoline. To see if there is an E85 station near you, go to www.gmaltfuel.com/e85-station-locator.
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
4|
EXPRESS TRANSPORT VAN 1LS and 2LS OPTIONS
Available options
C69 Air conditioning, rear - Requires TR9 auxiliary lamps, includes C36 rear heater, U80 digital compass and KG3 145-amp alternator.
KG3 Alternator, 145 amps - Included with C69 rear air conditioning.
US8 Audio system - AM/FM stereo with CD/MP3 player, seek-and-scan, digital clock, auto-tone control, Radio Data System (RDS), two front door speakers and two
rear door speakers and two in the sound bar, requires ZQ2 Convenience Package.
U1C Audio system - AM/FM stereo with CD player, seek-and-scan, digital clock, theftlock, random select and 2 front door speakers, not available with NP5 leather
wrapped steering wheel.
USR Audio system Feature - USB port, included and only available with US8 AM/FM stereo with MP3 compatible CD player
UA1
Battery - Heavy-duty 770 cca, maintenance-free with rundown
UPFBluetooth for phone10 - Personal cell phone connectivity to vehicle audio system, requires UE1 OnStar8, US8 AM/FM stereo with MP3 compatible CD player,
U2K XM Radio9, NP5 leather-wrapped steering wheel, W1Y steering wheel controls, ZQ3 Convenience Package. Not available with UE0 OnStar delete
V37
Bumpers - Front and rear chrome with step pad (included with ZR7 Chrome Appearance Package)
ZR7
Chrome APPEARANCE PACKAGE - Includes V37 front and rear chrome bumpers with step-pad and V22 chrome grille with dual composite halogen headlamps
V10
cold climate package - Includes engine block heater (includes KO8 if ordered with 6.6L turbo diesel)
U80 Compass - 8-point digital located in the Driver Information Center, included and only available with C69 rear air conditioning.
BA3
Console - Deluxe with swing-out storage bin
Zq2convenience Package - Power windows and door locks, includes AU3 power door locks and A31 power windows. Included with PDN Power and Light Package.
ZQ3 Convenience Package - Tilt-wheel and cruise control
K34 Cruise control - Included and only available with ZQ3 Convenience Package, tilt-wheel and cruise control.
C49
defoggers - Rear window, requires tinted glass
Ya2
door - Sliding passenger, side (requires C69 rear air conditioning)
AU3
Door locks - Power with lock-out protection (included with ZQ2 Convenience Package)
KO5
ENGINE BLOCK HEATER - Included and only available with V10 Cold Climate Package which requires L96 Vortec 6.0L V8 SFI FlexFuel2 engine
B30
Floor covering - Full-floor color-keyed carpeting with front and rear rubberized-vinyl floor mats
V22
Grille - Chrome with dual composite halogen headlamps (included and only available with ZR7 Chrome Appearance Package)
KO8HEAT GENERATOR - Auxiliary-fuel-operated supplemental heat source to cooling system to improve heat out put (included with V10 and LGH Duramax 6.6L
turbo diesel)
C36 Heater, rear auxiliary - Included with C69 rear air conditioning.
UF3 High idle switch - Requires *G33*06, L96 Vortec 6.0L V8 SFI engine and ZQ3 Convenience Package.
Tr9Lamps - Lamps, auxiliary with reading and underhood lamps, requires C69 rear air conditioning. Includes DH6 driver and front passenger visor vanity mirrors
De5
mirrors - Outside, left hand and right hand, remote control electric, manual foldaway with defog feature (requires zq2)
De7mirrors - Outside heated power-adjustable, Black, manual-folding with integrated turn signal indicators, requires ZQ2 Convenience Package.
PDNPower Package - Includes ZQ2 Convenience Package and DE5 outside heated, power-adjustable, Black mirrors (upgradeable to DE7 outside heated, poweradjustable, Black mirrors with turn signal indicators).
ATG
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY - Includes 2 transmitters and remote panic button
BTVremote vehicle starter system- Includes remote keyless entry, 2 transmitters (requires ATG) Zp3
seats - 15-passenger seating (2/3/3/3/4 seating configuration)
As5seats - Front bucket with custom cloth trim, head restraints and inboard armrests, requires (**G) interior trim. When ordering a seating arrangement that
includes rear seats, includes rear bench seats with custom cloth trim. Head restraints are not available on rear bench seats
DT4
Smoker's Package - Includes ash tray and lighter
Z82
trailering special equipment - Heavy-duty, included platform trailer hitch and 7-wire harness
DH6 Visors - Driver and front passenger, padded with cloth trim and dual vanity mirrors, illuminated on passenger-side, included and only available with TR9
auxiliary lamps
40P Wheel finish, Painted White - White-painted wheels in lieu of standard Gray-painted wheels
P03 Wheel trim - Chrome center cap, upgradeable to P46 4 - 17" x 7.5" (43.2 cm x 19.1 cm) aluminum
A31
Windows - Power included and only available with ZQ2 Convenience Package
2. E85 is 85% ethanol and 15% gasoline. To see if there is an E85 station near you, go to www.gmaltfuel.com/e85-station-locator.
8. Visit OnStar.com for coverage map, system limitations and details.
9. XM Radio requires a subscription, sold separately by XM after the trial period. Not available in Canada, Alaska or Hawaii. For more information, visit gm.xmradio.com.
10. Go to gm.com/bluetooth to find out which Bluetooth phones are compatible with the vehicle.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
EXPRESS TRANSPORT VAN – 1LS and 2LS | 5
AVAILABLE EXTERIOR COLORS
GGZ
15U
16U
25U
41U
47U
50U
74U
Sheer Silver
Metallic
*Sandstone
Metallic
*Graystone
Metallic
*Dark Blue
Metallic
**Black
*Dark Green
Metallic
Summit White
**Victory Red
Note: * Additional Charge
** Not avaialble with B46 rear body-colored halo trim
Actual colors may vary
SEO Paint Available
WA#
COLOR DESCRIPTION
CODE
215DYellow
253A
Wheatland Yellow
9W3
259LYellow
451NBlue
478GYellow
519F
Galaxy Silver Metallic
529FBronzemist
811KBerry Red
5456Yellow
7927
Green
7941
Green
8867
Silver Metallic
9015
Woodland Green
9V5
9403
Doeskin Tan
9V9
9W4
9414Yellow
9417Tangier Orange
Actual Color May Vary
Note: • All normally body-colored non-sheet metal parts, will be Flat Black
• SEO paint orders that contain less than five vehicles will be delayed until five unit minimum is received for batch production
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
6|
EXPRESS TRANSPORT VAN 1LS and 2LS – Specifications
GENERAL
ENGINE
Model
Model
Drive
CG33406
CG33706
Rear-wheel
EXTERIOR (in./mm)
CG33406 1LS/2LS
Regular
Wheelbase
CG33706
1LS/2LS
Extended
Wheelbase
Wheelbase
Overall length
Body width
Overall height
Front bumper to axle
Opening height, side door
Opening height, rear door
Opening width, sliding side door
Opening width, rear door, at beltline
Step up height, front door
Step up height, side door
Ground clearance, front
Ground clearance, rear
135.0/3429
224.1/5692
79.4/2017
81.6/2073
39.7/1008
47.9/1217
45.3/1157
44.1/1120
57.0/1448
19.4/493
20.2/513
8.2/208
7.1/180
155.0/3937
244.1/6200
79.4/2017
82.0/2083
39.7/1008
47.9/1217
45.7/1161
44.1/1120
57.0/1448
19.3/490
20.0/508
8.1/206
7.7/196
Head room, 1st row
39.9/1013
Head room, 2nd row
38.4/976
Head room, 3rd row
38.5/978.5
Head room, 4th row
38.1/968
Head room, 5th row
Shoulder room, 1st row
68.8/1748
Shoulder room, 2nd row
68.6/1742
Shoulder room, 3rd row
65.7/1670
Shoulder room, 4th row
69.1/1755
Shoulder room, 5th row
62.9/1597
Hip room, 1st row
65.5/1663
Hip room, 2nd row
66.6/1667
Hip room, 3rd row
63.3/1607
Hip room, 4th row
59.6/1514
Hip room, 5th row
Leg room, 1st row
41.3/1050
Leg room, 2nd row
36.3/922
Leg room, 3rd row
36.6/929
Leg room, 4th row
39.8/1011
Leg room, 5th row
Ground to top of rear load floor
27.7/704
Load floor length, to front seat, at floor
127.8/3246
Load floor length, to engine cover, at floor
153.6/3901
Inside width, between wheelhousing
50.4/1338
Cargo area height
51.4/1306
39.9/1013
38.4/976
38.5/978.5
38.1/968
38.1/968
68.8/1748
68.9/1750
65.7/1670
69.1/1755
62.7/1593
65.5/1663
66.6/1667
63.3/1607
59.6/1514
63.2/1605
41.3/1050
36.3/922
36.6/929
39.8/1011
36.4/925
27.3/693
147.8/3754
173.6/4409
50.9/1293
51.5/1307
INTERIOR (in./mm)
Published dimensions indicated are without optional equipment or accessories. Additional accessories
or equipment order at customer's request can result in a minor change in these dimensions.
CAPACITY
Curb weight, lbs.3 (kg)
Cargo volume, regular, with seats, cu. ft.3 (liters)
Cargo volume, regular, with seats removed, cu. ft.3 (liters)
Payload 6, lbs. (kg)
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating5 (GVWR), lbs. (kg)
Front Gross Axle Weight Rating (FGAWR), lbs. (kg)
Rear Gross Axle Weight Rating (RGAWR), lbs. (kg)
Seating capacity (front/2nd/3rd/4th)
6087/2761
204.0/5777.3
270.4/7656.4
3461/1570
9600/4355
4600/2087
6084/2760
2/3/3/3
7218/3280.9
236.3/6692.0
313.9/8889.8
2630/ 1195.5
9900/4400
4600/2087
6084/2760
2/3/3/3/4*
1LS Type
Displacement: liters/cu. in.
Horsepower/rpm
Torque lb.-ft./rpm
Fuel system
Compression ratio
Exhaust
Minimum recommended fuel octane
Fuel tank capacity (gallons/liters)
V8
6.0/366
323 @ 4600
373 @ 4400
SFI
9.6:1
Single
87
31/117.3
TRANSMISSION
2LS
V8
6.6/403
260 @ 3100
525 @ 1600
Turbo Diesel
Single
31/117.3
Automatic heavy-duty
4-speed
AXLE
6-speed
Ratio
3.42
BATTERY
3.54
Type
BCI group size Volts
Amp hour rating
Cold cranking amps @ 0°F (-18°C)
Reserve capacity @ 80°F (27°C)
Maintenance free 78
12
69
600
115
Maintenance free
78
12
63
Dual 770*
115
Disc/Disc
12.8 x 1.50
13.0 x 1.14
Disc/Disc
12.8 x 1.50
13.0 x 1.14
All-season LT245/75r16 All-season
LT245/75r16
Steel
16" x 6.5" Steel
16" x 6.5"
*Standard on 2LS with 6.6L Turbo Diesel
BRAKES
ABS hydra-boost
Front size Rear size TIRES
Type
Size
WHEELS
Type
Size
CHASSIS
Frame
Front suspension
Rear suspension
Steering type
Steering ratio (center/stop) Full length boxed frame
Full length boxed frame
Independent with
Independent with
coil spring and stabilizer bar coil spring and stabilizer bar
Hypoid driver axle with
Hypoid driver axle with
multi-leaf springs
multi-leaf springs
Speed sensitive (evo),
Speed sensitive (evo),
variable ratio, integral power variable ratio, integral power
17.2:1 17.2:1
ALTERNATOR
Type Standard with rear AC
Amps
Amps @ idle AD244
145
59 AD244
145
59
3. Cargo and load capacity limited by weight and distribution.
5. Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). When properly equipped, includes vehicle, passengers, cargo and equipment.
6. Maximum payload capacity includes weight of driver, passengers, optional equipment and cargo.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
AIR BAGS FAQ | 7
Can specialty vehicle equipment (e.g. radar devices, video
cameras, computers, meters, radio trees, shotguns, etc.) still be
mounted in cars with passenger side air bags?
Yes, but care must be taken to mount the equipment outside of the deployment zone.
Air bags inflate with great force and will interact with any object in the deployment
zone. Therefore, to reduce the risk of injury to vehicle occupants, GM recommends
that the air deployment zone be kept free of any equipment. If a piece of equipment
were to become dislodged it could strike an occupant in the vehicle and result in
injury. The likelihood of an object becoming dislodged is influenced by many factors,
including the proximity of the object to the inflatable restraint, the size and shape of
the object, and the means by which the object is secured to the vehicle. In addition to
these factors, the trajectory and velocity of a dislodged object can be influenced by
the type and severity of vehicle crash.
Objects that are in the deployment zone, but do not become dislodged by an inflating
air bag can still affect the performance of the air bag. For example, such objects could
tear the fabric or affect the shape of the air bag, thus reducing the ability of the bag
to provide restraint.
Is it possible to shield equipment that is installed in the passenger
side frontal air bag deployment zone in a manner that will allow
full and safe air bag deployment?
Due to the complexity of influencing variables, GM is unable to evaluate the potential
for shielding expected equipment configurations in all accident scenarios in order
to assure that the air bag performance would be unaffected. While shielding may
protect certain equipment from being damaged or dislodged, it may also negatively
affect the inflation characteristics of the air bag. The air bag’s shape, inflation angle,
fold pattern, and inflation rate and pressure are developed to maximize the
protection capability of the inflatable restraint system. Therefore, GM cannot
recommend the placement of any equipment in the deployment zone, even if it is
shielded to protect it from damage.
Front air bag systems and instrument panel mounted equipment.
Passenger air bags in GM vehicles deploy in different ways depending upon the type
of vehicle and the particular instrument panel design.
In some vehicles, the passenger air bag deploys through a discrete door located on
the top surface of the instrument panel (top-mount air bag systems). In other
vehicles, such as the Chevrolet Tahoe, the passenger air bag deploys through a
discrete door mounted on the vertical rearward surface of the instrument panel,
above the glove box door (mid-mount air bag system). With these types of topmount and mid-mount passenger air bag systems, the top pad of the instrument
panel remains in place during deployment.
Some GM passenger air bag systems, like the system in the Chevrolet Impala, deploy
from beneath the instrument panel top pad. These are considered 3/4-mount air bag
systems with a “deployable top pad.” The entire instrument panel top pad is the
“deployment door” from under which the inflating air bag emerges. When an air bag
deployment is commanded, the forces from the inflating passenger air bag push up
on the instrument panel top pad, releasing special fasteners across the rearward edge
of the top pad. This allows the top pad to rotate upward so that the passenger air bag
may emerge. The top pad rotates upward to open widest at the right hand side, and
is usually forced upward into contact with the windshield on the right hand side of
the vehicle during a deployment.
Instrument panel top mounted special equipment, such as a radar antenna and
control unit or video camera must be positioned to the left of the vehicle center line.
This equipment must be mounted as low as possible and securely fastened to the top
pad to avoid being dislodged in the event of a crash and possible air bag deployment.
In the process of securely fastening special equipment to the top, DO NOT fasten
down the top pad itself to any other vehicle component such as the cluster trim plate.
As described above, the top pad rotates upward during a deployment. In order to
enable the proper deployment of the passenger air bag, specialty equipment
installation MUST NOT PREVENT the top pad from rotating upward during
deployment. Location and attachment of special equipment should minimize added
resistance or interference to upward rotation of the top pad during deployment.
Optional side air bags for crashes to the vehicle sides.
The air bag system in your police vehicle may include optional side air bags for front
and rear occupants. Most front-to-rear side air bags are designed to deploy
downward from the interior roof sides to the bottom of the door windows.
Can Specialty Vehicle Security Barriers be mounted within the side
air bag deployment zones?
No. The side air bags inflate extremely fast because of the nature of side crashes to
the vehicle. Mounting a security barrier behind the front seats with the ends placed
within the side air bag deployment zones will result in unintended interaction
between the barrier and the inflating side air bags. To reduce the risk of injury to the
vehicle occupants, GM recommends that the side air bag zones be kept free of any
customer installed equipment.
Customer furnished equipment installed to the vehicle roof.
Your police vehicle is designed with an interior roof cover system which includes
internal components for the interior lamps and wiring. The roof system may also
include optional side air bag components. Inflation devices may be mounted on the
vehicle roof side behind the rear doors as well as air bag tethers retained to the
windshield pillars. Care must be taken to avoid damage to these components
or interference with their operation when installing roof mounted equipment such
as emergency lamps and communication antennas.
Recommended GM service procedures must be followed to remove
and re-install the instrument panel top pad to ensure that the top
pad will release properly in the event of a passenger air bag
deployment.
On the right half of the top pad closest to the passenger air bag module,
GM recommends that no equipment be mounted. When mounting equipment on the
driver side of the top pad, GM recommends that the total mass of the top pad
mounted special equipment not exceed 8 pounds (3.6 kilograms), since the top pad
tends to rotate about the left end.
Fasteners used to secure special equipment to the instrument panel top pad, the
windshield glass, or to the windshield upper frame (header), should be selected to
ensure that these devices will remain attached during a vehicle crash and possible
air bag deployment.
ead curtain side air bags are designed to help reduce the risk of head and neck injuries to front and rear seat occupants on the near side of certain side-impact collisions. Always
H
use safety belts and the correct child restraints for your child’s age and size, even in vehicles equipped with air bags. Children are safer when properly secured in a rear seat. See
your vehicle Owner’s Manual and child safety seat instructions for more information.
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/5/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
8|
AIR BAGS FAQ
Can the installation of push bumpers on the front end of the
vehicle affect the deployment of the air bag?
General Motors is not aware of adverse effects during crash events from the many
push bumpers that have been installed on GM police vehicles. Because there are
many styles of push bumpers available with varying crash characteristics, installation
of push bumpers may or may not affect deployment timing of the air bags. Push
bumpers should be mounted to avoid modifying the vehicle structure and interfering
with the front air bag sensors mounted on the upper radiator support cross member.
Two front impact sensors are installed in General Motors vehicles. Do not relocate or
disconnect the front sensors. The location and orientation of the front sensors are
critical for correct operation of the air bag system. Avoid mounting components on or
near the sensors. Push bumper styles with vertical pushing members that are in foreaft alignment with the front air bag sensors are not recommended.
How long will the air bag remain inflated?
It takes approximately 1/20th of a second to fully inflate the frontal air bags. This is
faster than the blink of an eye. The air bags begin to deflate immediately, helping to
stop the occupants more gradually.
Can the air bag system be re-used?
No. The air bags are designed to inflate only once. After inflation some new parts
will be required. These will include the air bag module and possibly other parts. (A
competent service technician with access to the vehicle’s service manual and the
required tools should replace the required components after a deployment crash.)
I’ve heard that the dusts that are released into the passenger
compartment from the air bag are harmful. Is this true?
For most people, the only effect the dusts will produce is some irritation of the throat
and eyes, and that is only if the occupant remains in the vehicle for many minutes
after the air bag deployment with no ventilation and windows closed. However, some
people with asthma may develop an asthmatic attack from inhaling the dusts. If this
happens, they should first treat themselves the same way their doctor has advised
them to treat any other asthma attack, and then immediately seek medical
treatment.
Seat mounted side impact air bags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe side
crashes. The side impact air bags will inflate if the crash severity is above the
designed "threshold level." The threshold level can vary with specific vehicles design.
The side impact air bags are not designed to inflate on frontal or near-frontal impacts
or rear impacts, because inflation would not help the occupant.
Roof rail mounted head-curtain airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe
side crashes. In addition, certain vehicles have head-curtain air bags which are also
designed to inflate in situations where an impending rollover condition is identified
by the vehicle’s rollover sensing system and/or frontal or near-frontal impacts if the
crash severity is above the designed “threshold level”.
Safety belt pretensioners at the driver and front passenger seat positions are
designed to deploy in frontal, near-frontal, side, and rear crashes that exceed the
“threshold level” of crash severity to help reduce slack in the safety belt. Safety belt
pretensioners will also deploy in impending rollover situations.
I’ve heard that a deployed air bag produces what appears to be
smoke. Is the air bag hot?
After the bag has deployed in a crash, the air bag itself will not be hot to touch. Some
components within the air bag module will be hot for a short time. A small amount
of smoke coming from a deployed air bag module is normal and should not be cause
for concern.
Also, when the nitrogen gas is vented out of the air bag, small particles from inside
the bag are also vented into passenger compartment. These airborne particles look
like smoke and some particles are deposited as residue on and around the air bag.
If my vehicle has air bags, why should I have to wear my safety
belt?
Air bags are in many vehicles today and will be in most of them in the future. But
they are supplemental systems only; so they work with safety belts - not instead of
them. Every air bag system ever offered for sale has required the use of safety belts.
Even if you’re in a vehicle that has air bags, ­you still have to buckle up to get the most
protection. That’s true not only in frontal collisions but especially in side and other
collisions.
When should an air bag inflate?
The driver’s and right-front passenger’s frontal air bags are designed to inflate in
moderate to severe frontal or near-frontal crashes. But they are designed to inflate
only if the impact speed is above the system’s designed "threshold level."
In addition, if your vehicle has "dual stage" frontal air bags, these air bags tailor the
amount of restraint according to crash severity. For moderate frontal impacts, the air
bags inflate at a level less than full deployment. For more severe frontal impacts,
"dual stage" frontal air bags deploy at full levels.
If the front of your vehicle goes straight into a wall that doesn’t move or deform, the
threshold level of the reduced deployment is about 12 to 16 mph (19 to 15 km/h),
and the threshold level for a full deployment is about 18 to 24 mph (29 to 28.5
km/h). The threshold level can vary, however, with specific vehicle design, so that it
can be somewhat above or below this range.
If your vehicle strikes something that will move or deform such as a parked car, the
threshold level will be higher. The driver’s and right-front passenger’s frontal air bags
are not designed to inflate in rollover, side impacts, or rear impacts, because inflation
would not help the occupant.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/5/2011
AIR BAG DimensionS – Express Transport Van | 9
ead curtain side air bags are designed to help reduce the risk of head and neck injuries to front and rear seat occupants on the near side of certain side-impact collisions. Always
H
use safety belts and the correct child restraints for your child’s age and size, even in vehicles equipped with air bags. Children are safer when properly secured in a rear seat. See
your vehicle Owner’s Manual and child safety seat instructions for more information.
Note: All dimensions are approximate and subject to change.
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/5/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
10 |
AIR BAG DimensionS – Express Transport Van
ead curtain side air bags are designed to help reduce the risk of head and neck injuries to front and rear seat occupants on the near side of certain side-impact collisions. Always
H
use safety belts and the correct child restraints for your child’s age and size, even in vehicles equipped with air bags. Children are safer when properly secured in a rear seat. See
your vehicle Owner’s Manual and child safety seat instructions for more information.
Note: All dimensions are approximate and subject to change.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/5/2011
Anti-lock braking system FAQ | 11
GM offers Anti-Lock Brake Systems as standard or optional
on all North American passenger vehicles and light truck
lines. The computerized Anti-Lock Braking System (ABS) is
designed to keep the vehicle’s wheels rotating as the brakes are
applied to assist the driver in achieving a controlled stop.
Sensors monitor how fast the wheels rotate and feed the data
continuously to the ABS computer. The vehicle’s brakes slow
each wheel as the brake pedal is applied. However, when
ABS is activated due to road conditions, the system repeatedly
releases and applies pressure to the brakes. The wheels
can keep rolling, thus retaining steering ability and enhanced
stability while providing a higher braking force on most
surfaces than a locked wheel provides.
How exactly does ABS work?
In cars without ABS, hitting the brakes can cause the wheels to lock, leaving you unable
to steer the vehicle until you decrease the pressure so the wheels can roll again. With
an ABS, as you apply the brakes, the ABS computer monitors the wheel speed sensor
information. If the computer senses that a wheel is approaching lock up, it sends a
signal to the hydraulic modulator to reduce, then to reapply, brake pressure several
times a second for as long as you maintain firm pressure on the brake pedal. The
process is much like the threshold braking technique used with conventional brakes.
However, ABS does it much faster and more accurately than any driver can, leaving you
free to focus on steering away from obstacles.
Does ABS reduce stopping distances?
Should I drive an ABS equipped vehicle differently than
I would drive a vehicle with conventional brakes?
Most of the time, under normal driving circumstances, there is no difference,
and you should always drive with the same caution and care. It is important to realize
that ABS only makes a difference when it is activated—when you have
to brake hard—and that would only be when the computer senses that a wheel is
approaching lock up. When ABS activates keep steady pressure on the brake pedal and
then let the ABS work for you. Don’t pump the brakes or try to ­find the threshold.
Simply hold the brake pedal down and steer if necessary to avoid an obstacle.
Is ABS always active?
ABS is always available, but not always activated. ABS is activated only when the brake
pedal is applied and the computer detects an impending wheel lock condition.
Can older cars be retrofitted with ABS?
No! The brake system is one of the most important features on any passenger vehicle.
Several products, which tap into the master cylinder and/or brake system performance,
are being sold in the aftermarket. Some of these products imply performance similar to
new vehicle anti-lock brake systems.
However, contrary to their claims, add-on systems, which deplete fluid from the master
cylinder on brake apply may actually increase a vehicle’s stopping distance. This may
cause the vehicle to fail to comply with Federal brake standards.
Does ABS always activate at the same speed?
No, the system operates when the computer detects wheel lockup, at any speed above
8 mph.
Yes, in braking situations where the wheels on a non-ABS equipped vehicle
would lock up, ABS will generally provide shorter controlled stopping distance. The
amount of improvement in stopping distance depends on many factors, including the
road surface, severity of braking, initial vehicle speed, etc. On some surfaces, such as
gravel roads, braking distances can be longer, but you will still have the control benefits
of ABS. The important capability of ABS is control. ABS provides improved vehicle
steerability and stability when braking.
Will ABS wear out a vehicle’s brakes sooner?
What can affect the ABS advantage?
Do Federal Safety Standards mandate ABS?
It is important that you follow the maintenance schedule recommended in the owner’s
manual of the vehicle, tires should be at their proper inflation level, the brake pads
should be checked regularly, etc. While driving, you should sit comfortably, so that your
hips are back in the seat and your knees are bent, even while braking. Your foot should
be positioned so that your heel is on the floor and your toes are secure on the lower half
of the pedal. And, though ABS may reduce stopping distance, remember: The faster you
go, the longer it takes you to stop. Keeping a safe distance between you and the
vehicle in front of you is always necessary, even with ABS.
A properly maintained brake system will be unaffected by ABS operation under typical
driving conditions.
Are there different types of ABS?
Yes, there are rear wheel anti-lock systems (RWAL) used on some trucks and four-wheel
ABS available on cars and trucks.
No. Federal standards establish minimum braking performance requirements that all
vehicles must meet, but do not specify how they should be met. It should be noted that
even a vehicle with failed ABS meets the Federal safety standard for stopping distances.
Will a tire size change affect ABS?
Use of tires other than original equipment may affect ABS performance. Owners should
consult and follow the recommendations contained in the vehicle owner’s manual
regarding replacement tire size. Note: ABS will work with original equipment spare tire or tire
What happens if ABS becomes inactive?
chains. However, performance is reduced.
The ABS electronic control unit has on-board diagnostic capability. If a fault is detected,
the vehicle will revert to the base brake system, and the ABS telltale on the dash will be
illuminated. Should this happen, the vehicle should be taken to a dealership for repair
as soon as possible.
Do insurance companies give a discount for ABS?
How do I use ABS?
Depress and hold the pedal. DO NOT PUMP THE BRAKES (that prevents the system from
working). Just hold the brake pedal down and let the ABS work for you. You may feel
the brake pedal vibrate, or you may notice some noise, but this is normal as the system
works for you.
Yes, many insurance companies give discounts that range from 5% to 10%. In the
states of New York and Florida all insurance companies are required to give an ABS
discount of 5% on certain coverages such as bodily injury, property damage, collision,
and personal injury protection. In other states the discount varies from insurance
company to insurance company. When buying auto insurance, always ask your
insurance agent if his/her company gives a discount for vehicles equipped with antilock brakes.
Note: All dimensions are approximate and subject to change.
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/5/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
12 |
Anti-lock braking system
IMPORTANT
DRIVING
SAFETY TIPS
A. A lways maintain a safe
following distance. ABS does not
allow you to stop on a dime. (Generally a
2-second following distance is considered
safe in ideal conditions.) Watch the vehicle
in front of you pass a fixed marker (such as a
sign). Count seconds—one-thousand-one,
one-thousand-two-until your front bumper
reaches the marker. If you do not count out
two seconds, then you are too close to the
vehicle in front of you. Also, if the roads are
wet or icy, or visibility is poor, you should
increase your following distance.
B. A lways drive carefully—
especially on slippery surfaces. ABS cannot
create friction between the tires and the road
surface, it can only give the driver the
maximum advantage of the existing
adhesion. If the vehicle is traveling on a
surface with no adhesion, the best ABS in the
world cannot provide a shorter stopping
distance or good steering.
C. It is a good idea to practice an
ABS activated stop and get the feel
of the brake pedal. However, please make
sure it’s at a safe time with no obstacles in
your path. And you only really need to try
it once or twice to know what happens.
Stability enhancement systems (StabiliTrak)
S tability enhancement system (StabiliTrak) assists the driver with
directional control of the vehicle in difficult driving conditions. Each time
the vehicle is started, the StabiliTrak system is fully ON. StabliliTrak can
be controlled by a StabiliTrak button on the instrument panel. The
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
condition of the system is displayed by an instrument panel StabiliTrak
indicator light and Driver Information Center (DIC) messages. See your
owner's manual for additional information about the operation of
StabiliTrak.
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/5/2011
NoteS | 13
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
SUBURBAN COMMERCIAL FLEET - 1FL | 1
Updates for 2011
New Features
• (GHA) Mocha Steel Metallic exterior color
Deletions
• (46U) Blue Granite Metallic exterior color
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
2|
SUBURBAN COMMERCIAL FLEET - 1FL
Note: This vehicle is NOT designed nor intended for use IN HIGH SPEED EMERGENCY VEHICLE OPERATIONS
Model availability
Cc10906
Cc20906
Ck10906
Ck20906
Rear-wheel drive 1/2 ton Rear-wheel drive 3/4 ton
4-wheel drive 1/2 ton
4-wheel drive 3/4 ton
Standard equipment summary
Warranty 3 years / 36,000 miles bumper-to-bumper (whichever comes first, see dealer for details)
5 years / 100,000 miles limited powertrain (whichever comes first, see dealer for details)
Interior features
Air conditioning
Tri-zone manual climate control with individual climate settings for driver and right-front passenger; includes auxiliary rear air
conditioning and heat
Assist handles
Front passenger and second row outboard; front passenger assist handle is deleted when passenger side spotlamp is ordered
Console, overhead
Mini with map lamps
Cruise control
Electronic with set and resume speed
Dome LampsInterior dome lamp, driver and passenger side door switch with delayed entry feature, cargo lamps, remote keyless entry activated
illuminated entry and map lamps in front and second seat position
Floor covering
Black rubberized-vinyl (not available with b39 cargo mat)
Glass
Deep tinted (all windows except light-tinted glass on windshield, driver and front passenger side glass)
Mirror
Inside rearview auto-dimming
OnStar
Delete option available
Power outlets
12-volt, two located on instrument panel and one in rear cargo area
Radioam/fm stereo with mp3 compatible cd player, seek-and-scan, digital clock, auto-tone control, Radio Data System (rds), six speakers,
speed-compensated volume and theftlock
Restraint systemSafety belts and air bags1 with dual stage frontal, driver and right-front passenger with front passenger sensing system; first and
second row outboard seating position head curtain side-impact air bags1 with rollover sensor; includes 3rd row seating position when
3-passenger third row 50/50 split-bench option as3 is ordered
Seat, frontSplit-bench 40/20/40 with custom cloth 3-passenger, includes 6-way power driver seat adjuster with manual lumber control, driver
and passenger manual reclining, outboard head restraints, center fold-down covered storage in armrest, center lower seat cushion
storage and rear storage pockets
Seat, rearCustom cloth 60/40 split folding bench with center armrest
Seat, third row
50/50 split-bench 3-passenger with premium cloth, safety belts, removable seat
Speedometer/cluster
120 mph analog speedometer, trip odometer, fuel level, volt meter, engine temperature oil pressure and tachometer
Steering column/wheel Tilt-wheel, adjustable, with brake/transmission interlock
Theft deterrent
Vehicle theft PASS-Key® III+, content theft deterrent is disabled (to enable content theft deterrent option ua6 must be ordered)
Visors
Padded with cloth trim, extends on rod; driver and front passenger illuminated vanity mirrors
Warning toneS
Headlamp on, key-in-ignition, driver and right-front passenger safety belt unfasten and turn signal on
Window operation
Power with driver express-down and lockout features
1. H
ead curtain side air bags are designed to help reduce the risk of head and neck injuries to front and rear seat occupants on the near side of certain side-impact collisions.
Always use safety belts and the correct child restraints for your child’s age and size, even in vehicles equipped with air bags. Children are safer when properly secured in a rear
seat. See your vehicle Owner’s Manual and child safety seat instructions for more information.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
SUBURBAN COMMERCIAL FLEET - 1FL | 3
Exterior features
Assist steps
Black, mounted between front and rear wheels
Defogger
Electric, rear window
Door handles
Black
Door locksPower programmable with lockout protection, door lock cylinder no longer available on passenger front door and rear liftgate
Fascia, front
Color – keyed (Black when special paint is ordered)
Fascia, rear
Color – keyed (Black when special paint is ordered)
Headlamps
Dual halogen composite with automatic exterior lamp control and flash-to-pass feature
Keyless entryIncludes two transmitters
Keys
Single two-sided, random code, for ignition and drivers door only
Luggage rack
Roof mounted Black side rails (center rails and luggage rack delete are available)
Mirrors
Outside heated power-adjustable, manual-folding, Black
Rear liftgate
Liftgate/liftglass, with rear window washer and wiper (power liftgate not available)
Recovery hooks
Two front, chrome
Windshield wipers
Intermittent wet-arm with flat blade and pulse washers
Chassis features
Alternator145-amp on 3/4 ton 160-amp on 1/2 ton models and with vyu Snow Plow Prep Package on 4-wheel drive
3/4 ton models; not available on 2-wheel drive 3/4 ton models
Battery
Heavy-duty 600 cca, maintenance-free, rundown protection and retained accessory power
Brakes4-wheel antilock, 4-wheel disc, vac power 1/2 ton models only; 4-wheel antilock, 4-wheel disc with hydro boost
3/4 ton models only
Engine
See engine, transmission and axle chart on page 4
Frame
Modular with hydro formed frame rails
Fuel tank CAPACITY
31 gallon (117.3 liters) on 1/2 ton models and 39 gallon (148 liters) on 3/4 ton models
Oil coolersAuxiliary transmission oil cooler, heavy-duty air-to-oil (requires 3.42 axle ratio on 1/2 ton models) standard with 3/4 ton models
Stabilitrak
Vehicle stability control system with proactive roll avoidance
Steering
Power, rack and pinion
Suspension, front
Coil-over-shock with stabilizer bar 1/2 ton models only; independent with torsion bar 3/4 ton only
Suspension, rear
Multi-link with coil springs 1/2 ton model only; multi-stage leaf springs 3/4 ton models only
Tires
See tire and wheel chart on page 5
Tire pressure monitor
CHECK TIRE PRESSURE will show on Driver Information Center (no sensor in spare tire)
tire, Spare
See tire chart on page 5
tire, Spare carrier
Lockable outside, winch-type mounted under frame at rear
Trailering equipmentHeavy-duty includes trailering hitch platform, 7-wire harness with independent fused trailering circuits mated to a 7-way sealed
connector and vr4 2-inch trailering receiver
Transfer caseActive single-speed, electronic autotrac with rotary controls, does not include Neutral (N). Cannot be dinghy towed, requires GU4 3.08
rear axle. Not available on 2WD models, 3/4 ton models or with K5L heavy-duty trailering package (2-speed transfer case is available)
Transmission
6-speed automatic, see engine, transmission and axle chart on page 4
Wheels
See wheel and tire chart on page 5
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/5/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
4|
SUBURBAN COMMERCIAL FLEET - 1FL
C ommerci a l fleet pack age o ptio n 1 FL
ENGINE/AXLE
S = Standard Equipment A = Available – (dashes) = Not Available
MODEL
ENGINE
TRANSMISSION
AXLE
GVWR lbs. (kg)
MYC 6-SPEED MYD 6-SPEED
GU4
GU6
GT4
AUTOMATICAUTOMATIC HD
3.08
3.42
3.73
CC10906
CK10906
CC20906
CK20906
C5Z
7200
(3266)
C6C
C6P
7400 8600
(3357) (3901)
LMG Vortec
5.3L V8 SFI FlexFuel2
S
—
S
A
—
S
—
—
LC9 Vortec
5.3L V8 SFI FlexFuel2
S
—
S
A
—
—
S
—
L96 Vortec 6.0L VVT V8 SFI FlexFuel2
—
S
—
—
S
—
—
S
L96 Vortec 6.0L
VVT V8 SFI FlexFuel2
—
S
—
—
S
—
—
S
Note: E mission type must be ordered
FE9 - Federal YF5 - California NG1 - Northeast States
TRAILERING SPECIFICATIONS
Automatic Transmission Ratings with Ball Hitch
MODEL
(LMG) Vortec
5.3L V8 SFI FlexFuel2
Axle Ratio
CC10906
CC10906* CK10906
CK10906*
CC20906
CK20906
3.08 3.42
3.42
—
—
—
—
(LC9) Vortec 5.3L
V8 SFI FlexFuel2
(L96) Vortec 6.0L
V8 Gas SFI FlexFuel2
Maximum Trailer
Axle Ratio
Maximum Trailer
Axle Ratio
Maximum Trailer
Weight lbs.7 (kg)Weight lbs.7 (kg)Weight lbs.7 (kg)
5100 (2313)
5600 (2540)
8100 (3674)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.42
3.42
—
—
5500 (2495)
8000 (3629)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.73
3.73
9600 (4354)
9400 (4264)
* with K5L
GCWR -
ENGINE/REAR RATIO COMBINATION WITH AUTO TRANS
ENGINE
(LMG) Vortec 5.3L V8 SFI FlexFuel2
(LC9) Vortec 5.3L V8 SFI FlexFuel2
(L96) Vortec 6.0L Variable Valve Timing V8 SFI FlexFuel2
(GCWR) Gross Combination Weight Ratings lbs. (kg)
11000
14000
16000
(4989) (6350)
(7257)
3.08
3.42
—
—
3.42
—
—
—
3.73
2. E85 is 85% ethanol and 15% gasoline. To see if there is an E85 station near you, go to www.gmaltfuel.com/e85-station-locator.
7. M
aximum trailer weight ratings are calculated assuming a base vehicle, except for any option(s) necessary to achieve the rating, plus
driver. The weight of other optional equipment, passengers and cargo will reduce the maximum trailer weight your vehicle can tow.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
SUBURBAN COMMERCIAL FLEET - 1FL | 5
Tires and wheels
CODE
QAN
QJP
QIZ
QIZ
QIW
QIW
QXT
SIZE
P265/70R17 P265/70R17
LT245/75R16E
LT245/75R16E
LT245/75R16E
LT245/75R16E
LT265/70R17E
DESCRIPTION
All-season
On/off-road
All-season
All-season
On/off-road
On/off-road
All-terrain
CODE
SIZE
ZRS
P265/70R17
ZIZ
LT245/75R16
ZER
LT265/75R16E
4JP
P265/70R17
4GK
LT245/75R16E
DESCRIPTION
All-season
All-season
On/off-road
On/off-road
On/off-road
CODE
NX7
P46
QB5
P25
SIZE
17" x 7"
17" x 7.5"
16" x 6.5"
17" x 7.5"
DESCRIPTION
4 – steel
4 – 5 spoke
4 – steel
4 – 8 lug CODE
NZ4
NZ3
SIZE
17"
16"
DESCRIPTION
One – steel
One – steel
Road Tires
SIDE WALL
Blackwall
Blackwall
Blackwall
Blackwall
Blackwall
Blackwall
Blackwall
Spare Tires
SIDE WALL
Blackwall
Blackwall
Blackwall
Blackwall
Blackwall
Road Wheels
SIDE WALL
Steel
Aluminum
Steel
Aluminum
Spare Wheels
SIDE WALL
Steel
Steel
USAGE
Standard
Optional
Standard
Optional
Standard
Optional
Optional
USAGE
Standard
Standard
Optional
Optional
Optional
MODELS
1/2 ton 2 or 4WD
1/2 ton 4WD
3/4 ton 2WD
3/4 ton 4WD
3/4 ton 4WD
3/4 ton 2WD
3/4 ton (requires P25 wheels)
MODELS
1/2 ton
3/4 ton
3/4 ton (requires QXT tires)
1/2 ton (requires QJP tires)
3/4 ton 4WD (requires QIW tires)
USAGE
Standard
Optional
Standard
Optional
MODELS
1/2 ton
1/2 ton
3/4 ton
3/4 ton
USAGE
MODELS
Standard1/2 ton
Standard
3/4 ton
Note: Polished forged aluminum, includes chrome center caps and steel spare
Seats and interior trim
S = Standard Equipment A = Available -- (dashes) = Not Available
Decor Level Seat Seat Seat Trim
Ebony
TypeCode
Standard
Front: 40/20/40 AZ3 Premium cloth
19C
Commercial (1FL)
reclining split-bench
Available
Front: 40/20/40
AZ3 Vinyl
19V
Commercial (1FL)
reclining split-bench
Optional
Front: high-back A95 Premium cloth
19C
Commercial (1FL)
reclining bucket
Exterior Color Solid PaintCode
Black
41U
Mocha Steel Metallic
GHA
Summit White
50U
Gold Mist Metallic
51U
Red Jewel Tintcoat
80U
Taupe Gray Metallic
GGW
Sheer Silver Metallic
GGZ
Touch Up Ebony
Paint Number
WA-8555
A
WA-7065
A
WA-8624
A
WA-316N
A
WA-301N
A
WA-7075
A
WA-7265
A
Interior
Light Dark Titanium/Cashmere/
Dark
Light Titanium1Cashmere1
33C
—
—
—
33C
—
Interior
Light Titanium/ Dark Titanium†
A
A
A
—
A
A
A
Dark Cashmere/
Light Cashmere†
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
† - Interior color has lighter/darker two-tone effect.
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
6|
SUBURBAN COMMERCIAL FLEET - 1FL
AVAILABLE EXTERIOR COLORS
GGW
GGZ
41U
GHA
50U
51U
80U
Taupe Gray
Metallic
Sheer Silver
Metallic
Black
Mocha Steel
Metallic
NEW
Summit White
Gold Mist
Metallic
Red Jewel
Tintcoat
Actual colors may vary
SEO Paint Available
WA#
COLOR DESCRIPTION
CODE
253A
Wheatland Yellow
722J
Dark Blue Metallic
9W3
5665Blue
7941
Green
9015
Woodland Green
9V5
9260Victory Red
5T4
9403
9V9
Doeskin Tan
9414Yellow
9417Tangier Orange
9W4
Actual Color May VAry
Note: • All normally body-colored, non-sheet metal parts, will be Flat Black (except Victory Red non-sheet metal parts will match)
• SEO paint orders that contain less than five vehicles will be delayed until five unit minimum is received for batch production
Special Paint Also Available Through Kerr Industries
• Special paint is also available for ppv and 5W4 Tahoes
• This work is done as part of the Kerr Industries dealer direct program
• A minimum order is not required with this program. Please see the Kerr Industries cd for further detai­ls or you can contact
Kerr industries at 905-725-6561 to discuss your requirements
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
SUBURBAN COMMERCIAL FLEET - 1FL | 7
Available options
K47
air cleaner - High capacity
Kw1alternator - 160-amps (standard on 1/2 ton models; included and only available with vyu Snow Plow Prep Package on 4-wheel drive
3/4 ton models; not available on 2-wheel drive 3/4 ton model
Jl1
brake controller - Integrated trailer
D07
console - Floor storage area and cup holders (included and only available with a95 front custom cloth bucket seats)
Utq
content theft alarm disable - Flashing lamps and horn warning
Knp
cooling - Auxiliary transmission oil cooler (standard on 3/4 ton. Included and only available with k5l Hd Trailerling Package7 on 1/2 ton)
Kc4
cooling - External engine oil cooler (standard on 3/4 ton. Included and only available with k5l Hd Trailerling Package7 on 1/2 ton)
G80
differential - Heavy-duty locking rear
K05
engine blOck heater
B30
floor covering - Color-keyed carpeting (includes b58 color keyed floor mats)
VAVfloor mats, all weather - First and second row, requires B30 color-keyed carpeting. Not available with AZE front 40/20/40 split-bench on 2WD models. (LPO,
dealer installed)
VKNfloor mats, all weather - Third row, requires B30 color-keyed carpeting and AS3 third row 50/50 split-bench seats. Not available with AZE front 40/20/40
split-bench on 2WD models. (LPO, dealer installed)
T96
fog lamps - Front, halogen
Anj
glass - Non-deep tinted
K5l
heavy-duty trailering package7 - Includes auxiliary transmission oil cooler and external engine oil cooler, (1/2 ton model only.
Includes 3.42 ratio rear axle)
V1k
luggage rack center rails - Roof mounted, Black
G63
luggage rack - Delete
VLI
Mat, rear cargo - Requires B30 color-keyed carpeting. Not available with ATD third row seat delete. (LPO, dealer installed)
B58
mats - Color-keyed carpeted first and second row, removable (included and only available with b30 floor covering)
Dpnmirrors - Outside heated power-adjustable vertical camper; manual-folding, extension and integrated turn signal indicators
Ueo
OnStar - Delete
VBS
remote, 2-way advanced - (LPO, dealer installed)
Ap3
remote vehicle starter system - Includes remote keyless entry
Ud7
rear parking assist - Ultrasonic with led display and audible warning (requires jf4 power-adjustable pedals)
V76
recovery hooks - Front, frame mounted (standard on 3/4 ton models)
Trw roof mounted lamp - Provisions (included with vyu Snow Plow Prep Package )
Nzzskid plate package - Requires 4-wheel drive model, includes aluminum front underbody shield starting behind front bumper and running to first cross-member,
protecting front underbody, oil pan, differential case and transfer case, frame-mounted shield, requires 4-wheel drive model
Vyu
snow plow prep Package - 4-wheel drive 3/4 ton models, includes instrument panel switch, roof beacon wiring, forward lamp wiring and torsion bar
(includes trw roof mounted lamp provisions)
NQH Transfer case - Active 2-speed electronic autotrac with rotary controls includes neutral position for dinghy towing, requires 4WD models included with K5L
heavy-duty trailer package or 3/4 ton models
Special Equipment Options available
9l4accessory power supply, 12-volt - 12-volt direct power supply from the battery with two (2) separate 30-amp fused circuits; each circuit has a 30-amp
mini fuse for both positive and ground to protect electrical accessories; main supply lead has a 60-amp meg fuse; all fuses are serviceable; provides either direct
battery power or operation through the ignition system; hook-up wire is located at the front of the floor console; operational amperage is 21-amps each circuit,
42-amps total; hookup and operational information is provided; requires: peg 1fl; not available with u2k digital radio, ue1 OnStar, u42 rear dvd and d07 center
console and jf4 power-adjustable pedals
6c5
battery - Single heavy-duty 730 cca (replaces base 600 cca battery)
5t4exterior body-colored parts - Victory Red with special paint wa9260; Victory Red painted front and rear fascias, rear liftgate handle and rear license plate
applique, body side moldings and door handles. Required with Victory Red special paint WA9260
9n5floor console delete - Deletes floor console and associated audio equipment that is included with premium cloth high-back buckets seats; requires: peg 1fl
and RPO a95 bucket seats
8X1
Label, Fasten Safety Belts - On Left hand and right hand front door window glass
7. M
aximum trailer weight ratings are calculated assuming a base vehicle, except for any option(s) necessary to achieve the rating, plus
driver. The weight of other optional equipment, passengers and cargo will reduce the maximum trailer weight your vehicle can tow.
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
8|
SUBURBAN COMMERCIAL FLEET - 1FL
Special Equipment Options available (continued)
9g3off-road suspension - Off-road suspension 4x4 commercial or low uplevel décor; includes z71, off-road suspension components, skid plate and high capacity
air cleaner; does not include body side “z71” decals; requires: model k10906 option qjp p265/75r17 on-off road tires peg 1fl Suburban 1ls or 1lt Uplevel
Package and a fleet or government type order
5t5seats, cloth front vinyl rear - Vinyl 2nd row rear seats and cloth front seats; if as3 third row seat is ordered, it will be vinyl. Requires: az3 front custom
cloth 40/20/40 bench seat or a95 front custom cloth high-back bucket seat, trim code 19d Ebony and peg 1fl
9s1seats, driver and passenger front individual seats in vinyl trim - Derived from RPO ae7 40/20/40 split-bench with center 20% section
removed; seats are manual, not power; does not include floor console; exposed floor areas will remain untrimmed; rear seats will also be vinyl trimmed; requires
trim code 19v Ebony and peg 1fl
EMISSIONS -
MUST BE SPECIFIED
FE9
F ederal emissions. Use for ordering vehicles that will be registered in all states except California, Connecticut, Maine, Maryland,
Massachusetts, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont and Washington State
YF5
California emissions. Use for ordering vehicles that will be registered in California.
NE1CT/ME/MD/MA/NJ/NM/NY/OR/PA/RI/VT/WA emissions. Use for ordering vehicles that will be registered in Connecticut, Maine,
Maryland, Massachusetts, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont or Washington State
NB8
Required when option code FE9 “Federal emissions” is ordered for delivery to a dealer located in California, Connecticut,
Massachusetts, Maryland, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island and Washington State for a
purchaser who will be registering the vehicle outside California, Connecticut, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, New Jersey, New
Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont and Washington State.
NC7
Required when option code YF5 “CALIFORNIA EMISSIONS” or option code NE1 "CT/ME/MD/MA/NJ/NM/NY/OR/PA/RI/VT/WA
EMISSIONS" is ordered for delivery to a dealer located in any state except California, Connecticut, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts,
New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont and Washington for a purchaser who will be
registering the vehicle in one of these states or sold as permitted below under “EPA Policy on the Sale of California Emission Vehicles”
NB9
Required when option code YF5 is ordered for delivery to a dealer located in Connecticut, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, New
Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont and Washington. Required when option code NE1 is
ordered for delivery to a dealer located in California.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
SUBURBAN COMMERCIAL FLEET - 1FL | 9
Specifications (in./mm)
CC10906
2WD 1/2 Ton
Interior
CK10906
CC20906
4x4 1/2 Ton
2WD 3/4 Ton
CK20906
4x4 3/4 Ton
Wheelbase 130.0/3302 130.0/3302 130.0/3302 130.0/3302
Overall length 222.4/5649 222.4/5649 222.4/5649 222.4/5649
Body width 79.1/2009 79.1/2009 79.1/2009 79.1/2009
Overall height 76.8/1951 76.8/1951 76.8/1951 76.8/1951
Head room, front 41.1/1044 41.1/1044 41.1/1044 41.1/1044
Head room, center 38.5/978 38.5/978 38.5/978 38.5/978
Head room, rear 38.1/968 38.1/968 38.1/968 38.1/968
Shoulder room, front 65.3/1659 65.3/1659 65.3/1659 65.3/1659
Shoulder room, center 65.2/1656 65.2/1656 65.2/1656 65.2/1656
Shoulder room, rear 64.7/1643 64.7/1643 64.7/1643 64.7/1643
Hip room, front 64.4/1636 64.4/1636 64.4/1636 64.4/1636
Hip room, center 61.8/1570
61.8/1570 61.8/1570 61.8/1570
Hip room, rear 49.4/1255 49.4/1255 49.4/1255 49.4/1255
Leg room, front 41.3/1049 41.3/1049 41.3/1049 41.3/1049
Leg room, center 39.5/1003 39.5/1003 39.5/1003 39.5/1003
Leg room, rear 34.9/886 34.9/886 34.9/886 34.9/886
Ground to top of rear load floor 31.8/808
32.6/828 31.8/808 32.6/828
Load floor length, to front seat, at floor 101.8/2586 101.8/2586 101.8/2586 101.8/2586
Load floor length, to center seat, at floor 69.6/1768 69.6/1768 69.6/1768 69.6/1768
Load floor length, to rear seat, at floor 35.6/904 35.6/904 35.6/904 35.6/904
Inside width, between wheelhousing 49.1/1247
49.1/1247 49.1/1247 49.1/1247
Cargo area height 41.4/1052 41.4/1052 41.4/1052 41.4/1052
Ground clearance, front 10.5/267 10.5/267 10.5/267 10.5/267
Ground clearance, rear 9.1/231 9.1/231 9.1/231 9.1/231
Front shock absorber diameter 1.81/46 1.81/46 1.38/35 1.38/35
Front stabilizer bar diameter 1.41/36
1.41/36 1.40/36 1.40/36
Rear shock absorber diameter 1.81/46 1.81/46 1.38/35 1.38/35
Rear stabilizer bar diameter 1.10/28 1.10/28 —
—
Turning diameter, curb-to-curb, ft. (m) Capacities lbs. (kg)
43.0/13.1 43.0/13.1 45.3/13.8 45.3/13.8
Front axle 3500/1588 3600/1633
3800/1724
4180/1896
Rear axle 4200/1905 4200/1905 5500/2495
5500/2495
Curb weight 5846/2652 6024/2732 6215/2819
6551/2971
137.4/3891.2 137.4/3891.2 137.4/3891.2
137.4/3891.2
Payload6 1519/689 1563/709 2429/1102
2162/981
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating5 (GVWR) 7200/3266 7400/3357 8600/3901 8600/3901
Front Gross Axle Weight Rating (FGAWR) 3500/1588 3600/1633 3800/1724 4180/1896
Rear Gross Axle Weight Rating (RGAWR) 4200/1905 4200/1905 5500/2495 5500/2495
Fuel capacity, approximate, gallon (liters) 31/117 31/117 39/148
39/148
Seating capacity (front/center/rear)
3/3/3
3/3/3
3/3/3
3/3/3
Cargo volume3, cu. ft. (liters) Note: P ublished dimensions indicated are without optional equipment or accessories. Additional accessories or equipment ordered at the customer's request
can result in a minor change in these dimensions.
3. Cargo and load capacity limited by weight and distribution.
5. Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). When properly equipped, includes vehicle, passengers, cargo and equipment.
6. Maximum payload capacity includes weight of driver, passengers, optional equipment and cargo.
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/5/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
10 |
AIR BAGS FAQ
Can specialty vehicle equipment (e.g. radar devices, video
cameras, computers, meters, radio trees, shotguns, etc.) still be
mounted in cars with passenger side air bags?
Yes, but care must be taken to mount the equipment outside of the deployment zone.
Air bags inflate with great force and will interact with any object in the deployment
zone. Therefore, to reduce the risk of injury to vehicle occupants, GM recommends
that the air deployment zone be kept free of any equipment. If a piece of equipment
were to become dislodged it could strike an occupant in the vehicle and result in
injury. The likelihood of an object becoming dislodged is influenced by many factors,
including the proximity of the object to the inflatable restraint, the size and shape of
the object, and the means by which the object is secured to the vehicle. In addition to
these factors, the trajectory and velocity of a dislodged object can be influenced by
the type and severity of vehicle crash.
Objects that are in the deployment zone, but do not become dislodged by an inflating
air bag can still affect the performance of the air bag. For example, such objects could
tear the fabric or affect the shape of the air bag, thus reducing the ability of the bag
to provide restraint.
Is it possible to shield equipment that is installed in the passenger
side frontal air bag deployment zone in a manner that will allow
full and safe air bag deployment?
Due to the complexity of influencing variables, GM is unable to evaluate the potential
for shielding expected equipment configurations in all accident scenarios in order
to assure that the air bag performance would be unaffected. While shielding may
protect certain equipment from being damaged or dislodged, it may also negatively
affect the inflation characteristics of the air bag. The air bag’s shape, inflation angle,
fold pattern, and inflation rate and pressure are developed to maximize the
protection capability of the inflatable restraint system. Therefore, GM cannot
recommend the placement of any equipment in the deployment zone, even if it is
shielded to protect it from damage.
Front air bag systems and instrument panel mounted equipment.
Passenger air bags in GM vehicles deploy in different ways depending upon the type
of vehicle and the particular instrument panel design.
In some vehicles, the passenger air bag deploys through a discrete door located on
the top surface of the instrument panel (top-mount air bag systems). In other
vehicles, such as the Chevrolet Tahoe, the passenger air bag deploys through a
discrete door mounted on the vertical rearward surface of the instrument panel,
above the glove box door (mid-mount air bag system). With these types of topmount and mid-mount passenger air bag systems, the top pad of the instrument
panel remains in place during deployment.
Some GM passenger air bag systems, like the system in the Chevrolet Impala, deploy
from beneath the instrument panel top pad. These are considered 3/4-mount air bag
systems with a “deployable top pad.” The entire instrument panel top pad is the
“deployment door” from under which the inflating air bag emerges. When an air bag
deployment is commanded, the forces from the inflating passenger air bag push up
on the instrument panel top pad, releasing special fasteners across the rearward edge
of the top pad. This allows the top pad to rotate upward so that the passenger air bag
may emerge. The top pad rotates upward to open widest at the right hand side, and
is usually forced upward into contact with the windshield on the right hand side of
the vehicle during a deployment.
Instrument panel top mounted special equipment, such as a radar antenna and
control unit or video camera must be positioned to the left of the vehicle center line.
This equipment must be mounted as low as possible and securely fastened to the top
pad to avoid being dislodged in the event of a crash and possible air bag deployment.
In the process of securely fastening special equipment to the top, DO NOT fasten
down the top pad itself to any other vehicle component such as the cluster trim plate.
As described above, the top pad rotates upward during a deployment. In order to
enable the proper deployment of the passenger air bag, specialty equipment
installation MUST NOT PREVENT the top pad from rotating upward during
deployment. Location and attachment of special equipment should minimize added
resistance or interference to upward rotation of the top pad during deployment.
Optional side air bags for crashes to the vehicle sides.
The air bag system in your police vehicle may include optional side air bags for front
and rear occupants. Most front-to-rear side air bags are designed to deploy
downward from the interior roof sides to the bottom of the door windows.
Can Specialty Vehicle Security Barriers be mounted within the side
air bag deployment zones?
No. The side air bags inflate extremely fast because of the nature of side crashes to
the vehicle. Mounting a security barrier behind the front seats with the ends placed
within the side air bag deployment zones will result in unintended interaction
between the barrier and the inflating side air bags. To reduce the risk of injury to the
vehicle occupants, GM recommends that the side air bag zones be kept free of any
customer installed equipment.
Customer furnished equipment installed to the vehicle roof.
Your police vehicle is designed with an interior roof cover system which includes
internal components for the interior lamps and wiring. The roof system may also
include optional side air bag components. Inflation devices may be mounted on the
vehicle roof side behind the rear doors as well as air bag tethers retained to the
windshield pillars. Care must be taken to avoid damage to these components
or interference with their operation when installing roof mounted equipment such
as emergency lamps and communication antennas.
Recommended GM service procedures must be followed to remove
and re-install the instrument panel top pad to ensure that the top
pad will release properly in the event of a passenger air bag
deployment.
On the right half of the top pad closest to the passenger air bag module,
GM recommends that no equipment be mounted. When mounting equipment on the
driver side of the top pad, GM recommends that the total mass of the top pad
mounted special equipment not exceed 8 pounds (3.6 kilograms), since the top pad
tends to rotate about the left end.
Fasteners used to secure special equipment to the instrument panel top pad, the
windshield glass, or to the windshield upper frame (header), should be selected to
ensure that these devices will remain attached during a vehicle crash and possible
air bag deployment.
ead curtain side air bags are designed to help reduce the risk of head and neck injuries to front and rear seat occupants on the near side of certain side-impact collisions. Always
H
use safety belts and the correct child restraints for your child’s age and size, even in vehicles equipped with air bags. Children are safer when properly secured in a rear seat. See
your vehicle Owner’s Manual and child safety seat instructions for more information.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/5/2011
AIR BAGS FAQ | 11
Can the installation of push bumpers on the front end of the
vehicle affect the deployment of the air bag?
General Motors is not aware of adverse effects during crash events from the many
push bumpers that have been installed on GM police vehicles. Because there are
many styles of push bumpers available with varying crash characteristics, installation
of push bumpers may or may not affect deployment timing of the air bags. Push
bumpers should be mounted to avoid modifying the vehicle structure and interfering
with the front air bag sensors mounted on the upper radiator support cross member.
Two front impact sensors are installed in General Motors vehicles. Do not relocate or
disconnect the front sensors. The location and orientation of the front sensors are
critical for correct operation of the air bag system. Avoid mounting components on or
near the sensors. Push bumper styles with vertical pushing members that are in foreaft alignment with the front air bag sensors are not recommended.
How long will the air bag remain inflated?
It takes approximately 1/20th of a second to fully inflate the frontal air bags. This is
faster than the blink of an eye. The air bags begin to deflate immediately, helping to
stop the occupants more gradually.
Can the air bag system be re-used?
No. The air bags are designed to inflate only once. After inflation some new parts
will be required. These will include the air bag module and possibly other parts. (A
competent service technician with access to the vehicle’s service manual and the
required tools should replace the required components after a deployment crash.)
I’ve heard that the dusts that are released into the passenger
compartment from the air bag are harmful. Is this true?
For most people, the only effect the dusts will produce is some irritation of the throat
and eyes, and that is only if the occupant remains in the vehicle for many minutes
after the air bag deployment with no ventilation and windows closed. However, some
people with asthma may develop an asthmatic attack from inhaling the dusts. If this
happens, they should first treat themselves the same way their doctor has advised
them to treat any other asthma attack, and then immediately seek medical
treatment.
Seat mounted side impact air bags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe side
crashes. The side impact air bags will inflate if the crash severity is above the
designed "threshold level." The threshold level can vary with specific vehicles design.
The side impact air bags are not designed to inflate on frontal or near-frontal impacts
or rear impacts, because inflation would not help the occupant.
Roof rail mounted head-curtain airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe
side crashes. In addition, certain vehicles have head-curtain air bags which are also
designed to inflate in situations where an impending rollover condition is identified
by the vehicle’s rollover sensing system and/or frontal or near-frontal impacts if the
crash severity is above the designed “threshold level”.
Safety belt pretensioners at the driver and front passenger seat positions are
designed to deploy in frontal, near-frontal, side, and rear crashes that exceed the
“threshold level” of crash severity to help reduce slack in the safety belt. Safety belt
pretensioners will also deploy in impending rollover situations.
I’ve heard that a deployed air bag produces what appears to be
smoke. Is the air bag hot?
After the bag has deployed in a crash, the air bag itself will not be hot to touch. Some
components within the air bag module will be hot for a short time. A small amount
of smoke coming from a deployed air bag module is normal and should not be cause
for concern.
Also, when the nitrogen gas is vented out of the air bag, small particles from inside
the bag are also vented into passenger compartment. These airborne particles look
like smoke and some particles are deposited as residue on and around the air bag.
If my vehicle has air bags, why should I have to wear my safety
belt?
Air bags are in many vehicles today and will be in most of them in the future. But
they are supplemental systems only; so they work with safety belts - not instead of
them. Every air bag system ever offered for sale has required the use of safety belts.
Even if you’re in a vehicle that has air bags, ­you still have to buckle up to get the most
protection. That’s true not only in frontal collisions but especially in side and other
collisions.
When should an air bag inflate?
The driver’s and right-front passenger’s frontal air bags are designed to inflate in
moderate to severe frontal or near-frontal crashes. But they are designed to inflate
only if the impact speed is above the system’s designed "threshold level."
In addition, if your vehicle has "dual stage" frontal air bags, these air bags tailor the
amount of restraint according to crash severity. For moderate frontal impacts, the air
bags inflate at a level less than full deployment. For more severe frontal impacts,
"dual stage" frontal air bags deploy at full levels.
If the front of your vehicle goes straight into a wall that doesn’t move or deform, the
threshold level of the reduced deployment is about 12 to 16 mph (19 to 15 km/h),
and the threshold level for a full deployment is about 18 to 24 mph (29 to 28.5
km/h). The threshold level can vary, however, with specific vehicle design, so that it
can be somewhat above or below this range.
If your vehicle strikes something that will move or deform such as a parked car, the
threshold level will be higher. The driver’s and right-front passenger’s frontal air bags
are not designed to inflate in rollover, side impacts, or rear impacts, because inflation
would not help the occupant.
ead curtain side air bags are designed to help reduce the risk of head and neck injuries to front and rear seat occupants on the near side of certain side-impact collisions. Always
H
use safety belts and the correct child restraints for your child’s age and size, even in vehicles equipped with air bags. Children are safer when properly secured in a rear seat. See
your vehicle Owner’s Manual and child safety seat instructions for more information.
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/5/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
12 |
AIR BAGS
Top View of Instrument Panel and APproximate
Deployment Area of the Air bag Zone
A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. K. L. M. Passenger side instrument panel top surface zone
Passenger side air bag module trim panel – rear edge
Passenger side door
Approximate dimensions of inflated air bag
Passenger side air bag deployment zone
Passenger centerline
Inside rearview mirror
Vehicle centerline
Driver centerline
Driver side air bag deployment zone
Front of steering wheel
Driver side door
Shift selector arc
ead curtain side air bags are designed to help reduce the risk of head and neck injuries to front and rear seat occupants on the near side of certain side-impact collisions. Always
H
use safety belts and the correct child restraints for your child’s age and size, even in vehicles equipped with air bags. Children are safer when properly secured in a rear seat. See
your vehicle Owner’s Manual and child safety seat instructions for more information.
Note: All dimensions are approximate and subject to change.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/5/2011
AIR BAGS | 13
Side View of Driver Side
Air bag Deployment Zone
A. Top edge of windshield
B. Top of instrument panel
C. Inflated air bag – steering wheel
D. Centerline of steering column at mid-tilt
E. Driver air bag deployment zone
F. Front of steering wheel
Side View of Passenger Side Air bag
Deployment Zone
A. Top edge of windshield
B. Inside rearview mirror
C. Instrument panel top surface zone
D. Passenger side air bag module trim panel – rear edge
E. Inflated air bag – horizontal dimension approximate 15.4 in (390 mm)
F. Inflated air bag – vertical dimension approximate 9.3 in (490 mm)
G. Inflated air bag – instrument panel
H. Passenger air bag deployment zone
ead curtain side air bags are designed to help reduce the risk of head and neck injuries to front and rear seat occupants on the near side of certain side-impact collisions. Always
H
use safety belts and the correct child restraints for your child’s age and size, even in vehicles equipped with air bags. Children are safer when properly secured in a rear seat. See
your vehicle Owner’s Manual and child safety seat instructions for more information.
Note: All dimensions are approximate and subject to change.
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/5/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
14 |
AIR BAGS
Head Curtain and front Seat-Mounted Side IMpact Air bag Deployment Zones
Passenger Side Shown, Driver Side Similar
Tahoe/Suburban 3rd Row Seats
M. Deployment zone - Tahoe 3rd seat
N. Deployment zone - Suburban 3rd seat
O. Rear zones at back corner of headliner: 1 Tahoe, 2 Suburban
P. Bottom of 3rd seat zone at rear side trim cup holders
Q. Top edge of rear quarter trim at window
R. Rear of Tahoe
S. Rear of Suburban
­Tahoe/Suburban/Silverado Crew Cab Seat Rows 1 and 2
A. Top of deployment zone – along head curtain at edge of headliner
B. Back of deployment zone – at rear top corner of rear door pad
C. Rear quarter window
D. Bottom outside edge of rear quarter window
E. Bottom of air bag deployment zone – parallel to outside bottom edge of
rear quarter glass
F. Top edge of rear door pad
G. Top edge of front door pad
H. Dimension at mirror patch from top edge of front door pad
I. Front of deployment zone at front upper corner of front door pad
J. Windshield pillar trim with grab handle
K. Visor
L. Deployment zone - Tahoe seat rows 1 and 2
Tahoe/Suburban/Silverado Crew Cab Seat Air bag
T. Center of door trim pull handle
U. Top of surface of outboard front seat cushion
V. Back edge of center pillar trim­
Note: The head curtain air bag inflators are mounted in a different orientation on the
Silverado Crew Cab pickup truck roof structure from those in the Tahoe/Suburban.
Head curtain and front Seat-Mounted Side IMpact Air bag Deployment Zones
View from Rear Cargo Area
A. Head curtain air bag deployment zone
B. Underside of headliner
C. Edge of headliner D. Inner center pillar trim
E. Inner door pad
F. Seat centerline
G. Bottom of door windows
H. Front seat headrests
I. Seat-mounted side impact air bags deployment zone front seat
J. Top surface of outboard front seat cushion
ead curtain side air bags are designed to help reduce the risk of head and neck injuries to front and rear seat occupants on the near side of certain side-impact collisions. Always
H
use safety belts and the correct child restraints for your child’s age and size, even in vehicles equipped with air bags. Children are safer when properly secured in a rear seat. See
your vehicle Owner’s Manual and child safety seat instructions for more information.
Note: All dimensions are approximate and subject to change.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/5/2011
15 |
Anti-lock braking system FAQ
GM offers Anti-Lock Brake Systems as standard or optional
on all North American passenger vehicles and light truck
lines. The computerized Anti-Lock Braking System (ABS) is
designed to keep the vehicle’s wheels rotating as the brakes are
applied to assist the driver in achieving a controlled stop.
Sensors monitor how fast the wheels rotate and feed the data
continuously to the ABS computer. The vehicle’s brakes slow
each wheel as the brake pedal is applied. However, when
ABS is activated due to road conditions, the system repeatedly
releases and applies pressure to the brakes. The wheels
can keep rolling, thus retaining steering ability and enhanced
stability while providing a higher braking force on most
surfaces than a locked wheel provides.
How exactly does ABS work?
In cars without ABS, hitting the brakes can cause the wheels to lock, leaving you unable
to steer the vehicle until you decrease the pressure so the wheels can roll again. With
an ABS, as you apply the brakes, the ABS computer monitors the wheel speed sensor
information. If the computer senses that a wheel is approaching lock up, it sends a
signal to the hydraulic modulator to reduce, then to reapply, brake pressure several
times a second for as long as you maintain firm pressure on the brake pedal. The
process is much like the threshold braking technique used with conventional brakes.
However, ABS does it much faster and more accurately than any driver can, leaving you
free to focus on steering away from obstacles.
Does ABS reduce stopping distances?
Should I drive an ABS equipped vehicle differently than
I would drive a vehicle with conventional brakes?
Most of the time, under normal driving circumstances, there is no difference,
and you should always drive with the same caution and care. It is important to realize
that ABS only makes a difference when it is activated—when you have
to brake hard—and that would only be when the computer senses that a wheel is
approaching lock up. When ABS activates keep steady pressure on the brake pedal and
then let the ABS work for you. Don’t pump the brakes or try to ­find the threshold.
Simply hold the brake pedal down and steer if necessary to avoid an obstacle.
Is ABS always active?
ABS is always available, but not always activated. ABS is activated only when the brake
pedal is applied and the computer detects an impending wheel lock condition.
Can older cars be retrofitted with ABS?
No! The brake system is one of the most important features on any passenger vehicle.
Several products, which tap into the master cylinder and/or brake system performance,
are being sold in the aftermarket. Some of these products imply performance similar to
new vehicle anti-lock brake systems.
However, contrary to their claims, add-on systems, which deplete fluid from the master
cylinder on brake apply may actually increase a vehicle’s stopping distance. This may
cause the vehicle to fail to comply with Federal brake standards.
Does ABS always activate at the same speed?
No, the system operates when the computer detects wheel lockup, at any speed above
8 mph.
Yes, in braking situations where the wheels on a non-ABS equipped vehicle
would lock up, ABS will generally provide shorter controlled stopping distance. The
amount of improvement in stopping distance depends on many factors, including the
road surface, severity of braking, initial vehicle speed, etc. On some surfaces, such as
gravel roads, braking distances can be longer, but you will still have the control benefits
of ABS. The important capability of ABS is control. ABS provides improved vehicle
steerability and stability when braking.
Will ABS wear out a vehicle’s brakes sooner?
What can affect the ABS advantage?
Do Federal Safety Standards mandate ABS?
It is important that you follow the maintenance schedule recommended in the owner’s
manual of the vehicle, tires should be at their proper inflation level, the brake pads
should be checked regularly, etc. While driving, you should sit comfortably, so that your
hips are back in the seat and your knees are bent, even while braking. Your foot should
be positioned so that your heel is on the floor and your toes are secure on the lower half
of the pedal. And, though ABS may reduce stopping distance, remember: The faster you
go, the longer it takes you to stop. Keeping a safe distance between you and the
vehicle in front of you is always necessary, even with ABS.
A properly maintained brake system will be unaffected by ABS operation under typical
driving conditions.
Are there different types of ABS?
Yes, there are rear wheel anti-lock systems (RWAL) used on some trucks and four-wheel
ABS available on cars and trucks.
No. Federal standards establish minimum braking performance requirements that all
vehicles must meet, but do not specify how they should be met. It should be noted that
even a vehicle with failed ABS meets the Federal safety standard for stopping distances.
Will a tire size change affect ABS?
Use of tires other than original equipment may affect ABS performance. Owners should
consult and follow the recommendations contained in the vehicle owner’s manual
regarding replacement tire size. Note: ABS will work with original equipment spare tire or tire
What happens if ABS becomes inactive?
chains. However, performance is reduced.
The ABS electronic control unit has on-board diagnostic capability. If a fault is detected,
the vehicle will revert to the base brake system, and the ABS telltale on the dash will be
illuminated. Should this happen, the vehicle should be taken to a dealership for repair
as soon as possible.
Do insurance companies give a discount for ABS?
How do I use ABS?
Depress and hold the pedal. DO NOT PUMP THE BRAKES (that prevents the system from
working). Just hold the brake pedal down and let the ABS work for you. You may feel
the brake pedal vibrate, or you may notice some noise, but this is normal as the system
works for you.
Yes, many insurance companies give discounts that range from 5% to 10%. In the
states of New York and Florida all insurance companies are required to give an ABS
discount of 5% on certain coverages such as bodily injury, property damage, collision,
and personal injury protection. In other states the discount varies from insurance
company to insurance company. When buying auto insurance, always ask your
insurance agent if his/her company gives a discount for vehicles equipped with antilock brakes.
Note: All dimensions are approximate and subject to change.
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/5/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
16 |
Anti-lock braking system
IMPORTANT
DRIVING
SAFETY TIPS
A. A lways maintain a safe
following distance. ABS does not
allow you to stop on a dime. (Generally a
2-second following distance is considered
safe in ideal conditions.) Watch the vehicle
in front of you pass a fixed marker (such as a
sign). Count seconds—one-thousand-one,
one-thousand-two-until your front bumper
reaches the marker. If you do not count out
two seconds, then you are too close to the
vehicle in front of you. Also, if the roads are
wet or icy, or visibility is poor, you should
increase your following distance.
B. A lways drive carefully—
especially on slippery surfaces. ABS cannot
create friction between the tires and the road
surface, it can only give the driver the
maximum advantage of the existing
adhesion. If the vehicle is traveling on a
surface with no adhesion, the best ABS in the
world cannot provide a shorter stopping
distance or good steering.
C. It is a good idea to practice an
ABS activated stop and get the feel
of the brake pedal. However, please make
sure it’s at a safe time with no obstacles in
your path. And you only really need to try
it once or twice to know what happens.
Stability enhancement systems (StabiliTrak)
S tability enhancement system (StabiliTrak) assists the driver with
directional control of the vehicle in difficult driving conditions. Each time
the vehicle is started, the StabiliTrak system is fully ON. StabliliTrak can
be controlled by a StabiliTrak button on the instrument panel. The
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
condition of the system is displayed by an instrument panel StabiliTrak
indicator light and Driver Information Center (DIC) messages. See your
owner's manual for additional information about the operation of
StabiliTrak.
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/5/2011
NoteS | 17
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/5/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
SILVERADO 2500HD CREW CAB 4WD WORK TRUCK - 1WT | 1
Updates for 2011
New Features
• ( LML) Duramax 6.6L turbo diesel V8, B20-Diesel compatible engine
• (LGH) Duramax 6.6L turbo diesel V8, B20-Diesel compatible
engine (requires ZW9 pickup box delete)
• Exterior color (GGU) Steel Green Metallic
• (ASF) Head curtain side-impact air bags1, front outboard seating
positions with rollover sensor
• (AJ7) Seat-mounted side-impact air bags1, driver and right-front
passenger for thorax and pelvic protection
• (PYN) 17” (43.2 cm) steel wheels
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
(PYP) 17” (43.2 cm) chrome-clad steel wheels
(PYT) 18” (45.7 cm) painted steel wheels
(QHQ) LT245/75R17 all-season, blackwall tires
(QGM) LT265/70R18E all-terrain tires
(QWF) LT265/70R18E all-season tires
(K40) Exhaust Brake
(GEH) 9500 lbs. (4309 kg) GVWR5
(C4M) 9900 lbs. (4490 kg) GVWR5
(C7A) 10,000 lbs. (4536 kg) GVWR5
Changes
• New grille hood and front bumper appearance
• (JL4) StabiliTrak, stability control system is now standard on all
models and includes electronic trailer sway control, intelligent
brake assist and hill start assist
• ( VYU) Snow Plow Prep Package now available on all 4WD
engine and cab combinations
• New chassis and suspension
• Short and long box fuel tanks increased to 36 gallons
Deletions
• ( LY6) Vortec 6.0L variable valve timing V8 SFI engine
• (LMM) Duramax 6.6L turbo diesel V8, B5-diesel
compatible engine
• (QB5) 16” x 6.5” (40.6 cm x 16.5 cm) 8-lug painted
steel wheels
• (PY2) 4- 16” x 6.5” (40.6 cm x 16.5 cm) 8-lug chrome-styled
steel wheels
• (C6W) 9200 lbs. (4173 kg) GVWR5
• ( PY0) 4- 16” x 6.5” (40.6 cm x 16.5 cm) 8-lug polished
forged aluminum wheels
• (QIZ) LT 245/75R16E all-season, blackwall tires
• (QIW) LT245/75R16E on/off-road, blackwall tires
• Exterior color (58U) Black Granite Metallic
• (VBJ) LPO, Underseat storage, composite storage bin under
the rear seat
1. H
ead curtain side air bags are designed to help reduce the risk of head and neck injuries to front and rear seat occupants on the near side of certain side-impact collisions.
Always use safety belts and the correct child restraints for your child’s age and size, even in vehicles equipped with air bags. Children are safer when properly secured in a rear
seat. See your vehicle Owner’s Manual and child safety seat instructions for more information.
5. Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). When properly equipped, includes vehicle, passengers, cargo and equipment.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
2|
SILVERADO 2500HD CREW CAB 4WD WORK TRUCK - 1WT
Note: This vehicle is NOT designed nor intended for use IN HIGH SPEED EMERGENCY VEHICLE OPERATIONS
Model availability
Ck20743
Ck20943
4-wheel drive 3/4 ton fleetside standard bed crew cab pickup 4-wheel drive 3/4 ton fleetside long bed crew cab pickup Standard equipment summary
Warranty 3 years / 36,000 miles bumper-to-bumper (whichever comes first, see dealer for details)
5 years / 100,000 miles limited powertrain (whichever comes first, see dealer for details)
interior features
Air conditioning
Single-zone manual front climate control
Assist handleS Front passenger, rear assist handles in the headliner
Audio system featureSpeaker system (includes 6 speakers)
Coat hooks Rear driver and passenger side
Cup holdersFront, rear
DOME Lamps Interior with dome and reading lamps, illuminated entry feature and backlit instrument panel switches
Door locksPower includes au0 remote keyless entry unless SEO 5b5 power windows, locks and mirrors is ordered
Driver information center Odometer, trip odometer and message center (monitors numerous systems depending on vehicle equipment level including low fuel,
turn signal on, transmission temperature and oil change notification) (Driver Information Center controls are operated through the trip
button unless uk3 steering wheel mounted audio controls is ordered)
Floor covering
Black rubberized-vinyl
Mirror Inside rearview manual day/night
Power outlets 2 auxiliary instrument panel-mounted with covers, 12-volt
RADIO am/fm stereo with seek-and-scan and digital clock with 4-speaker system
Restraint systemFrontal, driver and right-front passenger seat mounted side-impact air bags1, driver and right-front passenger for thorax and pelvic
protection, head curtain side-impact front outboard seating positions with rollover sensor; always use safety belts and the correct
child restraints for your child's age and size, even in vehicles equipped with air bags1; children are safer when properly secured in a
rear seat (see the vehicle's owner’s manual and child safety seat instructions for more safety information)
Seat trim
Dark Titanium vinyl (vinyl seats require bg9 Graphite-colored rubberized-vinyl floor covering)
Seat, front40/20/40 split-bench, 3-passenger, driver and front passenger manual reclining with outboard head restraints and center fold-down
armrest with storage
Seat, rear60/40 folding bench (folds up), 3-passenger, folding (includes child seat top tether anchor)
Speedometer/cluster
Analog with speedometer, fuel level, engine temperature, tachometer, volt meter and oil pressure indicators
Steering wheel
Includes theft deterrent locking feature
Steering column
Tilt-wheel, adjustable with brake/transmission shift interlock
Theft Deterrent
Vehicle theft PASS-Key® III
Visors Driver and front passenger, sliding with clip and passenger side vanity mirror with cover, Opal Gray-colored
Warning tones Headlamp on, key-in-ignition, driver and passenger buckle up reminder and turn signal on
1. H
ead curtain side air bags are designed to help reduce the risk of head and neck injuries to front and rear seat occupants on the near side of certain side-impact collisions.
Always use safety belts and the correct child restraints for your child’s age and size, even in vehicles equipped with air bags. Children are safer when properly secured in a rear
seat. See your vehicle Owner’s Manual and child safety seat instructions for more information.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
SILVERADO 2500HD CREW CAB 4WD WORK TRUCK - 1WT | 3
exterior features
Air dam Black
Bumper, Front Chrome
Bumper, Rear Chrome, step-style with pad
Daytime running lamps Automatic exterior lamp control
Door handles
Black
Glass
Solar-Ray light-tinted, all windows
Grille
Chrome surround
Headlamps Dual halogen composite with automatic exterior lamp control and flash-to-pass feature
keyless entry2 transmitters, panic button and content theft alarm (included and only available with au3 power door locks; if SEO 5b5 power
windows, locks and mirrors is ordered au0 becomes optional on all models)
Lamps
Dual cargo area lamps
Mirrors Outside manual Black, manual-folding
Paint Solid
Pickup body Fleetside
WINDows
Fixed rear access door
WINDSHIELD Wipers
Front intermittent wet-arm with pulse washers
chassis features
ir cleaner
A
High-capacity
Alternator125-amps
BatteryHeavy-duty 600 cca, maintenance-free with rundown protection and retained accessory power
Brakes4-wheel antilock, 4-wheel disc
Cooling, EngineExternal engine oil cooler, heavy-duty air-to-oil, integral to driver side of radiator tank
Cooling, TransmissionAuxiliary external transmission oil cooler, heavy-duty air-to-oil
Drive 4-wheel drive
Engine
Vortec 6.0L variable valve timing V8 sfi
ExhaustAluminized stainless-steel muffler and tailpipe
FrameHydroformed
Fuel Tank
36 gallon (136 liter)
Pickup boxFleetside
Rear axle3.73 ratio
Recovery hooksFront, frame-mounted
Stabilitrak
Stability control system, includes electronic trailer sway control, intelligent brake assist and hill start assist
SteeringPower, recirculating ball
Suspension, FrontIndependent, torsion bar with increased front GAWR, includes 35mm twin tube shock absorbers and 36mm front stabilizer bar
Suspension, Rear4 + 1 multi-leaf springs
Suspension packageHandling/trailering, heavy-duty includes 46 mm piston monotube shocks and 34 mm front stabilizer bar
Tire pressure monitor
Check tire pressure will show on Driver Information Center (does not apply to spare tire)
Tire, Spare carrierOutside, winch-type mounted under frame at rear (orders with zw9 pickup box delete will not include a spare tire carrier unless a
spare tire is ordered)
Tires LT245/75R17 all-season blackwall (includes full-size spare)
Transfer caseFloor-mounted shifter (requires 4-wheel drive models)
Transmission6-speed automatic, heavy-duty, electronically controlled with overdrive and tow/haul mode (requires l96
Vortec 6.0l V8 sfi engine)
Wheels17" (43.2 cm) steel, includes NZ4 17" x 7.5" (43.2 cm x 19.1 cm) steel spare wheel. Spare not included with ZW9 pickup box delete
unless a spare tire is ordered
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
4|
SILVERADO 2500HD CREW CAB 4WD WORK TRUCK - 1WT
POWERTRAIN
S = Standard
A= Available
TRANSMISSION
MYD
ENGINE
AXLE
MW7 Allison 1000
GVWR lbs (kg)
6-speed auto.
6-speed auto.
with OD
S
S
—
—
S
S
A
A
GEH 9,500 (4,309)
CHM 9,900 (4,490)
—
S
S
—
C7A 10,000 (4,536)
Standard
CK20743 L96 Vortec 6.0L variable valve timing V8 SFI
CK20943 L96 Vortec 6.0L variable valve timing V8 SFI
GT4 GT5
3.73 4.10
Optional
LML/LGH Duramax 6.6L turbo diesel V8, B20-diesel
compatible (requires mw7 Allison 1000 6-speed automatic transmission; includes tuv heavy-duty
dual, 730 cca battery and k05 engine block heater)
EMISSIONS FE9
MUST BE SPECIFIED
F ederal emissions. Use for ordering vehicles that will be registered in all states except California, Connecticut, Maine, Maryland,
Massachusetts, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont and Washington State
YF5California emissions. Use for ordering vehicles that will be registered in California.
NE1CT/ME/MD/MA/NJ/NM/NY/OR/PA/RI/VT/WA emissions. Use for ordering vehicles that will be registered in Connecticut, Maine,
Maryland, Massachusetts, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont or Washington State
NB8
Required when option code FE9 “Federal emissions” is ordered for delivery to a dealer located in California, Connecticut,
Massachusetts, Maryland, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island and Washington State for a
purchaser who will be registering the vehicle outside California, Connecticut, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, New Jersey, New
Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont and Washington State.
NC7
Required when option code YF5 “CALIFORNIA EMISSIONS” or option code NE1 "CT/ME/MD/MA/NJ/NM/NY/OR/PA/RI/VT/WA
EMISSIONS" is ordered for delivery to a dealer located in any state except California, Connecticut, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts,
New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont and Washington for a purchaser who will be
registering the vehicle in one of these states or sold as permitted below under “EPA Policy on the Sale of California Emission Vehicles”
NB9
Required when option code YF5 is ordered for delivery to a dealer located in Connecticut, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, New
Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont and Washington. Required when option code NE1 is
ordered for delivery to a dealer located in California.
Requirements for Diesel Engines in Vehicles Over 14,000 lbs GVWR: Different requirements apply to vehicles weighing over 14,000 lbs GVWR
that are equipped with diesel engines. These requirements impact the Chevrolet Express and GMC Savana Vans weighing over 14,000 lbs
GVWR that are equipped with the 6.6-liter Duramax diesel engine (LMM). For these vehicles, a different set of states has adopted California
emission requirements, specifically, California, Connecticut, Delaware, Georgia, Maine, New Jersey, North Carolina and Pennsylvania. And GM
has established a different set of emission options for use by dealers as follows.
CEJ
FEDERAL EMISSIONS. Use for ordering vehicles that will be registered in all states except California, Connecticut, Delaware, Georgia,
Maine, New Jersey, North Carolina and Pennsylvania.
YF5California emissions. Use for ordering vehicles that will be registered in California. Note: No 14,200 lb product offering available
except for models with option packages ANC, B3D, YF1, or YF2
CEI
CT/DE/GA/ME/NJ/NC/PA EMISSIONS. Use for ordering vehicles that will be registered in Connecticut, Delaware, Georgia, Maine, New
Jersey, North Carolina and Pennsylvania. Note: No 14,200 lb product offering available except for models with option packages ANC,
B3D, YF1, or YF2.
GM has also established a different set of emission overrides as follows.
CEK
Required when option code CEJ “FEDERAL EMISSIONS” is ordered by a dealer located in California, Connecticut, Delaware, Georgia,
New Jersey, North Carolina and Pennsylvania for a purchaser who will be registering the vehicle outside California, Connecticut,
Delaware, Georgia, Maine, New Jersey, North Carolina and Pennsylvania. Do not use for vehicles that will be registered in California,
Connecticut, Delaware, Georgia, Maine, New Jersey, North Carolina or Pennsylvania.
CEM
Required when option code YF5 “CALIFORNIA EMISSIONS” or option code CEI “CT/DE/GA/ME/NJ/NC/PA EMISSIONS" is ordered by a
dealer located in any state except California, Connecticut, Delaware, Georgia, New Jersey, North Carolina and Pennsylvania.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
SILVERADO 2500HD CREW CAB 4WD WORK TRUCK - 1WT | 5
DIMENSIONS (in./mm)
LOCATION
CK20743 4x4 crew cab
CK20943 4x4 crew cab
Standard Box
153.70/3904
240.20/610
80.00/2032
78.10/1984
41.30/1049
40.60/1031
65.20/1656
65.20/1656
60.30/1532
65.50/1664
41.30/1049
39.00/991
41.60/1057
38.80/986
52.60/1336
78.80/2002
21.00/533
62.50/1588
61.60/1565
150.90/3833
37.90/963
50.60/1285
9.75/248
8.20/208
Long box
167.70/4260)
259.10/6581
80.00/2032
78.10/1984
41.30/1049
40.60/1031
65.20/1656
65.20/1656
60.30/1532
65.50/1664
41.30/1049
39.00/991
55.60/1412
38.80/986
52.60/1336
97.80/2484
21.00/533
62.50/1588
61.60/1565
150.90/3833
37.80/960
50.60/1285
9.75/248
8.20/208
Wheelbase
Overall length
Body width
Overall height
Head room, front
Head room, rear
Shoulder room, front
Shoulder room, rear
Hip room, front
Hip room, rear
Leg room, front
Leg room, rear
Cab to axle
Front bumper to axle
Rear bumper to axle
Inside length, at floor
Inside height
Inside width, at floor
Tailgate width, top
Front bumper to back of cab
Ground to top of rear load floor
Inside width, between wheelhousing
Ground clearance, front
Ground clearance, rear
Note: P ublished dimensions indicated are without optional equipment or accessories. Additional accessories or equipment ordered at the customer’s request can result in a
minor change in these dimensions.
SEATS AND INTERIOR TRIM
SEAT TYPE SEAT OPTION SEAT TRIM
S
tandard
INTERIOR
Dark Titanium
Work Truck Rear: 60/40 folding bench
Front: 40/20/40 split-bench with fold-down armrest AE7
Vinyl†
88V
Optional
Front: 40/20/40 split-bench with fold-down armrest and manual driver lumbar
Work Truck Rear: 60/40 folding bench
†- Vinyl seats require BG9 Black rubberized-vinyl floor covering
††- Seats are Ebony seating surfaces and Ebony bolsters
AE7
Cloth††
88B
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
6|
SILVERADO 2500HD CREW CAB 4WD WORK TRUCK - 1WT
AVAILABLE EXTERIOR COLORS
­­
GGW
GGZ
37U
41U
46U
50U
GGU
74U
Taupe Gray
Metallic
Sheer Silver
Metallic
Imperial Blue
Metallic
Black
Blue Granite
Metallic
Summit White
Steel Green
Metallic
Victory Red
Actual colors may vary
SEO Paint Available­
WA#
COLOR DESCRIPTION
CODE
228A
Light Autumnwood Metallic
253A
Wheatland Yellow
334D
Dark Toreador Red
382E
Pewter
9W3
454NBlue
769HBlue
770HOrange
815KArrival Blue
926L
Silver Burch Metallic
5248Yellow
5405Blue Metallic
5445Yellow
5456Yellow
5663Blue
5758
Green
7154Blue
7159Blue Metallic
7840
Gray Metallic
7941
Green
9015
Woodland Green
9V5
9403
Doeskin Tan
9V9
9414Yellow
9417Tangier Orange
9419Orange
9539
9W4
Green Metallic
9792Indigo Blue
Actual Color May VAry
Note: • Door handles and mirrors will be Flat Black. Deletes standard/package body side mold­­ings.
• All normally body-colored non-sheet metal parts, will be Flat Black
• SEO paint orders that contain less than five vehicles will be delayed until five unit minimum is received for
batch production
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
Special paint also available through Kerr Industries
• Special paint is also available for PPV and 5W4 Tahoes.
• This work is done as part of the Kerr Industries dealer direct program
• A minimum order is not required with this program. Please see the Kerr Industries
CD for further detai­ls or you can contact Kerr Industries at 905-725-6561 to
discuss your requirements
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
SILVERADO 2500HD CREW CAB 4WD WORK TRUCK - 1WT | 7
Available options
alternator
, 160 amps - Included with vyu Snow Plow Prep Package when l96 Vortec 6.0l V8 sfi engine is ordered; requires l96 Vortec 6.0l
V8 sfi engine
K76 alternator, dual, 125 amps each - Requires lmL/LGH Duramax 6.6L turbo diesel V8 engine
US8 Audio system - AM/FM stereo with MP3 compatible CD player, seek-and-scan, digital clock, auto-tone control, Radio Data System (RDS), speed-compensated
volume and theftlock, required with U2K XM Radio.
8s3 backup alarm, 97 decibels - Not available with RPO uy2 wiring provisions
SFW Backup alarm calibration - Provides calibration to disable backup lamps portion of perimeter lamps, this calibration will allow installation of an aftermarket
backup alarm, not available with SEO 8S3 backup alarm or UY2 trailering wiring provisions
TP2 Battery, auxiliary heavy-duty - 600 cca, maintenance-free; not available with LML or LGH Duramax 6.6L turbo diesel V8 engine.
6c5 batteries, single - 730 cca provides a heavy-duty 730 cca battery, replacing the standard 600 cca battery (requires RPO L96 Vortec 6.0l V8 sfi engine; not
available with RPO tp2 auxiliary battery)
Tuv battery, heavy-duty dual 730 CCA maintenance-free - Rundown protection and retained accessory power (included and only available with LML/LGH
Duramax 6.6L turbo diesel V8 engine)
UPF Bluetooth for phone10 - Personal cell phone connectivity to vehicle audio system; includes K34 cruise control, UK3 steering wheel-mounted audio controls
and NP5 leather-wrapped steering wheel, requires UE1 OnStar8 and US8 AM/FM stereo with MP3 compatible CD player, not available with UE0 OnStar delete or
UM7 AM/FM stereo
K40brake, Exhaust - Included and only available with LML or LGH Duramax 6.6L turbo diesel V8 engine
Jl1 brake controller, integrated trailer - (With e63 fleetside pickup box, requires z82 heavy-duty trailering equipment)
Vf7 bumper, rear delete - (Vehicles registered in certain states must have a rear bumper to be operated on their roads, consult local laws) (not available with z82
heavy-duty trailering equipment, pcw Safety Package, saf spare tire lock or zw9 pickup box delete)
5V1 Carrier with spare wheel - no tire - Includes spare wheel and tire carrier with a spare wheel but with no spare tire; requires models **209*3 and RPO ZW9
pickup box delete, not available with RPO ZIZ spare tire or SEO 4GK spare tire
V10 covers, radiator grille and front bumper openings - For diesel engines in winter weather (requires lmL/LGH Duramax 6.6L turbo diesel V8 engine
and is required on orders with “ship to” locations within the following states: Maine, New Hampshire, Vermont, Minnesota, North Dakota, South Dakota, Montana,
Alaska, Idaho, Wisconsin, Wyoming, Michigan, Colorado and New York)
K34 cruise control, electronic - Set and resume speed, located on steering wheel; included with UPF Bluetooth for phone10
9r1 decal delete, pickup box - Deletes either the “4x4” or “z71” decal from the side of the pickup box (requires e63 fleetside pickup box; not available with SEO
8f2 ornamentation delete)
9m4 decal delete, tailgate - Deletes all nameplates and decals on the pickup box tailgate (requires RPO e63 fleetside pickup box; not available with SEO 8f2
ornamentation delete)
C49 defogger - Rear-window electric
G80 differential, REAR - Heavy-duty automatic locking rear
LML
Engine - Duramax 6.6L turbo diesel V8, B20-diesel compatible (397 hp [296.0 kW] @ 3000 rpm, 785 lb-ft of torque [1032.8 N-m] @ 1600 rpm); requires MW7
Allison 1000 6-speed automatic transmission, includes K40 exhaust brake, TUV heavy-duty dual, 730 cca battery and K05 engine block heater, not available with
ZW9 pickup box delete
LGH
Engine - Duramax 6.6L V8 turbo diesel V8, B20-diesel compatible (335 hp [249.8 kW] @ 3100 rpm, 685 lb-ft of torque [924.8 N-m] @ 1800 rpm); requires MW7 Allison
1000 6-speed automatic transmission and ZW9 pickup box delete, includes K40 exhaust brake, TUV heavy-duty dual, 730 cca battery and K05 engine block heater
K05 engine block heater
5h5 fire extinguisher - A 2.5 lb. dry chemical fire extinguisher; shipped loose in cab area for later placement and securing in after-market installation
B30 floor covering, color-keyed carpeting - Rubberized-vinyl floor mats (extended and crew cab models also include rear floor mats) (requires 88b Dark
Titanium cloth seat trim)
Aj1 glass, solar-ray deep-tinted - All windows except light-tinted glass on windshield and driver and front passenger side glass with crew cab models or c49
rear window defogger, includes light-tinted rear window
9b9 governor 70 mph - Provides electronic software to facilitate 70 mph maximum road speed
7z1 horn, high note - High note horn in addition to the base low note horn
8v2 jack and tools delete - Deletes the jack and tire change tools that are standard (requires a fleet or government sales order)
5H1Key Equipment - 2 additional spare keys for a total of 4 vehicle keys; requires RPO E63 pickup box and RPO SAF spare tire lock. Not available with SEO AU0 remote
keyless entry
8x1 label, fasten safety belts - “Fasten safety belts” reminder label on side door window glass
Kw1 8. Visit OnStar.com for coverage map, system limitations and details.
10. Go to gm.com/bluetooth to find out which Bluetooth phones are compatible with the vehicle.
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
8|
SILVERADO 2500HD CREW CAB 4WD WORK TRUCK - 1WT
Available options (continued)
lamps, smoked amber roof marker - (Not available with yf5 California state emissions requirements)
license plate bracket, front - (Will be forced on orders with “ship to” states that require a front license plate)
floor mats, All-weather - Ebony deep ribbed rubber (extended and crew cab models also include rear floor mats); requires B30 color-keyed carpeting, not
available with BG9 Black rubberized-vinyl floor covering
W03Heated seats kit - Driver and front passenger; not available with ZW9 pickup box delete
C7A
GVWR5 - 10,000 lbs. (4536 kg); requires LML or LGH Duramax 6.6L turbo diesel V8 engine
9n8 mirrors, auxiliary driver and passenger side 6" (15.2 Cm) diameter convex spot add-on, stainless steel - With brackets for use with SEO 9f7
west coast style mirrors; mirrors shipped loose in vehicle; (requires SEO 9f7 outside driver and passenger side west coast type, mirrors)
6p3 mirrors, camper, power-adjustable glass, manual extendable, heated - Alternative mirrors replacing mirrors that are standard with SEO 5b5 power
windows, locks and mirrors on a base decor truck; provides RPO dpn outside heated power-adjustable manual folding vertical camper mirrors consisting of 50 square
inch flat mirror surface positioned over a 20 square inch convex mirror surface with a common head; includes turn signals in mirror glass; (requires SEO 5b5 power
window locks and mirrors; this option must be ordered and priced in addition to SEO 5b5)
9f7 mirrors, outside driver and passenger side west coast type - Provides large west coast style mirrors with spring loaded pre-set feature; mirrors are
Black; includes cab drillings and mirror assembly shipped loose; (not available with SEO 5b5 power windows locks and mirrors)
DL8Mirrors, outside heated power-adjustable - Black, manual-folding, included and only available with SEO 5B5 power windows, locks and mirrors
Df2 mirrors, outside high-visibility vertical camper-style, black - Manual folding and extension and lower convex spotter glass
R8G OnStar8 - 1 Additional Year of Safe and Sound Service. Provides 1 year of Safe and Sound service following the first year of OnStar service included in the price of the
vehicle. Fleet may also order RFA OnStar Business Vehicle Manager Service; requires UE1 OnStar 1-year Safe and Sound plan. Requires one of the following Fleet or
Government order types: FLS, FNR, FRC, FBC, FGO or FEF. Not available with R8P, R8W, R8Y, R8Z, RFG or RFH.
UE1OnStar8 - 1-year of Directions and Connections plan, OnStar services require vehicle electrical system (including battery), wireless service and GPS satellite signals to
be available and operating for features to function properly. OnStar acts as a link to existing emergency service providers. Turn-by-Turn Navigation requires ABS and
Directions and Connections plan. Not available in certain areas. Visit onstar.com for coverage map. Vehicle Diagnostics capabilities vary by model. Remote door unlock
success varies with conditions. Ability to locate stolen vehicles varies with conditions. Subscription Service Agreement required. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-4667827) or visit onstar.com for OnStar's Terms and Conditions, Privacy Policy and details and system limitations.
R8WOnStar8 - 1-Year Directions and Connections Service. Provides an upgrade from Safe and Sound service included in the price of the vehicle in the first year. Fleet may
also order RFA OnStar Business Vehicle Manager Service; requires UE1 OnStar 1-year Safe and Sound plan. Requires one of the following Fleet or Government order
types: FLS, FNR, FRC, FBC, FGO or FEF. Not available with R8G, R8P, R8Y, R8Z, RFG or RFH.
R8POnStar8 - 2 Additional Years of Safe and Sound Service. Provides 2 additional years of Safe and Sound service following the first year of OnStar service included in
the price of the vehicle. Fleet may also order RFA OnStar Business Vehicle Manager Service; requires UE1 OnStar 1-year Safe and Sound plan. Requires one of the
following Fleet or Government order types: FLS, FNR, FRC, FBC, FGO or FEF. Not available with R8G, R8W, R8Y, R8Z, RFG or RFH.
R8YOnStar8 2-Years Directions and Connections Service. Provides cumulative 2 Years of Directions and Connections service. In the first year, this is an upgrade from Safe
and Sound service included in the price of the vehicle. Fleet may also order RFA OnStar Business Vehicle Manager Service; requires UE1 OnStar 1-year Safe and Sound
plan. Requires one of the following Fleet or Government order types: FLS, FNR, FRC, FBC, FGO or FEF. Not available with R8G, R8P, R8W, R8Z, RFG or RFH.
R8ZOnStar8 - 3-Years Directions and Connections Service Provides cumulative 3 Years of Directions and Connections service. In the first year, this is an upgrade from Safe
and Sound service included in the price of the vehicle. Fleet may also order RFC 3-Year OnStar Business Vehicle Manager Service; requires UE1 OnStar 1-year Safe and
Sound plan. Requires one of the following Fleet or Government order types: FLS, FNR, FRC, FBC, FGO or FEF. Not available with R8G, R8P, R8W, R8Y, RFG or RFH.
RFGOnStar8 - 3 Additional Years Safe and Sound Service. Provides 3 additional Years of Safe and Sound service following the first year of OnStar service included in the
price of the vehicle. Fleet may also order RFA OnStar Business Vehicle Manager Service; requires UE1 OnStar 1-year Safe and Sound plan. Requires one of the following
Fleet or Government order types: FLS, FNR, FRC, FBC, FGO or FEF. Not available with R8G, R8P, R8W, R8Y, R8Z or RFH.
RFHOnStar8 - 4 Additional Years Safe and Sound Service. Provides 4 additional Years of Safe and Sound service following the first year of OnStar service included in the
price of the vehicle. Fleet may also order RFA OnStar Business Vehicle Manager Service; requires UE1 OnStar 1-year Safe and Sound plan. Requires one of the following
Fleet or Government order types: FLS, FNR, FRC, FBC, FGO or FEF. Not available with R8G, R8P, R8W, R8Y, R8Z or RFG.
RFAOnStar8 - Business Vehicle Manager Service. Provides OnStar Business Vehicle Manager Service equal to the length of OnStar service, requires one of the following
Fleet or Government order types: FLS, FNR, FRC, FBC, FGO or FEF.
8f2 ornamentation, delete - Deletes decals and nameplates on truck exterior
9V9Paints, solid - Doeskin Tan all normally body-colored non-sheet metal parts will be Flat Black. Door handles and mirrors will be Flat Black. This deletes the
standard/packaged body-side moldings; requires TGK Special Paint and 01U Special Paint .
9W4 Paints, solid - Tangier Orange all normally body-colored non-sheet metal parts will be Flat Black. Door handles and mirrors will be Flat Black. This deletes the
standard/packaged body-side moldings; requires TGK Special Paint and 01U Special Paint .
9W3Paints, solid - Wheatland Yellow all normally body-colored non-sheet metal parts will be Flat Black. Door handles and mirrors will be Flat Black. This deletes the
standard/packaged body-side moldings; requires TGK Special Paint and 01U Special Paint .
9V5Paints, solid - Woodland Green all normally body-colored non-sheet metal parts will be Flat Black. Door handles and mirrors will be Flat Black. This deletes the
standard/packaged body-side moldings; requires TGK Special Paint and 01U Special Paint
U01 Vk3 VAV
5. Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). When properly equipped, includes vehicle, passengers, cargo and equipment.
8. Visit OnStar.com for coverage map, system limitations and details.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
SILVERADO 2500HD CREW CAB 4WD WORK TRUCK - 1WT | 9
Available options (continued)
P aint, Solid, Special - one color all normally body-colored non-sheet metal parts will be Flat Black. Door handles and mirrors will be Flat Black. This deletes the
standard/packaged body-side moldings; requires 01U Special Paint with any special paint selection. May require an extended lead time. RPO B85 body-colored
body side moldings, will be deleted when SEO TGK special paint is ordered.
9l4 power supply, 12-volt direct power supply from the battery - With two (2) separate 30-amp fused circuits; each circuit has a 30-amp mini-fuse for
both positive and ground to protect electrical accessories; main supply lead has a 60-amp maxi-fuse; all fuses are serviceable; provides either direct battery power
or operation through the ignition system; hook-up wire is located at the front of the floor console; operational amperage is 21-amps each circuit, 42-amps total;
hook-up and operational instructions are provided; (requires a fleet of government sales order; requires RPO ue0 OnStar delete and RPO u2j XM Satellite Radio
delete; not available with RPO u42 entertainment system, RPO tp2 auxiliary heavy-duty battery, RPO LML/LGH Duramax 6.6L turbo diesel V8 engine or RPO jf4 poweradjustable pedals)
5b5 power windows, locks and mirrors, with uplevel door panels on a base trim level vehicle - Provides power driver and passenger front side
windows with uplevel door panels on a base level vehicle; includes RPO dl8 outside heated power-adjustable manual folding mirrors, RPO au3 power door locks
and RPO uq3 speaker system audio system feature; c/k***43 models include rear door power windows and locks; power mirrors can be upgraded to SEO 6p3
camper, power-adjustable glass, manual extendable, heated mirrors; (RPO au0 remote keyless entry becomes optional on all models and must be ordered and
priced if desired) (not available with c42 air conditioning delete)
Trw provision for cab roof-mounted lamp/beacon - Provides an instrument panel-mounted switch and electrical wiring tucked beneath the headliner for a
body upfitter to connect a body-mounted warning or emergency lamp; 30-amp nominal rating (not available with pdd Convenience Package, cf5 power sunroof
or ug1 universal home remote; included with vyu Snow Plow Prep Package)
Gt5 rear axle - 4.10 ratio (requires l96 Vortec 6.0l V8 sfi engine)
Au0 remote keyless entry - With 2 transmitters, panic button and content theft alarm, optional on all models when SEO 5b5 power windows, locks and mirrors is
ordered; (requires SEO 5b5 power windows, locks and mirrors)
5h6 safety reflector triangle kit - Break-down warning kit consisting of three (3) reflective triangles; shipped loose in the cab area for later placement and
securing in after-market installation
88b seat trim - Dark Titanium cloth
Am1 seat adjuster, manual lumbar control on the driverside - (Included and only available with 88b Dark Titanium cloth seat trim)
9u3 seats, driver and passenger front individual seats in cloth trim - Derived from RPO ae7 40/20/40 split-bench with center 20% section removed;
seats are manual, not power and include driver's side only lumbar; does not include floor console; exposed floor areas will remain untrimmed; cloth rear seats with trim
matching front seats will be provided on extended and crew cab models; (requires trim code 88b Dark Titanium)
9s1 seats, driver and passenger front individual seats in vinyl trim - Derived from RPO ae7 40/20/40 split-bench with center 20% section removed;
seats are manual, not power; does not include floor console; exposed floor areas will remain untrimmed; standard vinyl rear seat with trim matching front seats
will be provided on crew cab models (requires trim code 88v Dark Titanium)
9u5 single bulb tail lamp calibration - For bulb outage detection used on aftermarket bodies. Requires zw9 box delete
Nzz skid plate package, frame-mounted shields - Includes front underbody shield starting behind front bumper and running to first cross member,
protecting front underbody, oil pan, differential case and transfer case (included with vyu Snow Plow Prep Package)
VYUSnow Plow Prep Package - Includes 10-amp power for backup and roof emergency lamp, high-flow front bumper, forward lamp wiring harness, TRW provision
for cab roof mounted lamp/beacon, instrument panel jumper wiring harness for electric trailer brake controller and NZZ Skid Plate Package; requires 4WD models.
Includes KW1 160-amp alternator with L96 Vortec 6.0L V8 SFI engine. Includes K76 dual 125-amp alternators with LML/LGH Duramax 6.6L turbo diesel V8 engine
9l3 spare tire delete - Deletes the spare tire only; spare wheel and carrier remain; (requires e63 pickup box)
Saf spare tire lock - Keyed cylinder lock that utilizes same key as ignition and door (not available with zw9 pickup box delete or vf7 rear bumper delete)
5z4 spare wheel and carrier delete - Deletes the base spare wheel and carrier; does not delete jack or tools (requires SEO 9l3 spare tire delete and RPO e63
pickup box; not available with RPO saf spare tire lock)
VXHsteps Assist, chromed tubular - 6" oval (dealer installed); not available with VXJ 3" round tubular assist steps,
VXJ
steps Assist, chromed tubular - 3" round (dealer installed); not available with VXH 6" oval tubular assist steps or LML/LGH Duramax 6.6L turbo diesel V8 engine
Uf3 switch, high idle - (Requires k34 cruise control)
ZXT
Tire, spare - LT265/70R17E all-terrain, blackwall; included and only available with QXT LT265/70R17E all-terrain, blackwall tires. Available to order when ZW9
pick-up box delete is ordered
ZWF
Tire, spare - LT265/70R18E all-season, blackwall; included and only available with QGM LT265/70R18E all-terrain tires or QWF LT265/70R18E all-season tires.
Available to order when ZW9 pickup box delete is ordered
TGK
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
10 |
SILVERADO 2500HD CREW CAB 4WD WORK TRUCK - 1WT
Available options (continued)
QGMTires - LT265/70R18E all-terrain, blackwall; requires PYT 18" (45.7 cm) painted steel wheels
QWF Tires - LT265/70R18E all-season, blackwall; requires PYT 18" (45.7 cm) painted steel wheels
Z82 trailering equipment, heavy-duty - Includes trailering hitch platform and 2.5-inch receiver with 2-inch adapter, 7-wire harness (harness includes wires for:
park lamps, backup lamps, right turn, left turn, electric brake lead, battery and ground) with independent fused trailering circuits mated to a 7-way sealed
connector, wiring harness for after-market trailer brake controller (located in the instrument panel harness), and single wire for center high-mounted stop lamp
(not available with zw9 pickup box delete or vf7 rear bumper delete)
Mw7 transmission, allison 1000 6-speed automatic, electronically controlled - Overdrive, electronic engine grade braking and tow/haul mode
(requires lml/LGH Duramax 6.6L turbo diesel V8 engine)
ZHQ
Tire, spare - LT245/75R17E all-season, blackwall; included with QHQ LT245/75R17 all-season, blackwall tires. Available to order when ZW9 pickup box delete is
ordered
UY2Trailering wiring provisions, for camper, fifth wheel and gooseneck trailer - includes additional 7-way wiring harness routed to front of
pickup box; requires Z82 heavy-duty trailering equipment
U2K
XM Radio9 - Includes three trial months of service; requires US8 AM/FM stereo with MP3 compatible CD player and UE1 OnStar8. XM service available only in the
48 contiguous United States and the District of Columbia. XM Radio subscription required and sold separately after trial period. Fees, taxes, and a one-time
re-activation fee, may apply. Subscriptions governed by XM Customer Agreement available at xmradio.com. All fees and programming subject to change. Family
programming packages are available
PyN wheels - 4-17" x 7.5" (43.2 cm x 19.1 cm) 8-lug chrome-styled steel, includes chrome center caps and steel spare (spare wheel will not cosmetically match the
other 4 wheels) spare not included with zw9 pickup box delete unless a spare tire is ordered
PYT
Wheels - 18" (45.7 cm) painted steel
PYPWheels - 17" (43.2 cm) chrome-clad steel; includes NZ4 17" x 7.5" (43.2 cm x 19.1 cm) steel spare wheel. Spare not included with ZW9 pickup box delete unless a
spare tire is ordered
8. Visit OnStar.com for coverage map, system limitations and details.
9. XM Radio requires a subscription, sold separately by XM after the trial period. Not available in Canada, Alaska or Hawaii. For more information, visit gm.xmradio.com.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/24/2011
SILVERADO 2500HD CREW CAB 4WD WORK TRUCK - 1WT | 11
CREW CAB SPECIFICATIONS
CK20743
CK20943
4x4 crew cab
4x4 crew cab
Specifications
Front shock absorber diameter, in. (mm)
Front stabilizer bar diameter, in. (mm)
Rear shock absorber diameter, in. (mm)
Turning diameter, curb-to-curb, ft. (m)
Capacities
Front axle, L96, lbs. (kg)
Front axle, LML/LGH, lbs. (kg)
Front spring capacity, L96, lbs. (kg)
Front spring capacity, LML/LGH, lbs. (kg)
Rear axle, lbs. (kg)
Rear spring capacity, lbs. (kg)
Curb weight (L96 engine), lbs. (kg)
Curb weight (LML/LGH engine), lbs. (kg)
Cargo volume3, cargo box, cu. ft. (liters)
Payload6, L96, lbs. (kg)
Payload6, LML/LGH, lbs. (kg)
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating5 (GVWR), L96, lbs. (kg)
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating5 (GVWR), LML/LGH lbs. (kg)
Front Gross Axle Weight Rating (FGAWR), L96, lbs. (kg)
Front Gross Axle Weight Rating (FGAWR), LML/LGH, lbs. (kg)
Rear Gross Axle Weight Rating, lbs. (kg)
Fuel capacity, approximate, gallon (liters) Seating capacity
Standard boxlong box
Automatice Transmission -
1.38 (35)
1.31 (33)
1.38 (35)
50.5 (15.4)
1.38 (35)
1.31 (33)
1.38 (35)
54.8 (16.7)
4800 (2177)
5200 (2359)
4800 (2177)
5200 (2177)
6200 (2812)
6200 (2812)
6377 (2893)
7208 (3270)
60.7 (1719.0)
3123 (1417)
2792 (1266)
9500 (4309)
10000 (4536)
4400 (1996)
5200 (2359)
6200 (2812)
36 (136)
6
4800 (2177)
5600 (2540)
4800 (2177)
5600 (2540)
6200 (2812)
6200 (2812)
6525 (2960)
7387 (3351)
75.5 (2138.2)
3375 (1531)
2613 (1185)
9900 (4491)
10000 (4536)
4800 (2177)
5600 (2540)
6200 (2812)
36 (136)
6
WITH BALL HITCH
(L96) Vortec 6.0L
(LML) Duramax 6.6L
Variable VAlve Timing V8 SFITurbo Diesel V8
Model
Axle Ratio
Maximum Axle Ratio
Maximum
Weight lbs. (kg)Trailering7
Weight lbs. (kg)Trailering7
CK20743
CK20943
3.73
9400 (4264)
3.73
13000 (5897)
4.10
13000 (5897)
—
—
3.73
9300 (4218)
3.73
13000 (5897)
4.10
13000 (5897)
—
—
Addition of trailer tongue weight cannot cause vehicle weights to exceed Rear Gross Axle Weight Rating (RGAWR) of Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)5.
(Z82) Trailering equipment, heavy-duty, includes trailer hitch platform and trailer electrical connector.
GCWR Engine/Rear Axle Ratio Combination with Auto Transmission
ENGINE
L96 Vortec 6.0l variable valve timing V8 SFI
LmL/LGH Duramax 6.6L turbo diesel V8
(GCWR) Gross Combination weight ratings lbs. (kg)
16,000 (7,258)
3.73
—
20500 (9299)
4.10
—
24500 (11113)
—
3.73
3. Cargo and load capacity limited by weight and distribution.
5. Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). When properly equipped, includes vehicle, passengers, cargo and equipment.
6. Maximum payload capacity includes weight of driver, passengers, optional equipment and cargo.
7. M
aximum trailer weight ratings are calculated assuming a base vehicle, except for any option(s) necessary to achieve the rating, plus driver.
The weight of other optional equipment, passengers and cargo will reduce the maximum trailer weight your vehicle can tow.
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/5/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
12 |
AIR BAGS FAQ
Can specialty vehicle equipment (e.g. radar devices, video
cameras, computers, meters, radio trees, shotguns, etc.) still be
mounted in cars with passenger side air bags?
Yes, but care must be taken to mount the equipment outside of the deployment zone.
Air bags inflate with great force and will interact with any object in the deployment
zone. Therefore, to reduce the risk of injury to vehicle occupants, GM recommends
that the air deployment zone be kept free of any equipment. If a piece of equipment
were to become dislodged it could strike an occupant in the vehicle and result in
injury. The likelihood of an object becoming dislodged is influenced by many factors,
including the proximity of the object to the inflatable restraint, the size and shape of
the object, and the means by which the object is secured to the vehicle. In addition to
these factors, the trajectory and velocity of a dislodged object can be influenced by
the type and severity of vehicle crash.
Objects that are in the deployment zone, but do not become dislodged by an inflating
air bag can still affect the performance of the air bag. For example, such objects could
tear the fabric or affect the shape of the air bag, thus reducing the ability of the bag
to provide restraint.
Is it possible to shield equipment that is installed in the passenger
side frontal air bag deployment zone in a manner that will allow
full and safe air bag deployment?
Due to the complexity of influencing variables, GM is unable to evaluate the potential
for shielding expected equipment configurations in all accident scenarios in order
to assure that the air bag performance would be unaffected. While shielding may
protect certain equipment from being damaged or dislodged, it may also negatively
affect the inflation characteristics of the air bag. The air bag’s shape, inflation angle,
fold pattern, and inflation rate and pressure are developed to maximize the
protection capability of the inflatable restraint system. Therefore, GM cannot
recommend the placement of any equipment in the deployment zone, even if it is
shielded to protect it from damage.
Front air bag systems and instrument panel mounted equipment.
Passenger air bags in GM vehicles deploy in different ways depending upon the type
of vehicle and the particular instrument panel design.
In some vehicles, the passenger air bag deploys through a discrete door located on
the top surface of the instrument panel (top-mount air bag systems). In other
vehicles, such as the Chevrolet Tahoe, the passenger air bag deploys through a
discrete door mounted on the vertical rearward surface of the instrument panel,
above the glove box door (mid-mount air bag system). With these types of topmount and mid-mount passenger air bag systems, the top pad of the instrument
panel remains in place during deployment.
Some GM passenger air bag systems, like the system in the Chevrolet Impala, deploy
from beneath the instrument panel top pad. These are considered 3/4-mount air bag
systems with a “deployable top pad.” The entire instrument panel top pad is the
“deployment door” from under which the inflating air bag emerges. When an air bag
deployment is commanded, the forces from the inflating passenger air bag push up
on the instrument panel top pad, releasing special fasteners across the rearward edge
of the top pad. This allows the top pad to rotate upward so that the passenger air bag
may emerge. The top pad rotates upward to open widest at the right hand side, and
is usually forced upward into contact with the windshield on the right hand side of
the vehicle during a deployment.
Instrument panel top mounted special equipment, such as a radar antenna and
control unit or video camera must be positioned to the left of the vehicle center line.
This equipment must be mounted as low as possible and securely fastened to the top
pad to avoid being dislodged in the event of a crash and possible air bag deployment.
In the process of securely fastening special equipment to the top, DO NOT fasten
down the top pad itself to any other vehicle component such as the cluster trim plate.
As described above, the top pad rotates upward during a deployment. In order to
enable the proper deployment of the passenger air bag, specialty equipment
installation MUST NOT PREVENT the top pad from rotating upward during
deployment. Location and attachment of special equipment should minimize added
resistance or interference to upward rotation of the top pad during deployment.
Optional side air bags for crashes to the vehicle sides.
The air bag system in your police vehicle may include optional side air bags for front
and rear occupants. Most front-to-rear side air bags are designed to deploy
downward from the interior roof sides to the bottom of the door windows.
Can Specialty Vehicle Security Barriers be mounted within the side
air bag deployment zones?
No. The side air bags inflate extremely fast because of the nature of side crashes to
the vehicle. Mounting a security barrier behind the front seats with the ends placed
within the side air bag deployment zones will result in unintended interaction
between the barrier and the inflating side air bags. To reduce the risk of injury to the
vehicle occupants, GM recommends that the side air bag zones be kept free of any
customer installed equipment.
Customer furnished equipment installed to the vehicle roof.
Your police vehicle is designed with an interior roof cover system which includes
internal components for the interior lamps and wiring. The roof system may also
include optional side air bag components. Inflation devices may be mounted on the
vehicle roof side behind the rear doors as well as air bag tethers retained to the
windshield pillars. Care must be taken to avoid damage to these components
or interference with their operation when installing roof mounted equipment such
as emergency lamps and communication antennas.
Recommended GM service procedures must be followed to remove
and re-install the instrument panel top pad to ensure that the top
pad will release properly in the event of a passenger air bag
deployment.
On the right half of the top pad closest to the passenger air bag module,
GM recommends that no equipment be mounted. When mounting equipment on the
driver side of the top pad, GM recommends that the total mass of the top pad
mounted special equipment not exceed 8 pounds (3.6 kilograms), since the top pad
tends to rotate about the left end.
Fasteners used to secure special equipment to the instrument panel top pad, the
windshield glass, or to the windshield upper frame (header), should be selected to
ensure that these devices will remain attached during a vehicle crash and possible
air bag deployment.
ead curtain side air bags are designed to help reduce the risk of head and neck injuries to front and rear seat occupants on the near side of certain side-impact collisions. Always
H
use safety belts and the correct child restraints for your child’s age and size, even in vehicles equipped with air bags. Children are safer when properly secured in a rear seat. See
your vehicle Owner’s Manual and child safety seat instructions for more information.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/5/2011
AIR BAGS FAQ | 13
Can the installation of push bumpers on the front end of the
vehicle affect the deployment of the air bag?
General Motors is not aware of adverse effects during crash events from the many
push bumpers that have been installed on GM police vehicles. Because there are
many styles of push bumpers available with varying crash characteristics, installation
of push bumpers may or may not affect deployment timing of the air bags. Push
bumpers should be mounted to avoid modifying the vehicle structure and interfering
with the front air bag sensors mounted on the upper radiator support cross member.
Two front impact sensors are installed in General Motors vehicles. Do not relocate or
disconnect the front sensors. The location and orientation of the front sensors are
critical for correct operation of the air bag system. Avoid mounting components on or
near the sensors. Push bumper styles with vertical pushing members that are in foreaft alignment with the front air bag sensors are not recommended.
How long will the air bag remain inflated?
It takes approximately 1/20th of a second to fully inflate the frontal air bags. This is
faster than the blink of an eye. The air bags begin to deflate immediately, helping to
stop the occupants more gradually.
Can the air bag system be re-used?
No. The air bags are designed to inflate only once. After inflation some new parts
will be required. These will include the air bag module and possibly other parts. (A
competent service technician with access to the vehicle’s service manual and the
required tools should replace the required components after a deployment crash.)
I’ve heard that the dusts that are released into the passenger
compartment from the air bag are harmful. Is this true?
For most people, the only effect the dusts will produce is some irritation of the throat
and eyes, and that is only if the occupant remains in the vehicle for many minutes
after the air bag deployment with no ventilation and windows closed. However, some
people with asthma may develop an asthmatic attack from inhaling the dusts. If this
happens, they should first treat themselves the same way their doctor has advised
them to treat any other asthma attack, and then immediately seek medical
treatment.
Seat mounted side impact air bags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe side
crashes. The side impact air bags will inflate if the crash severity is above the
designed "threshold level." The threshold level can vary with specific vehicles design.
The side impact air bags are not designed to inflate on frontal or near-frontal impacts
or rear impacts, because inflation would not help the occupant.
Roof rail mounted head-curtain airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe
side crashes. In addition, certain vehicles have head-curtain air bags which are also
designed to inflate in situations where an impending rollover condition is identified
by the vehicle’s rollover sensing system and/or frontal or near-frontal impacts if the
crash severity is above the designed “threshold level”.
Safety belt pretensioners at the driver and front passenger seat positions are
designed to deploy in frontal, near-frontal, side, and rear crashes that exceed the
“threshold level” of crash severity to help reduce slack in the safety belt. Safety belt
pretensioners will also deploy in impending rollover situations.
I’ve heard that a deployed air bag produces what appears to be
smoke. Is the air bag hot?
After the bag has deployed in a crash, the air bag itself will not be hot to touch. Some
components within the air bag module will be hot for a short time. A small amount
of smoke coming from a deployed air bag module is normal and should not be cause
for concern.
Also, when the nitrogen gas is vented out of the air bag, small particles from inside
the bag are also vented into passenger compartment. These airborne particles look
like smoke and some particles are deposited as residue on and around the air bag.
If my vehicle has air bags, why should I have to wear my safety
belt?
Air bags are in many vehicles today and will be in most of them in the future. But
they are supplemental systems only; so they work with safety belts - not instead of
them. Every air bag system ever offered for sale has required the use of safety belts.
Even if you’re in a vehicle that has air bags, ­you still have to buckle up to get the most
protection. That’s true not only in frontal collisions but especially in side and other
collisions.
When should an air bag inflate?
The driver’s and right-front passenger’s frontal air bags are designed to inflate in
moderate to severe frontal or near-frontal crashes. But they are designed to inflate
only if the impact speed is above the system’s designed "threshold level."
In addition, if your vehicle has "dual stage" frontal air bags, these air bags tailor the
amount of restraint according to crash severity. For moderate frontal impacts, the air
bags inflate at a level less than full deployment. For more severe frontal impacts,
"dual stage" frontal air bags deploy at full levels.
If the front of your vehicle goes straight into a wall that doesn’t move or deform, the
threshold level of the reduced deployment is about 12 to 16 mph (19 to 15 km/h),
and the threshold level for a full deployment is about 18 to 24 mph (29 to 28.5
km/h). The threshold level can vary, however, with specific vehicle design, so that it
can be somewhat above or below this range.
If your vehicle strikes something that will move or deform such as a parked car, the
threshold level will be higher. The driver’s and right-front passenger’s frontal air bags
are not designed to inflate in rollover, side impacts, or rear impacts, because inflation
would not help the occupant.
ead curtain side air bags are designed to help reduce the risk of head and neck injuries to front and rear seat occupants on the near side of certain side-impact collisions. Always
H
use safety belts and the correct child restraints for your child’s age and size, even in vehicles equipped with air bags. Children are safer when properly secured in a rear seat. See
your vehicle Owner’s Manual and child safety seat instructions for more information.
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/5/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
14 |
AIR BAGS
Top View of Instrument Panel and APproximate
Deployment Area of the Air bag Zone
A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. K. L. M. Passenger side instrument panel top surface zone
Passenger side air bag module trim panel – rear edge
Passenger side door
Approximate dimensions of inflated air bag
Passenger side air bag deployment zone
Passenger centerline
Inside rearview mirror
Vehicle centerline
Driver centerline
Driver side air bag deployment zone
Front of steering wheel
Driver side door
Shift selector arc
ead curtain side air bags are designed to help reduce the risk of head and neck injuries to front and rear seat occupants on the near side of certain side-impact collisions. Always
H
use safety belts and the correct child restraints for your child’s age and size, even in vehicles equipped with air bags. Children are safer when properly secured in a rear seat. See
your vehicle Owner’s Manual and child safety seat instructions for more information.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/5/2011
AIR BAGS FAQ | 15
Side View of Driver Side
Air bag Deployment Zone
A. Top edge of windshield
B. Top of instrument panel
C. Inflated air bag – steering wheel
D. Centerline of steering column at mid-tilt
E. Driver air bag deployment zone
F. Front of steering wheel
Side View of Passenger Side Air bag
Deployment Zone
A. Top edge of windshield
B. Inside rearview mirror
C. Instrument panel top surface zone
D. Passenger side air bag module trim panel – rear edge
E. Inflated air bag – horizontal dimension approximate 15.4 in (390 mm)
F. Inflated air bag – vertical dimension approximate 9.3 in (490 mm)
G. Inflated air bag – instrument panel
H. Passenger air bag deployment zone
ead curtain side air bags are designed to help reduce the risk of head and neck injuries to front and rear seat occupants on the near side of certain side-impact collisions. Always
H
use safety belts and the correct child restraints for your child’s age and size, even in vehicles equipped with air bags. Children are safer when properly secured in a rear seat. See
your vehicle Owner’s Manual and child safety seat instructions for more information.
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/5/2011
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
16 |
AIR BAGS
Head Curtain and front Seat-Mounted Side IMpact Air bag Deployment Zones
Passenger Side Shown, Driver Side Similar
­
Tahoe/Suburban 3rd Row Seats
M. Deployment zone - Tahoe 3rd seat
N. Deployment zone - Suburban 3rd seat
O. Rear zones at back corner of headliner: 1 Tahoe, 2 Suburban
P. Bottom of 3rd seat zone at rear side trim cup holders
Q. Top edge of rear quarter trim at window
R. Rear of Tahoe
S. Rear of Suburban
Tahoe/Suburban/Silverado Crew Cab Seat Rows 1 and 2
A. Top of deployment zone – along head curtain at edge of headliner
B. Back of deployment zone – at rear top corner of rear door pad
C. Rear quarter window
D. Bottom outside edge of rear quarter window
E. Bottom of air bag deployment zone – parallel to outside bottom edge of
rear quarter glass
F. Top edge of rear door pad
G. Top edge of front door pad
H. Dimension at mirror patch from top edge of front door pad
I. Front of deployment zone at front upper corner of front door pad
J. Windshield pillar trim with grab handle
K. Visor
L. Deployment zone - Tahoe seat rows 1 and 2
Tahoe/Suburban/Silverado Crew Cab Seat Air bag
T. Center of door trim pull handle
U. Top of surface of outboard front seat cushion
V. Back edge of center pillar trim­
Note: The head curtain air bag inflators are mounted in a different orientation on the
Silverado Crew Cab pickup truck roof structure from those in the Tahoe/Suburban.
Head curtain and front Seat-Mounted Side IMpact Air bag Deployment Zones
View from Rear Cargo Area
A. Head curtain air bag deployment zone
B. Underside of headliner
C. Edge of headliner D. Inner center pillar trim
E. Inner door pad
F. Seat centerline
G. Bottom of door windows
H. Front seat headrests
I. Seat-mounted side impact air bags deployment zone front seat
J. Top surface of outboard front seat cushion
ead curtain side air bags are designed to help reduce the risk of head and neck injuries to front and rear seat occupants on the near side of certain side-impact collisions. Always
H
use safety belts and the correct child restraints for your child’s age and size, even in vehicles equipped with air bags. Children are safer when properly secured in a rear seat. See
your vehicle Owner’s Manual and child safety seat instructions for more information.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/5/2011
Anti-lock braking system FAQ | 17
GM offers Anti-Lock Brake Systems as standard or optional
on all North American passenger vehicles and light truck
lines. The computerized Anti-Lock Braking System (ABS) is
designed to keep the vehicle’s wheels rotating as the brakes are
applied to assist the driver in achieving a controlled stop.
Sensors monitor how fast the wheels rotate and feed the data
continuously to the ABS computer. The vehicle’s brakes slow
each wheel as the brake pedal is applied. However, when
ABS is activated due to road conditions, the system repeatedly
releases and applies pressure to the brakes. The wheels
can keep rolling, thus retaining steering ability and enhanced
stability while providing a higher braking force on most
surfaces than a locked wheel provides.
How exactly does ABS work?
In cars without ABS, hitting the brakes can cause the wheels to lock, leaving you unable
to steer the vehicle until you decrease the pressure so the wheels can roll again. With
an ABS, as you apply the brakes, the ABS computer monitors the wheel speed sensor
information. If the computer senses that a wheel is approaching lock up, it sends a
signal to the hydraulic modulator to reduce, then to reapply, brake pressure several
times a second for as long as you maintain firm pressure on the brake pedal. The
process is much like the threshold braking technique used with conventional brakes.
However, ABS does it much faster and more accurately than any driver can, leaving you
free to focus on steering away from obstacles.
Does ABS reduce stopping distances?
Should I drive an ABS equipped vehicle differently than
I would drive a vehicle with conventional brakes?
Most of the time, under normal driving circumstances, there is no difference,
and you should always drive with the same caution and care. It is important to realize
that ABS only makes a difference when it is activated—when you have
to brake hard—and that would only be when the computer senses that a wheel is
approaching lock up. When ABS activates keep steady pressure on the brake pedal and
then let the ABS work for you. Don’t pump the brakes or try to ­find the threshold.
Simply hold the brake pedal down and steer if necessary to avoid an obstacle.
Is ABS always active?
ABS is always available, but not always activated. ABS is activated only when the brake
pedal is applied and the computer detects an impending wheel lock condition.
Can older cars be retrofitted with ABS?
No! The brake system is one of the most important features on any passenger vehicle.
Several products, which tap into the master cylinder and/or brake system performance,
are being sold in the aftermarket. Some of these products imply performance similar to
new vehicle anti-lock brake systems.
However, contrary to their claims, add-on systems, which deplete fluid from the master
cylinder on brake apply may actually increase a vehicle’s stopping distance. This may
cause the vehicle to fail to comply with Federal brake standards.
Does ABS always activate at the same speed?
No, the system operates when the computer detects wheel lockup, at any speed above
8 mph.
Yes, in braking situations where the wheels on a non-ABS equipped vehicle
would lock up, ABS will generally provide shorter controlled stopping distance. The
amount of improvement in stopping distance depends on many factors, including the
road surface, severity of braking, initial vehicle speed, etc. On some surfaces, such as
gravel roads, braking distances can be longer, but you will still have the control benefits
of ABS. The important capability of ABS is control. ABS provides improved vehicle
steerability and stability when braking.
Will ABS wear out a vehicle’s brakes sooner?
What can affect the ABS advantage?
Do Federal Safety Standards mandate ABS?
It is important that you follow the maintenance schedule recommended in the owner’s
manual of the vehicle, tires should be at their proper inflation level, the brake pads
should be checked regularly, etc. While driving, you should sit comfortably, so that your
hips are back in the seat and your knees are bent, even while braking. Your foot should
be positioned so that your heel is on the floor and your toes are secure on the lower half
of the pedal. And, though ABS may reduce stopping distance, remember: The faster you
go, the longer it takes you to stop. Keeping a safe distance between you and the
vehicle in front of you is always necessary, even with ABS.
A properly maintained brake system will be unaffected by ABS operation under typical
driving conditions.
Are there different types of ABS?
Yes, there are rear wheel anti-lock systems (RWAL) used on some trucks and four-wheel
ABS available on cars and trucks.
No. Federal standards establish minimum braking performance requirements that all
vehicles must meet, but do not specify how they should be met. It should be noted that
even a vehicle with failed ABS meets the Federal safety standard for stopping distances.
Will a tire size change affect ABS?
Use of tires other than original equipment may affect ABS performance. Owners should
consult and follow the recommendations contained in the vehicle owner’s manual
regarding replacement tire size. Note: ABS will work with original equipment spare tire or tire
What happens if ABS becomes inactive?
chains. However, performance is reduced.
The ABS electronic control unit has on-board diagnostic capability. If a fault is detected,
the vehicle will revert to the base brake system, and the ABS telltale on the dash will be
illuminated. Should this happen, the vehicle should be taken to a dealership for repair
as soon as possible.
Do insurance companies give a discount for ABS?
How do I use ABS?
Depress and hold the pedal. DO NOT PUMP THE BRAKES (that prevents the system from
working). Just hold the brake pedal down and let the ABS work for you. You may feel
the brake pedal vibrate, or you may notice some noise, but this is normal as the system
works for you.
REVISIONS MARKED IN BLUE 1/5/2011
Yes, many insurance companies give discounts that range from 5% to 10%. In the
states of New York and Florida all insurance companies are required to give an ABS
discount of 5% on certain coverages such as bodily injury, property damage, collision,
and personal injury protection. In other states the discount varies from insurance
company to insurance company. When buying auto insurance, always ask your
insurance agent if his/her company gives a discount for vehicles equipped with antilock brakes.
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
18 |
Anti-lock braking system
IMPORTANT
DRIVING
SAFETY TIPS
A. A lways maintain a safe
following distance. ABS does not
allow you to stop on a dime. (Generally a
2-second following distance is considered
safe in ideal conditions.) Watch the vehicle
in front of you pass a fixed marker (such as a
sign). Count seconds—one-thousand-one,
one-thousand-two-until your front bumper
reaches the marker. If you do not count out
two seconds, then you are too close to the
vehicle in front of you. Also, if the roads are
wet or icy, or visibility is poor, you should
increase your following distance.
B. A lways drive carefully—
especially on slippery surfaces. ABS cannot
create friction between the tires and the road
surface, it can only give the driver the
maximum advantage of the existing
adhesion. If the vehicle is traveling on a
surface with no adhesion, the best ABS in the
world cannot provide a shorter stopping
distance or good steering.
C. It is a good idea to practice an
ABS activated stop and get the feel
of the brake pedal. However, please make
sure it’s at a safe time with no obstacles in
your path. And you only really need to try
it once or twice to know what happens.
Stability enhancement systems (StabiliTrak)
S tability enhancement system (StabiliTrak) assists the driver with
directional control of the vehicle in difficult driving conditions. Each time
the vehicle is started, the StabiliTrak system is fully ON. StabliliTrak can
be controlled by a StabiliTrak button on the instrument panel. The
2011 Chevrolet Municipal Vehicles Technical Manual
condition of the system is displayed by an instrument panel StabiliTrak
indicator light and Driver Information Center (DIC) messages. See your
owner's manual for additional information about the operation of
StabiliTrak.
GM Fleet and Commercial Specialty Vehicles • 100 Renaissance Center, 20th Floor • Detroit, MI 48265-1000
2011 CHEVROLET MUNICIPAL VEHICLES TECHNICAL MANUAL
For Information 1-800-FLEET-OP (353-3867)
www.gmfleet.com
2011
CHEVROLET MUNICIPAL VEHICLES
TECHNICAL MANUAL
REVISED 1/24/10